Editorial Committee

L W. Jessup (editor)

R. J.F. Henderson (technical advisor)

B.K. Simon (technical advisor)

Desktop Publishing

YC. Smith

T.A. Kerr

J.P. Ward

Austrobaileya

Vol. 1, No 1 was published on 1 December 1977

Vol. 5, No.3 was published on 29 December 1999

Austrobaileya is published once per year.

Exchange: This journal will be distributed on the basis of exchange.

Australian Subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions my be placed. The price is

(2000 GST Included): A$27.50 per issue for individuals, A$44.00 for institutions, including

postage.

Overseas Subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price is

(2000): A25.00 per issue for individuals, A$40.00 for institutions, including postage.

All correspondence relating to exchange, subscriptions or contributions to this journal should

be addressed to: The Editor , Austrobaileya, Queensland Herbarium, Environmental Protection

Agency (EPA), Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt. Coot-tha, Mt. Coot-tha Road, Toowong Qld

4066,Australia.

ISSN 0155-4131

Austrobaileya is the journal of the Queensland Herbarium and is devoted to publication of

results of sound research and of informed discussion on plant systematics, with special

emphasis on Queensland plants.

Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily represent the policies or

views of the Queensland Herbarium.

Caution: this version of Austrobaileya was produced

before final corrections to bromides were applied.

Date of Publication of Austrobaileya 5(4) was 15 December 2000

Contents

A revision of Stylidium subg. Andersonia (R.Br. ex G.Don)

Mildbr. (Stylidiaceae)

A.R.Bean. 589

Chromosome numbers of someAcanthaceae from Papua New Guinea

Thomas F. Daniel. 651

Wahlenbergia celata (Campanulaceae), a new species from central Queensland

Paul I. Forster. 661

The identity of Flindersia pimenteliana and F. oppositifolia

(Rutaceae): Evidence fromDNA Sequences

Kirsten D. Scott, Wayne K. Harris & Julia Playford. 667

Cereus uruguayanus (Cactaceae) and its naturalised occurrence in

Queensland, Australia

Paul I. Forster & Miriam Schmeider. 671

A revision of Eucalyptus normantonensis Maiden & Cambage

(Myrtaceae) and its allies

A.R. Bean. 679

Homoranthus coracinus (Myrtaceae), a new species from Queensland

A.R. Bean. 687

Two new species of Apatophyllum McGillivray (Celastraceae) from

Queensland

A.R. Bean & L.W. Jessup. 691

Jasminum domatiigerum subsp. australis (Oleaceae), a new subspecies

from North Queensland

Wayne K. Harris & William J. McDonald. 699

A new species and lectotypification in Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae

DavidAlbrecht. 705

Chamaesyce ophiolitica (Euphorbiaceae), a new and endangered

species endemic to serpentine vegetation in central Queensland

Paul I. Forster. 711

Clausena smyrelliana (Rutaceae: Aurantioideae), a new and critically

endangered species from south-east Queensland

Paul I. Forster. 715

The first botanical record for Australia

John F.P Windolf. 721

Rediscovery of Dischidia torricellensis (Schltr.) P.I.Forst., an unusual epiphytic

asclepiad fromNew Guinea.

Pauli. Forster.725

(continued)

Notes

Cryptolepis papillata P.I.Forst. & Sarcolobus porcatus P.I.Forst.

(Asclepiadaceae), newly recorded from West Papua

Forster, PI. 729

A new combination in Morinda L. (Rubiaceae) for Australia

Halford, DavidA. & Henderson, Rodney J.F. 731

A new combination inProstantheraLabiW. (Lamiaceae)

Bean,A.R. 733

A new combination in Corymbia section “Politaria”: C. citriodora subsp.

variegata (Myrtaceae)

McDonald, M.W. & Bean,A.R. 735

A revision of Stylidium subg . Andersonia (R.Br. ex G. Don)

Mildbr. (Stylidiaceae)

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (2000). A revision of Stylidium subg. Andersonia (R.Br. ex GDon) Mildbr. (Stylidiaceae).

Austrobaileya 5(4):589-649. Descriptions, distribution maps and notes on habitat, conservation

status and taxonomic affinities are provided for the 37 species of Stylidium subg. Andersonia

which are indigenous to mainland south-east Asia (China, Vietnam, Malaya, Cambodia, Laos,

Thailand, Burma, Bangladesh, India), Sri Lanka, Malesia (Sumatra, Philippines, Sulawesi, Java,

New Guinea, Aru Islands) and northern Australia (Western Australia, Northern Territory, Queensland,

New South Wales). A key to the subgenera of Stylidium occurring in these areas is provided as well

as keys to the sections and species of S. subg. Andersonia. Eight new species; namely S. confertum,

S. longissimum, S. aquaticum, S. oviflorum, S. stenophyllum, S. accedens, S. divergens and S.

ensatum are described and illustrated. A cladistic analysis of the group is provided. Five taxonomic

sections are proposed of which two are new. S. subg. Alsinoida Mildbr. is reduced to sectional rank.

The name Stylidium tenerum Spreng. is resurrected for the taxon formerly known in Australia as

S. uliginosum Sw. ex Willd. S. dunlopianum Carlquist is newly recorded for Western Australia. S.

prophyllum Lowrie & Kenneally, S. fluminense F.L.Erickson & J.H.Willis and S. diffusum R.Br.

are newly recorded for the Northern Territory. S. cordifolium W.Fitzg. is newly recorded for

Queensland.

Keywords: Stylidium, taxonomy, Stylidiaceae, Australia, Malesia, south-east Asia, trigger-plants,

keys, new species, Stylidium subg. Andersonia, Stylidium subg. Alsinoida

A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road,

Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia

Introduction

The genus Stylidium is characterised by flowers

having a column bearing both anthers and

stigma which moves rapidly in response to

physical stimulus, usually provided by an

alighting insect. This feature has given rise to

the common name of trigger-plant. The genus

as a whole reaches its greatest diversity in south¬

western Western Australia. Comprehensive

taxonomic accounts of the genus have been

provided by Brown (1810), DeCandolle (1839),

Mildbraed (1908) and Erickson (1958).

The group of species treated here was

first named (as Andersonia) by Brown (1810),

but he did not specify the rank of this taxon. G.

Don in 1834 treated th q Andersonia group as a

section of Stylidium. Mueller (1859) and

Bentham (1868) included some of the species

treated here within S. sect. Nitrangium (Endl.)

Accepted for publication 14 April 2000

Sonder. Mildbraed (1908) raised S. sect.

Nitrangium and S. sect. Andersonia to

subgeneric level. The former was confined to

south-western Western Australia, the latter to

tropical Australia and south-east Asia.

Mildbraed (loc.cit.) established S. subg.

Alsinoida for S. alsinoides and its allies. While

this is a distinctive group because of the

laterally fused petals, it does not otherwise

differ greatly from groups in S. subg.

Andersonia and is, therefore reduced here to

sectional rank. Cladistic analysis has been used

to place the species in phylogenetic context

and to provide justification for the sectional

classification used.

S. subgenus Andersonia is distinguished

by its linear capsules which are sessile or almost

so, labellum without basal appendages, sepals

which are never all free, brown seeds and

mostly annual habit.

590

Terminology

The terms scapose and scapiform are used

when the inflorescence is borne on a leafless

scape. The scape is recognisable as it is

distinctly different from the leaf-bearing stem

in texture, shape, diameter, and often its

indumentum. In a scapose inflorescence, the

scapes arise from ground level, and the leaves

are in a basal rosette (e.g. Fig. 3E). In a

scapiform inflorescence, the scapes arise from

the apex of the leafy stem (e.g. Fig. 3A), where

there is often a terminal rosette of leaves. In

some species, there is no discernable scape;

there is no discontinuity in the stem tissue

between the lower (vegetative) part and the

upper (fertile) part (e.g. Fig. 7D).

The flowers of all Stylidium species are,

strictly speaking, gamopetalous, as they

possess a corolla tube, albeit usually rather

short and inconspicuous. However, the 4

largest corolla lobes (as they should strictly be

called) are termed petals in this paper, while the

fifth, always much smaller, has for many years

been called the labellum (see Fig. 3C, 6C,6F).

The four large corolla lobes are said to be “free”

if they are not united beyond the distal end (or

“throat”) of the corolla tube. This interpretation

was also used by Erickson (1958) and avoids

confusion when referring to the apical

ornamentation of the corolla parts, which would

otherwise be known as “lobes of the corolla

lobes”. Because the pattern of petal fusion is

very valuable in diagnosing Stylidium species,

a further special terminology is used here. A1

and A2 refer to the anterior petals (on either

side of the labellum); PI and P2 refer to the

posterior petals, with A1 being adjacent to PI.

The ‘+’ operator indicates that the petals

indicated are free (sensu Erickson), while a

operator indicates that the petals indicated are

fused e.g. A1 + A2 + (P1&P2) means that the

anterior petals are free from the posterior petals

and from each other, but that the posterior

petals are fused to each other (e.g. Fig. 3C).

The reduced fifth corolla lobe in Stylidium

is called the labellum. It is found between the

anterior petals, and is attached either at the top

of the corolla tube (F ig. 8B, 8F), or on the outside

of the tube (Fig. 5B).

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

The term paracorolla, used here, was

introduced by Slooten (1954), and refers to

small lobes or flanges of tissue attached to the

corolla at the throat (e.g. Fig. 5C). This term is

roughly equivalent to the more commonly used

term “throat appendages”, but is more

comprehensive, as it covers situations where

there is a continuous raised ring of tissue.

The “paracorolla glands” referred to in

the key and descriptions are conspicuous

globular to ellipsoidal glands, commonly

orange or golden in colour, attached to the

paracorolla between the anterior and posterior

petals (e.g. Fig. 4G). They occur in only a few

species, most notably in S. schizanthum and

its allies, and can usually be readily seen even

on dried herbarium specimens.

Corolla colour in this paper refers to the

adaxial surface only, the surface which is most

readily seen from above. While the other surface

may often be a different colour, this is rarely

recorded.

The term “corona” is used here for the

cluster of white hair-like structures radiating

from the anthers of some Stylidium species (see

Erickson (1958: plate 53, no. 2)). Acorona is not

often found amongst species belonging to S.

subg. Andersonia , but occurs commonly in

some other groups within Stylidium.

Materials and methods

This revision is based on the examination of

herbarium material fromAAU, BM, BRI, CANB,

DNA, L, K, MEL, MO, NSW, P, QRS and RSA,

and was supplemented by field work by the

author throughout Queensland and in north¬

eastern Northern Territory.

Floral measurements were based on

material preserved in spirit, or where this was

not available, on herbarium material

reconstituted by boiling in water. Details of the

collections used for these measurements are

given in each species treatment. Leaves, stems,

scapes, capsules and seeds were measured

from dried material. Sepal dimensions are taken

from flowering material; it is apparent that the

sepals lengthen after flowering in some species.

591

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

Morphological data for all taxa have been

recorded as a DELTA dataset (Dallwitz et al.

1993), and species descriptions have been

generated by DELTA from these data. 102

morphological characters were measured for

each species, with detailed measurements of

several flowers.

The accuracy of dimensions given for

various plant parts are: glandular hairs and

seeds, ±0.05 mm; scape diameters, sepals,

corolla, petals, labellum, paracorolla and

capsule width, ±0.1 mm; bracts, capsule length

and column, ±0.5 mm; larger leaves and

petioles, ±1 mm; smaller leaves ±0.2 mm.

Measurements are given as circa only when

there was difficulty in providing accurate

measurements e.g. petiole length for some

species, or when less than 3 measurements are

possible for the character, because of lack of

available material.

Details of the type localities of species

described by Robert Brown have been gleaned

from Vallance (1990).

Distribution maps are provided for all

species. Symbols indicate that the taxon has

been recorded within that 1° x 1° square. Solid

(or filled) symbols indicate that there is at least

one recent collection (1960-present). Outline

(or unfilled) symbols indicate that the most

recent collection for that l°xl° square was

before 1960. The vast majority of records were

from herbarium specimens seen by the present

author, but a few additional reliable locational

records have been added to the maps from

Lowrie and Kenneally (1997) for S. perizostera

and S. prophyllum, from Haridasan et al. (1983),

Huq (1986), Baaia & Gogoi (1995) for S. kunthii ;

and from Bhaskar & Kushalappa (1992) for S.

tenellum. Latitudes and longitudes for the non-

Australian specimens were determined only

after considerable effort by the present author,

and hence in the specimen citations they have

been retained, to assist readers to pinpoint the

localities.

Phylogenetic relationships were

examined with the cladistic program PAUP

(Version 3.1.1) (Swofford 1993). The most

parsimonious interpretation of the data was

sought (Parris 1983). Heuristic searches were

used, with the following options: Addition

sequence = Random, number of replications =

10, Mulpars in effect; TBR Branch swapping.

A subset of the 37 taxa was chosen for the

cladistic analyses, because using the full set

of taxa made analyses extremely slow and did

not improve resolution. Other preliminary

analyses were rejected because of errors

detected in the dataset or because some

characters included in them were found to be

unsuitable for this type of analysis. For example,

leaf shape was used in initial analyses, but later

deleted because it displays continuous

variation for the taxa involved. Morphological

data from 19 ingroup taxa (± 1 outgroup taxon)

and 22 characters were used for the final

cladistic analysis. All distinctive or unusual

taxa were included, and where there were

groups containing two or more obviously

related species, a selection of these were made.

The characters used for the analysis are given

in Table 1. All characters used were unweighted

and their states unordered (Table 2). Bootstrap

analysis (Felsenstein 1985) with 100 replicates

(heuristic, 10 random addition relicates,

Mulpars in effect, and Steepest descent on)

was used to assess the relative support for

various branches of the tree. Forstera

bellidifolia Hook. (Stylidiaceae) was selected

as the outgroup, as it displays many

unspecialised character states and probably

belongs to a sister group of Stylidium.

Results of Cladistic Analysis

The unweighted analysis resulted in 156 most

parsimonious trees each of 47 steps; ci= 0.708,

ri= 0.684, rc= 0.484. The strict consensus tree

showing bootstrap values, 50% majority rule

consensus tree and one of the most-

parsimonious trees are shown (Fig. 1,2). Various

tree topologies and the cost of modifying

topologies were investigated using MacClade

vers. 3.07 (Maddison and Maddison 1992). Five

clades are considered sufficiently distinct for

their recognition as taxonomic sections. S. subg.

Alsinoida Mildbr. is reduced in this paper to

sectional rank. S. sect. Tenella is recognised

on the basis of its strong support on the

majority rule tree. Some of its distinctive

features (the largely bare stems, the small bract¬

like leaves and the very short glandular hairs)

were not included in the analysis as the

592 Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

characters are continuously variable in the Andersonia may be paraphyletic, based on the

subgenus. The residual section, S. sect. majority rule tree, but further study is desirable.

Table 1. Characters and character states used for the cladistic analysis

1. Leaf arrangement (#11): basal rosette (0); mostly in

terminal rosette (1); scattered along stem (2).

2. Leaf base (#17): truncate (0); cuneate, obtuse or

cordate (1).

3. Scapes (#21): present (0); absent (1). All species

can be classified unambiguously for this

character.

4. Inflorence type #27): determinate, monochasially

cymose (0); 1-flowered (1); umbellate (2). This

character is assessed on reasonably mature

individuals. Very young plants will all be 1-

flowered for a time.

5. Hypanthium indumentum (#39): glandular-hairy

throughout (0); glabrous (1); glandular-hairy at

distal end only (2).

6. Fusion pattern of sepals (#41): fused into 2 entire

obtuse lips (0); all free (1); with 3 free and 2

fused for more than half their length (2); fused

into 2 emarginate lips (3). These patterns are

constant within each species.

7. Sepal indumentum (#44): glandular-hairy (0); glabrous

(1). Specimens are coded as glandular-hairy even

when there are just a few scattered glands on

the margin.

8. Sepal apex (#45): acute (0); obtuse (1).

9. Corolla indumentum (#47): glandular-hairy on petals

only (0); glabrous (1); glandular-hairy on tube

only (2); glandular-hairy on tube and petals

(3).

10. Corolla tube incision (#49): with sinus on anterior

and posterior sides (0); without sinus (1); with

sinus on anterior side only (2).

Ecology and Distribution

Most species belonging to Stylidium subg.

Andersonia occur in tropical areas with a

monsoonal climate, where the rainfall is strongly

seasonal. Most species are annuals, and

typically germinate on recently receded waters

in swampy habitats dominated (in Australia at

least) by Melaleuca spp., but also on

creekbanks, in seepage areas in ranges or on

sandstone plateaux on damp sand. Sites are

typically open and sunny.

11. Paracorolla presence (#50): present, continuous

(0); absent (1); present, discontinuous (2).

12. Paracorolla glands presence (#60): present (0);

absent (1).

13. Labellum position (#63): sheathing the column (0);

attached to outside of corolla tube (1); attached

at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube (2).

14. Fusion pattern of petals (#74): laterally fused (0);

petals all free (1); petals with posterior ones

fused (2).

15. Anterior petals lobing (#77): entire (0); bilobed

(1).

16. Lobing of posterior petals (#81): entire (0); bilobed

(1).

17. Column dilation (#84): conspicuously dilated near

distal end forming pouch for the stigma and

anthers (0); of uniform width throughout (1);

slightly dilated near distal end (2).

18. Column indumentum (#85): glandular-hairy only (0);

glabrous (1).

19. Capsule ribbing (#93): with raised longitudinal ribs

(0); without raised longitudinal ribs (1).

20. Capsule dehiscence (#96): halves coherent distally

(0); halves detaching distally (1). This character

applies to mature, but relatively fresh capsules.

All capsule-halves will eventually detach

distally, through weathering.

21. Seed shape (#98): ellipsoidal (0); globose (1).

22. Seed surface micro-features (#102): colliculate (0);

smooth (1).

The subgenus has no representatives

in south-western Western Australia, and

instead has its stronghold in tropical Australia,

especially the Northern Territory. 24 species

are recorded from the Northern Territory (12

spp. endemic); 13 species are recorded from

Queensland (4 spp. endemic); 11 species are

recorded from Western Australia (3 spp.

endemic); 9 species are recorded from outside

Australia (5 species not occurring in Australia)

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

593

102

Forstera

bellidifolia

capillare

schizanthum

0&2

0&1

rotundifolium

0&1

diffusum

1&2

0&1

0&2

0&1

candelabrum

1&2

0&1

pedunculatum

0&1

1&2

0&1

cordifolium

1&2

0&1

0&3

longissimum

trichopodum

1&2

0&1

confertum

0&1

lobuliflorum

1&2

0&1

fissilobum

0&1

2&3

0&1

1&2

0&1

simulans

0&1

muscicola

1&2

fluminense

0&1

alsinoides

1&2

1&3

claytonioides

tenerum

1&2

dunlopianum

Table 2 - Matrix of character states. Characters are numbered according to Table 1

Forstera

bellidifolia

capillare

schizanthum

lobuliflorum

rotundifolium

dunlopianum

diffusum

candelabrum

pedunculatum

trichopodum

claytonioides

longissimum

confertum

fissilobum

simulans

muscicola

tenerum

cordifolium

fluminense

alsinoides

Forstera

bellidifolia

capillare

diffusum

longissimum

confertum

fissilobum

schizanthum

lobuliflorum

simulans

muscicola

tenerum

candelabrum

pedunculatum

trichopodum

claytonioides

rotundifolium

dunlopianum

cordifolium

fluminense

alsinoides

Fig. la. Strict Consensus Tree, showing Bootstrap

values.

Fig. lb. 50% Majority-rule Consensus Tree

7 : 1->0

10 : 1->2

594

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

Forstera

bellidifolia

capillare

fissilobum

confertum

diffusum

longissimum

schizanthum

lobuliflorum

simulans

muscicola

tenerum

candelabrum

pedunculatum

trichopodum

claytonioides

rotundifolium

dunlopianum

cordifolium

fluminense

alsinoides

Fig. 2. One of 156 most parsimonius trees, showing character numbers and their state changes at each branch

595

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

and one species is recorded from New South

Wales. All extra-Australian species of Stylidium

belong to S. subg. Andersonia. None of the 37

species in the subgenus is endemic outside

the tropics. Only three species ( S. tenerum, S.

Taxonomy

diffusum and S. rotundifolium) extend south

of the Tropic of Capricorn, while two ( S. kunthii

and S. tenellum ) extend north of the Tropic of

Cancer.

Key to the subgenera of Stylidium occurring in northern and north-easternAustralia,

Malesia and south-eastAsia

1. Hypanthia and capsules linear, 8-20 times longer than wide. S. subg. Andersonia

Hypanthia and capsules globose to ellipsoidal, 1^4 times longer than wide.2

2. Hypanthia and capsules globose; stigma stipitate.S. subg. Centridium

Hypanthia and capsules ellipsoidal to obconical; stigma sessile .... S. subg. Tolypangium

Key to the species of Stylidium subg .Andersonia

1. Inflorescence borne on leafless scape(s), generally arising from a cluster of

leaves, either basal or cauline; leaves not resembling floral bracts.2

Inflorescences not borne on leafless scape(s); leaves always cauline,

tending to grade into floral bracts.26

2. Scapes bearing 1 flower only.3

Scapes bearing cymose inflorescence, 2-many-flowered.7

3. Calyx fused into two obtuse lips.4

Calyx consisting of 5 lobes, some partly fused.5

4. Scapes and hypanthia glandular-hairy. 17. S. perizostera

Scapes and hypanthia glabrous. 18. S. claytonioides

5. Leaves glabrous; corolla yellow. 14. S. trichopodum

Leaves with eglandular hairs; corolla pink.6

6. Scapes 0.15-0.2 mm wide; posterior petals 2.4-3.1 mm long;

capsules 7-9.5 mm long; sepals partly fused, forming two

emarginate lips. 15. S. ericksoniae

Scapes 0.1-0.15 mm wide; posterior petals 0.5-0.7 mm long;

capsules 5-6.5 mm long; 2 sepals fused for more than half

their length, 3 free. 16. S. pedunculatum

7. Sepals fused into two obtuse lips.8

Sepals consisting of 5 lobes, some or all partly fused.10

8. Paracorolla present, lobes acute; posterior petals c. 5.5 mm long. 32. S. fimbriatum

Paracorolla absent; posterior petals 1.3-2.1 mm long.9

9. Corolla tube 2-3 mm long; column 3.5-5 mm long;

leaves in basal rosette. 30. S. rotundifolium

Corolla tube 4.5-6 mm long; column 7-8.5 mm long;

leaves mostly cauline. 31. S. dunlopianum

596 Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

10. Sepals in two basally fused groups (one 2-lobed, the other 3-lobed) .... 9. S. candelabrum

Three sepals free to base, two fused for more than half their length.11

11. Leaves linear, 20-35 times longer than wide. 13. S. stenophyllum

Leaves obovate to orbicular, 1-3 times longer than wide .12

12. Leaves in basal rosette.13

Leaves scattered along a substantial stem.14

13. Two orange paracorolla glands present.18

Paracorolla glands absent.20

14. Leaves sessile, orbicular; paracorolla lobes 6-9, linear, acute. 5. S. ensatum

Leaves petiolate, oblanceolate to orbicular; paracorolla lobes 0-4, broad, obtuse.15

15. Orange paracorolla glands present.12. S. pachyrrhizum

Paracorolla glands absent.16

16. Scapes glabrous; corolla glandular-hairy;

posterior petals fused; capsules ribbed . 7. S. divergens

Scapes glandular-hairy; corolla glabrous; all petals free; capsules not ribbed.17

17. Capsules 6.5-11 mm long; native of Asia. 1. S. kunthii

Capsules (10—) 13—24 mm long; native ofN.T. andW.A. 4. S. muscicola

18. Hypanthia densely glandular-hairy; glands pale. 10. S. lobuliflorum

Hypanthia sparsely glandular-hairy or glabrous; glands dark.19

19. Stem base thickened; petals glandular-hairy;

column 7.5-8.5 mm long.12. S. pachyrrhizum

Stem base not thickened; petals glabrous;

column 5-7.5 mm long. 11. S. schizanthum

20. Sepals glabrous, acute.21

Sepals sparsely glandular-hairy, obtuse.22

21 Bracts 2—4.7 mm long; corolla tube 0.5-1.6 mm long;

corolla glandular-hairy on tube and petals;

leaves with petioles 1-4.5 mm long. 19. S. nominatum

Bracts 1-2 mm long; corolla tube 1.6-2 mm long;

corolla glandular-hairy on tube only; leaves sessile. 20. S. capillare

22. Petals all free [A1+A2+P1+P2] .23

Posterior petals fused [A1+A2+(P1&P2)].24

23. Corolla tube with sinus on anterior and posterior sides;

paracorolla present; labellum usually attached to the

outside of the corolla tube; Aust. & N.G. . 3. S. tenerum

Corolla tube with sinus on anterior side only; paracorolla

absent; labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of

corolla tube; Sri Lanka to China. 2. S. uliginosum

24. Corolla tube glabrous.6. S. si mu la ns

Corolla tube glandular-hairy.25

597

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

25. Column 2.5-3 mm long; capsule 4—8 mm long; sepals 0.1-0.25 mm wide.8. S. accedens

Column 5.5-7 mm long; capsule 10-17 mm long; sepals 0.25-0.4 mm wide . . 7. S. divergens

26. Leaves 0.1-1.7 mm wide.27

Leaves 1.7-8 mm wide.35

27. Leaf base cuneate.28

Leaf base truncate.29

28. Petals laterally fused (A1 &PI + A2&P2); sepals glabrous. 36. S. javanicum

Petals all free (A1+A2+P1+P2); sepals glandular-hairy. 27. S. tenellum

29. Leaves clustered near base of stem.30

Leaves ±evenly scattered along stem.31

30. Sepals oblanceolate; paracorolla continuous;

posterior petals 3^1.1 mm long.22. S. aquaticum

Sepals debate; paracorolla discontinuous;

posterior petals 1.5-3.3 mm long.25. S. confertum

31. Capsules 1.0-1.6 mm wide, pedicels absent or up to 5 mm long. 35. S. tenerrimum

Capsules 0.4-1.0 mm wide, pedicels absent or rudimentary.32

32. Posterior petals entire; labellum attached at base of anterior sinus.21. S. prophyllum

Posterior petals bilobed; labellum attached to outside of corolla tube.33

33. Anterior petals 0.5-1.0 mm long. 26. S. diffusum

Anterior petals 1.3-2.2mmlong.34

34. Corolla yellow and white; 4-6 paracorolla lobes opposite posterior petals . 24. S. oviflorum

Corolla white or pink; 2-4 paracorolla lobes opposite posterior petals .... 23. S. fissilobum

35. Leaf base cordate.37. S. cordifolium

Leaf base cuneate.36

36. Sepals 1.0-2.0 mm long at anthesis.37

Sepals 2.0^1.1 mm long at anthesis.39

37. Petals laterally fused (A1&P1 +A2&P2); column 2.5-3 mm long.33. S. alsinoides

Petals all free (A1+A2+P1+P2); column 3-5 mm long.38

38. Leaf apex acute; corolla glabrous; column 3-3.5 mm long.29. S. inconspicuum

Leaf apex obtuse; corolla glandular-hairy; column 4-5 mm long. 27. S. tenellum

39. Sepals glandular; capsules 26^18 mm long;

corolla tube 2-2.3 mm long.28. S. longissimum

Sepals glabrous; capsules 11-16 mm long;

corolla tube 1.1-1.5 mm long. 34. S. fluminense

Stylidium subg.Andersonia(R.Br. exGDon) Annual or perennial herbs. Stem base

Mildbr. in Engl., Pflanzenr. 35: 31, 34 unthickened, or rarely thickened. Glandular

(1908); S. sect. AndersoniaRBr. ex GDon, hairs present, but often on one or two plant

Gen. hist. 3: 721 (1834).Type: S. tenellum parts only. Glands globose. Leaves entire; in

R.Br. (=S. tenerum Spreng.) (lecto, here basal rosette, terminal rosette, or spirally

chosen). arranged along elongate stems. Inflorescence

598

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

scapose or scapiform, 1-flowered or cymose;

or borne on upper part of stem, cymose. Bracts

opposite, sometimes leaf-like and then

inflorescence appearing to be solitary, axillary.

Labellum glabrous, attached at base of anterior

sinus or on outer wall of corolla tube; labellum

basal appendages absent. Sepals never all free;

often with 2 sepals fused for over half their

length and 3 free, but sometimes fused into

two entire or emarginate lips. Stigma sessile,

cushion-shaped. Column lacking eglandular

hairs, spur absent. Anther loculi 4. Capsules

Key to the Sections of Stylidium subg .Andersonia

1. Inflorescences 1-flowered. S. sect. Uniflora

Inflorescences cymose, 2-many flowered.2

2. Calyx fused into 2 obtuse lips.S. sect. Biloba

Calyx consisting of 5 lobes, some partly fused.3

3 Petals laterally fused (A1 &P1 +A2&P2). S. sect. Alsinoida

Petals all free (A1+A2+P1+P2) or posteriors fused (A1+A2+(P1&P2)).4

4 Inflorescences borne on leafless scape(s),

generally arising from a cluster of leaves

(either basal or cauline). Leaves not resembling floral bracts.S. sect. Andersonia

Inflorescences not borne on leafless scape(s).

Leaves always cauline, tending to grade into floral bracts. S. sect. Tenella

linear or linear-lanceolate, pedicels absent or

rudimentary (except S. tenerrimum). Ovules

numerous. Seeds brown.

37 species, occurring from far northern

New South Wales to tropical Western Australia,

and into Malesia and south-east Asia.

The subgenus is here divided into 5

sections; S. sect. Andersonia, S. sect. Uniflora,

S. sect Tenella, S. sect. Biloba and S. sect.

Alsinoida.

A. Stylidium sect. Andersonia R.Br ex G.Don,

Gen. hist. 3: 721 (1834).

Leaves broad, in basal rosette or scattered on

short stem. Scapes present. 2 sepals fused for

more than half their length and 3 free. Corolla

white, pink or mauve; petals all free or posterior

ones fused to each other. Paracorolla usually

present; orange paracorolla glands present or

absent. Labellum usually attached to outside

of corolla tube. Column of uniform width

throughout, glabrous. Capsules sometimes

ribbed; seeds smooth.

13 species, SE Asia, Malesia, tropical

Australia, southern Queensland, northern New

South Wales.

1.StylidiumkunthiiWall exDC ,Prodr 7:335

(1839). Type: [Bangladesh] Sylhet, [24°—

’ N 91°— 5 E], undated, N. Wallich herb,

no. 3759 (holo: K, microfiche BRI; iso:

BM).

Stylidium brunonis Griff., Not. pi. asiat. 4:

275-276 (1854). Type: Burma. Mergui,

[12°—’ N 98°—’ E], undated, W. Griffith

577 (holo: ?K«.v.; iso: BM).

Annual, 8-20 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1

mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not

thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 5-

15 per plant, mostly in terminal rosette, with

some scattered along stems, oblanceolate or

obovate or orbicular, 4-15 mm long including

petiole, 2-9 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse;

base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 1-6 mm

long. Scapes 1-5 per plant, 0.4-0.7 mm in

diameter, glandular-hairy; sterile bracts absent

or present. Inflorescences 5-14 cm long,

determinate, monochasially cymose; branches

glandular-hairy. Bracts debate or lanceolate,

1.5-3.5 mm long, glabrous or glandular-hairy,

obtuse. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or

rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glabrous

throughout or glandular-hairy throughout.

599

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

Sepals oblanceolate or elliptical, with 3 free and

2 fused for more than half their length, 1.3-2.5

mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, glandular-hairy,

obtuse. Corolla white or pink, glabrous; tube

1.2-1.6 mm long, with sinus on anterior side

only. Paracorolla discontinuous, thin, glabrous,

0.1-0.2 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or

appendages 2, both similar, acute, none

opposite the anterior petals, 2 opposite the

posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent.

Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of

corolla tube, lanceolate, 0.6-0.7 mm long, thick,

glabrous, acute or acuminate, terminal

appendage absent. Petals all free,

A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 0.7-1.2 mm

long, 0.4—0.8 mm wide, bilobed or entire, obtuse.

Posterior petals 1-2 mm long, 0.6-1.3 mm wide,

bilobed, obtuse. Column 4-5 mm long, of

uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral

lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear,

6.5-11 mm long excluding sepals, 0.6-0.9 mm

wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves

detaching distally, strongly recurved or not

recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, c. 0.2 mm long,

brown; surface convex, smooth.

Specimens examined: India. Motijharan hill,

Sambalpur, [21°N 84°E], Nov 1948, Mooney 3139

(K); Siliguri, North Bengal, [26°N 88°E], Dec 1875,

Clarke 26567 (BM). Bangladesh. Chittagong, [22°N

91°E], undated, Thomson (L, P). Thailand. Poo

Kradeng, [16°N 101°E], Nov 1958, Sorensen et al.

6181 (L). Burma. Pegu, [17°N 96°E], Dec 1957,

McKee 5837 (NSW, P). Vietnam. Phuc Yen, [21°N

105°E], Nov 1935, Petelot 5517 (P); Ben Cat, [11°N

106°E], Dec 1865, Pierre 4533 (AAU, P). Unplaced.

Cochinchine, 1862-66, Thorel 916 (P).

Reconstituted material examined: Petelot

5517(6 fls); Sorensen etal 6181 (1 fl).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium kunthii

is endemic to south-east Asia, extending from

eastern India to Vietnam (Map 1). From the

localities recorded, it appears to be confined to

altitudes of less than 200 metres. S. kunthii is

recorded from moist road cuttings in forests,

and on open wet soil in rice fields and natural

grassland.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded for November and December.

Affinities: S. kunthii is closely related to S.

uliginosum, but differs by the cauline leaves

(confined to basal rosette for S. uliginosum ),

labellum 0.6-0.7 mm long (0.4-0.5 mm for S.

uliginosum ), column 4-5 mm long (3-3.5 mm

long for S. uliginosum ), presence of a

paracorolla, and corolla tube 1.2-1.6 mm long

(0.9-1.3 mm for A uliginosum).

At L, there is a mixed collection of S.

kunthii and S. uliginosum from Phu Kradung

in northern Thailand, which indicates that these

species, at least occasionally, grow together.

Typification: The holotype of S. brunonis is

presumably at K. One of the sheets received

on loan to BRI had the note “specimen from

Mergui - Griffith - Herb. Hook. - removed from

here 8 iii 1933”. However the latter was not

received.

Conservation status: Not evaluated.

2. Stylidium uliginosum Sw. exWilld., Sp. PI. 4:

147 (1805); Swartz, Ges. Naturf. Freunde

Berl. Mag. NeuestenEntdeck. Gesammten

Naturk. 1: 52 (1807); Candollea uliginosa

(Sw. ex Willd.) F.Muell., Syst. Census

Aust. PI. 86 (1883). Type: Ceylon, undated,

J.G. Koenig( holo: B, microfiche BRI; iso:

BM).

Stylidium sinicum Hance in Walp., Ann.

Bot. Syst. 2: 1030 (1852). Type: Hong

Kong, [22°—’ N 114°—’] E, undated,

collector unknown (syn: BM).

Annual, 4—15 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1

mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not

thickened. Stems compressed (with leaves in

basal rosette). Leaves 7-16 per plant, elliptical

or obovate, 4.5-11 mm long including petiole,

2.0^1.5 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base

cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 0.5^1 mm long.

Scapes 1-7 per plant, 0.4-0.5 mm in diameter,

glabrous or glandular-hairy; sterile bracts

absent or present. Inflorescences 4-15 cm long,

determinate, monochasially cymose; branches

glandular-hairy. Bracts debate or lanceolate or

ovate, 1.5-2 mm long, glabrous or glandular-

hairy, obtuse. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels

absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear,

glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals

oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more

than half their length, 1.2-2 mm long, 0.3-0.4

mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla white,

600

glabrous; tube 0.9-1.3 mm long, with sinus on

anterior side only. Paracorolla absent. Labellum

attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla

tube, lanceolate, 0.4-0.5 mm long, thin,

glabrous, acute or acuminate, terminal

appendage absent. Petals all free,

A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 0.5-0.8 mm

long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, bilobed or entire, acute

or obtuse. Posterior petals 0.8-1.6 mm long,

0.5-1.1 mm wide, bilobed or entire, obtuse.

Column 3-3.5 mm long, of uniform width

throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent.

Corona absent. Capsule linear, 6-8 mm long

excluding sepals, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, without

raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching

distally, strongly recurved or not recurved.

Seeds ellipsoidal, c. 0.2 mm long, brown; surface

convex, smooth.

Specimens examined: China. Shipai Farm near

Guangzhou, Nov 1955, Huang 160717 (MO); Baiyun

Mountain, near Guangzhou, Oct 1963, Huang

165266 (MO); White Cloud Hills, Canton, 23N 113E,

Mar 1885, Sampson 368 (BM); Port Island, Hong

Kong, Oct 1973, Hu 12255 (K); Hong Kong, 1850,

Champion (BM, K); Hong Kong, [22°N 114°E],

1853—6, Wright (L, P). Thailand. Loei, Phu Krading,

Nov 1958, Smitinand 4928 (K. L); Phu Kradung, S of

Loi, [16° 53’N 101° 53’E], Nov 1970, Chaoenphol

4608 et al. (AAU); Loei, Phu Krading, Nov 1965,

Tagawa 827 et al. (AAU, L); Phukradung, Loei, Dec

1971, Beusekom 4498 et al. (L, MO, P); Pak Thong

Chai, Korat, [14°N 102°E], Dec 1923, Kerr 8112 (BM);

Ubon at Kemarath, Me-Kong, [15°N 104°E], 1866-

8, Thorel (P). Vietnam, near Kip, Bac Giang (Ha

Bac) Province, [21°N 106°E], Jan 1936, Petelot 5662

(P); Hue, Annam, [16°N 107°E], Mar 1927, Squires

186 (P); Baie de Tourane, [16°N 108°E], Feb 1908,

d’Alleizette 24 (P); Vinh-yen, Tonkin, [21°N 105°E],

undated, Eberhardt 3808 (AAU, P); Nha-trang and

vicinity, [12°N 109°E], Mar 1911, Robinson 1057

(P). Cambodia. Kep, Kampot, [10°N 104°E], Oct

1904, Geoffray 449 (P). Sri Lanka, [near Colombo]

Ceylon, [6°N 80°E], 1868, Thwaites 3505 (BM, P);

Ceylon, 1830-37, Walker (L, P). Unplaced. Cu Phap,

Tonkin, Feb 1887, Balansa 3617 (P); Mat Lon,

Tonkin, Feb 1892, Bon (P); Dai Khoi, Tonkin, Feb

1893, Bon (P); Ouonbi, Tonkin, Nov 1885, Balansa

1396 (P).

Reconstituted material examined:

Charoenphol et al. 4608 (3 fls); Petelot 5662 (3

fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

uliginosum is endemic to south-east Asia. The

type was collected from Sri Lanka, but it may

be extinct there now (Wadhwa 1997). It is

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

otherwise found from Thailand to the

Guangdong province of southern China (Map

2). From the localities recorded, it appears to

be confined to altitudes of less than 200 metres.

S. idiginosum has been recorded from sandy

moist places in open savannah, beside a pool

on a dried stream, and on sandy earth banks.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded from October to March.

Notes: S. uliginosum is most closely related to

S. kunthii and S. tenerum. See notes under those

species. Only one type specimen for S. sinicum

was seen, but others may exist. As this name is

a synonym only, I have not attempted to

designate a lectotype for it.

Conservation status: Not evaluated.

3. Stylidium tenerum Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 749

(1826)

Stylidium tenellumRBr., Prodr. 570 (1810),

nom. illeg., non Sw. exWilld. (1805). Type:

East Coast Port 1 [Queensland. Port Curtis

District: Curtis Island, 23 0 4-’S 151°1-’E],

6 August 1802, R. Bmwn (lecto: BM), here

chosen.

Illustration: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plates

51,54 (1958), as S. uliginosum.

[S. uliginosum auct. Australiense non. Sw. ex

Willd.]

Annual, 3-20 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.2

mm long; glands ellipsoidal or globose, dark.

Stem base not thickened. Stems compressed

(with leaves in basal rosette). Leaves 4-10 per

plant, obovate or orbicular, 4-17.5 mm long

including petiole, 3-8 mm wide, glabrous; apex

obtuse; base obtuse, or cuneate; margins

entire. Petioles 1.5-7 mm long. Scapes 1-7 per

plant, 0.2-0.6 mm in diameter, glabrous or

glandular-hairy; sterile bracts present.

Inflorescences 3-20 cm long, determinate,

monochasially cymose; branches glabrous, or

glandular-hairy. Bracts debate or lanceolate, 1-

1.5 mm long, glabrous or glandular-hairy,

obtuse or acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels

absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear,

glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals

oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more

601

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

than half their length, 1-1.6 mm long, 0.3-0.5

mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla white,

glabrous; tube 1-1.6 mm long, with sinus on

anterior and posterior sides. Paracorolla

discontinuous, thin, glabrous, 0.1-0.3 mm high.

Paracorolla lobes or appendages 4-8, all similar,

obtuse, 2{-A) opposite the anterior petals, 2-4

opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla

glands absent. Labellum attached to outside

of corolla tube or attached at base of anterior

sinus of corolla tube, ovate, 0.3-0.5 mm long,

thick, glabrous, acute or acuminate, terminal

appendage absent. Petals all free,

A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 0.3-1.1 mm

long, 0.3-0.8 mm wide, entire, obtuse. Posterior

petals 1.1-1.9 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide,

bilobed, obtuse. Column 2.5-3.5 mm long, of

uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral

lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear,

5-8 mm long excluding sepals, 0.5-0.8 mm wide,

without raised longitudinal ribs; halves

detaching distally, strongly recurved. Seeds

ellipsoidal, 0.2 mm long, brown; surface convex,

smooth.

Selected specimens: Papua New Guinea. Wuroi,

Oriomo River, [8°S 143°E], Jan-Mar 1934, Brass 5820

(BRI). Northern Territory. Wessel Islands, Oct 1972,

Latz 3512 (DNA). Queensland. Cook District:

Yeldham Creek, Etheridge River, undated, Armit 614

(MEL); Emu Creek, 10.2 km from Peninsula

Development road, towards ‘Dixie’, Jul 1998, Bean

13549 (BRI, DNA); Browns Creek, Pascoe River, Jul

1948, Brass 19640 (BRI, L); Daintree N.P., Little

Daintree River, May 1998, Forster PIF22800 et al.

(BRI, QRS); Walsh River gorge, Sep 1985, Godwin

C2866 (BRI). North Kennedy District: Alligator Creek,

Bowling Green Bay N.P, Jun 1991, Bean 3276 (BRI);

Ten Mile Creek, 22.5 km from Proserpine towards

Bowen, Jul 1997, Bean 12088 (BRI); c. 8 km NE of

“Wairuna”, Aug 1997, Bean 12175 (BRI); Stony

Creek, W of Ingham near Wallaman Falls, Aug 1951,

Blake 18804 (BRI). South Kennedy District: Mount

Mandurana N.P., 20 km NNW of Mackay, May 1991,

Bean 3141 (BRI). Port Curtis District: 2 km from

Tannum Sands, old Tannum road, Dec 1989, Aspland

1032 (BRI); between Pineapple Gap and Raspberry

Creek HS, Shoalwater Bay Military Reserve, Jul 1977,

Clarkson 746 & Stanley (BRI); Deepwater Creek N.P,

about 3 km SW of campsite, Sep 1992, Sharpe 5374

& Tan (BRI). Burnett District: Mt Perry, Jun 1889,

Keys (BRI). Wide Bay District: 1.5 km S of Kingfisher

Bay, Fraser Island, Jul 1997, Bean 12055 (BRI, DNA,

MEL); Granite Bay, Noosa N.P, Sep 1985, Sharpe

3909 & Batianoff (BRI); 2.3 km from Tewantin on

road to Boreen Point, Oct 1988, Wannan & Quinn

(BRI). Moreton District: Wappa Dam Pumping station,

W of Yandina, Sep 1997, Bean 12406 (BRI);

Caloundra, Aug 1932, Blake 4246 (BRI); My ora. North

Stradbroke Island, Aug 1969, Coveny 2018 (BRI, MEL,

NSW). New South Wales. Coolangatta Airport,

Tweed Heads West, Jun 1999, Bean 15226 (BRI, NSW);

Cudgen Creek, 1892, Finselbach 106 (MEL).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Bean 12055 (2 fls); Bean 12088 (2 fls); Bean

12175 (2 fls); Bean 12194 (2 fls); Clarkson 746

& Stanley (2 fls); Forster 5444 (2 fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium tenerum

is widespread in eastern Queensland,

especially in the tropics. It is also known from

Papua-New Guinea, the Wessel Islands in

Northern Territory, and from the extreme north¬

east of New South Wales (Map 4). It grows on

seepage areas or consolidated creekbanks, or

sometimes on coastal lowlands in open

Melaleuca woodland. It grows in sandy soils,

and is often associated with species of

Drosera, Eriocaulon and Utricularia.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded mainly between April and October,

but there are a few records from December and

January.

Notes: S. tenerum is closely related to S.

uliginosum. S. tenerum differs by having a

sinus on both the anterior and posterior sides

of the corolla tube, by the presence of a

paracorolla, and by having the labellum usually

attached to the outside of the corolla tube.

Two specimens were available to Brown

when drawing up his description; his own, and

one collected by Banks and Solander from

Endeavour River. Brown’s collection is selected

as lectotype as he indicates it in his Prodromus

as “(T.) v.v.”, meaning “seen living from

Tropical Australia”. This infers that the

description was based primarily on his own

specimen.

Conservation status: The extent of occurrence

of S. tenerum is very large. Within this area it is

confined to relatively undisturbed creekbanks

or open lowland communities on sand. All

known stands are small and scattered, but S.

tenerum is not considered to be rare or

threatened.

602

4. Stylidium muscicola F.Muell., Fragm. 1:153

(1859); Candollea muscicola (F.Muell.)

F.Muell., Syst. census Austral, pi. 86

(1883). Type: [Northern Territory],

Cataracts, Victoria River, [15°—’S 131°—

’E], 26 June 1856, F. Mueller (holo: MEL

[MEL1061541]).

Illustrations: R. Erickson, Triggerplants Plates

51, 53 (1958); J.R. Wheeler (ed.), FI. ofKimb.

Region 882, t. 272B(1992).

Annual, 5-33 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.1-0.15

mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not

thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves

4-20 per plant, mostly in terminal rosette, with

some scattered along stems, obovate or

orbicular, (6-) 10-33 mm long including petiole,

(5-)9-28 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base

obtuse, or cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 5—

29 mm long. Scapes 1-8 per plant, 0.2-0.5 mm

in diameter, glandular-hairy; sterile bracts

present or absent. Inflorescences 3-17 cm long,

determinate, monochasially cymose; branches

glandular-hairy. Bracts linear or lanceolate, 0.5-

2.0 mm long, glabrous or glandular-hairy, acute.

Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or

rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-

hairy throughout. Sepals elliptical, with 3 free

and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.5-

2 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm wide, glandular-hairy,

obtuse. Corolla white or pink or mauve,

glabrous; tube 2.1-2.5 mm long, with sinus on

anterior side only. Paracorolla absent or

discontinuous, thin, glabrous, 0.1-0.15 mm

high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 0^1, all

similar, obtuse, 0-2 opposite the anterior petals,

0-2 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla

glands absent. Labellum attached at base of

anterior sinus of corolla tube, lanceolate, 0.4-

0.7 mm long, thick, glabrous, acute or

acuminate, tenninal appendage usually present;

0-0.4 mm long. Petals all free,Al+A2+Pl+P2.

Anterior petals 1.4-1.8 mm long, 0.8-1.6 mm

wide, bilobed, obtuse. Posterior petals 2.3-3.5

mm long, L4-2.2 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse.

Column 5-6.5 mm long, of uniform width

throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes present,

0.1-0.2 mm wide. Corona absent. Capsule linear,

(10—) 13—24 mm long excluding sepals, 0.4-0.6

mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs;

halves detaching distally, strongly recurved.

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.15-0.2 mm long, brown;

surface convex, smooth.

Selected specimens: Western Australia. Lennard

River Gorge, King Leopold Range, Jun 1976,

Beauglehole 52606 (DNA); The Grotto, c. 30 km

SSE of Wyndham, Jun 1976, Beauglehole 54083

(DNA); King Edward River, Amax road crossing, Jun

1971, Byrnes 2327 (DNA); S side of Cockburn Range,

c. 13 km W of King River, Jul 1974, Carr 3286 &

Beauglehole 47064 (DNA); Galvins Gorge, c. 200

km E of Derby, Jul 1974, Carr 4141 & Beauglehole

47919 (DNA); Wonjarring Falls, Carson River

escarpment, Jun 1984, Chesterfield 420 (MEL); Whale

Mouth Cave, Osmond Range, Jul 1991, Cowie 1924

(DNA, PERTH). Northern Territory. Pinkerton

Range, Auvergue Station, Mar 1989, Brock 566 &

Russell-Smith (DNA); near Mt Gilruth, Mar 1984,

Craven 8308 & Wightman (DNA, MEL); Little

Nourlangie Rock, Mar 1978, Dunlop 4773 (CANB,

DNA); Mt Boulder, Feb 1989, Dunlop 7999 & Leach

(DNA); Macadam Range, Mar 1989, Dunlop 8073 &

Leach (DNA); Angalarri River catchment. May 1994,

Dunlop 10042 & Latz (DNA, MEL); 10 km SW of

Redbank Mine, Wollogorang Station, Jun 1987, Latz

10505 (DNA, CANB, MEL, NSW); catchment of

Hayward Creek, Mar 1989, Leach 2480 & Dunlop

(DNA); tributary of Fitzmaurice River, Feb 1994,

Leach 4202 (DNA); Katherine Gorge N.P., May 1977,

Parker 799 (DNA, CANB); Victoria River area, Jasper

Gorge, May 1988, Smith 1128 (DNA); South Bay,

Bickerton Island, Jun 1948, Specht 554 (BRI, MEL);

2 km W of Victoria River bridge, Gregory N.P, Mar

1986, Thomson 1328 (DNA); Vanderlin Island, Sir

Edward Pellew group, Jul 1988, Thomson 2456 (DNA);

Yambarran Range, 19 km NE of Mt Milik Monmir,

May 1994, Walsh 3819 & Leach (DNA, MEL).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Parker 199 (3 fls); Smith 1128 (2 fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium muscicola

extends from the western Kimberley of Western

Australia to northern parts of the Northern

Territory, eastward almost to the Queensland

border (Map 5). It grows in sandy soil in

sheltered places in sandstone ranges (e.g. base

of cliffs), in places which receive seepage after

the wet season.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded between February and September.

Notes: S. muscicola is distinguished by the pale

green petiolate cauline leaves, the white flowers

with free posterior petals, and the relatively long

capsules.

603

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

There is only one Mueller collection of

this taxon at MEL, hence it is treated as the

holotype.

Conservation status: A. muscicola is a

widespread species and not considered to be

rare or threatened.

5. Stylidium ensatum ARBeansp. nov. affmis

A. muscicola , sed differens foliis

sessilibus, scapis latioribus, bracteis

obtusis, corolla glandulosa et faucis

appendicibus ensatis 6-9. Typus:

Northern Territory. Shoal Bay, 12°22’S

130°57’E, 20 June 1974, C.R. Dunlop 4105

(holo: BRI; iso: CANB, DNA, K, L, NSW).

Annual, 14-22 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-

0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base

not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous.

Leaves 6-17 per plant, scattered along stems,

obovate or orbicular, 7-12 mm long, 5.5-12 mm

wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate;

margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes 1-3 per

plant, 0.6-0.8 mm in diameter, glandular-hairy;

sterile bracts absent. Inflorescences 8-16 cm

long, determinate, monochasially cymose;

branches glandular-hairy. Bracts lanceolate or

ovate, 1-2.0 mm long, glandular-hairy, obtuse.

Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or

rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-

hairy throughout. Sepals oblanceolate, with 3

free and 2 fused for more than half their length,

1.8- 2.1 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide, glandular-

hairy, obtuse. Corolla pink or mauve, glandular-

hairy on tube and petals; tube 1.9-2.4 mm long,

with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla

continuous, thin, glabrous, 0.2-0.5 mm high.

Paracorolla lobes or appendages 6-9, all similar,

acute, 2-4 opposite the anterior petals, 4-5

opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla

glands absent. Labellum attached to outside

of corolla tube, lanceolate, 0.4-0.5 mm long,

thin, glabrous, acute or acuminate, terminal

appendage usually present; 0-0.2 mm long.

Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals

1.8- 2.5 mm long, 1.2-2 mm wide, bilobed,

obtuse. Posterior petals 3^1.4 mm long, 1.8-3.3

mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 5.5-7.5 mm

long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous;

lateral lobes present, 0.1-0.2 mm wide. Corona

absent. Capsule linear, 8-12 mm long excluding

sepals, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, without raised

longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally,

strongly recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, c. 0.2 mm

long, brown; surface lacunose, smooth. Fig.

3A.

Specimens examined: Northern Territory, near

Hayes Creek, Jul 1946, Blake 16409 (BRI, DNA);

Port Darwin, 1885, Holtze 514 (MEL); Port Darwin,

1888, Holtze 827 (MEL); Port Darwin, 1888, Holtze

831 (MEL); Port Darwin, 1888, Holtze 865 (MEL);

Lee Point road, 7.5 miles [12 km] N of Darwin, Jun

1964, Nelson 1159 (DNA); North Australia, 1886,

Tenison-Woods & Holtze (MEL); edge of McMinns

Lagoon, Jun 1968, Wheelwright DW44 (DNA).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Dunlop 4105 (3 fls); Nelson 1159 (1 fl);

Wheelwright DW 44 (1 fl).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium ensatum

is endemic to the Darwin area of the Northern

Territory (Map 5). For one collection, the habitat

is given as a Melaleuca viridiflora-

Lophostemon lactifluus forest, with damp peaty

soil.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded from June and July.

Affinities: S. ensatum is most closely related

to S. muscicola , but differs by the sessile

leaves, scapes 0.6-0.8 mm wide (0.2-0.5 mm for

S. muscicola ), bracts obtuse (acute for S.

muscicola ), corolla glandular-hairy (glabrous

for S. muscicola ), paracorolla lobes acute

(obtuse or absent for A muscicola) and labellum

attached to outside of corolla tube (attached at

base of anterior sinus for S. muscicola ).

Notes: This taxon was mentioned by Erickson

(1958) in her discussion of the variation in

5. muscicola.

Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN

1994)

Etymology: The species epithet is from the

Latin ensatus, meaning “sword-like”. This is in

reference to the slender sword-like throat

appendages, which are a feature of this species.

6. Stylidium simulans Carlquist, Aliso 9: 426

(1979). Type: Northern Territory. Camp 2,

Arnhem Land, 13°04’S 133°01’E, 8 June

1978, A. Carlquist 15435 (holo: RSA; iso:

DNA).

604

Annual, 7-11 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1

mm long; glands globose, pale. Stem base not

thickened. Stems compressed (with leaves in

basal rosette). Leaves 4-10 per plant, orbicular,

3-5.5 mm long including petiole, 1.5-3.5 mm

wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate;

margins entire. Petioles 1-2 mm long. Scapes 1

or 2 per plant, 0.2-0.3 mm in diameter, glandular-

hairy; sterile bracts present. Inflorescences 7-

11 cm long, determinate, monochasially

cymose; branches glandular-hairy. Bracts

deltate, 0.5-1 mm long, glandular-hairy, obtuse

or acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or

rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-

hairy throughout. Sepals oblanceolate or

elliptical, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than

half their length, 1.4-1.6 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm

wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse or acute. Corolla

mauve or pale pink, glabrous; tube 1.6-2 mm

long, with sinus on anterior side only.

Paracorolla discontinuous, thin, glabrous, 0.2-

0.4 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages

6-8, all similar, acute, 2-4 opposite the anterior

petals, 4 opposite the posterior petals.

Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached

to outside of corolla tube, lanceolate, 0.3-0.4

mm long, thick, glabrous, acute or acuminate;

0.1-0.2 mm long. Petals with posterior ones

fused, A1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals 1.1-

1.3 mm long, 0.4—0.7 mm wide, bilobed or entire,

obtuse. Posterior petals 1.7-2.2 mm long, 0.7-

1.2 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 3.5^1

mm long, of uniform width throughout,

glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent.

Capsule linear, 5.5-8.5 mm long excluding

sepals, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, without raised

longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally,

strongly recurved or not recurved. Seeds

ellipsoidal, 0.15-0.2 mm long, brown; surface

convex, smooth.

Specimens examined: Northern Territory. Mt

Gilruth area, Jun 1978, Dunlop 4910 (DNA); Arnhem

Land, Mt Gilruth area, Jun 1978, Henshall 1887B

(DNA); ditto, Henshall 1887A (DNA).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Dunlop 4910 (3 fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium simulans

is endemic to the Arnhem Land plateau, and is

currently known only from around the type

locality (Map 7), where it grows on a sandstone

plateau in shallow sandy soil.

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded in June only.

Affinities: S. simulans is closely related to

S. accedens. See notes under that species.

Typification: The type of S. simulans was

incorrectly cited as Carlquist 15434 in the

protologue (Carlquist, pers. comm.). The type

collection for S. simulans is Carlquist 15435;

this is the collection received and annotated

as holotype from RSA.

Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN

1994).

7. Stylidium divergensARBeansp. nov. affinis

S. accedenti sed differens scapis glabris,

sepalis latioribus longioribusque, labello

ad sinum tubi corollae affixo, columna

multo longiore et capsulis 10-17 mm

longis. Typus: Northern Territory. Mt

Brockman Outlier, 15 km SE of Jabiru, 12°

47’S 132° 57 5 E, 19 April 1989, R IE Johnson

4635 (holo: BRI; iso: AD, DNA, CANB,

RSA).

Annual, 7-27 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-

0.15 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base

not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous or

leaves in basal rosette. Leaves 2-6 per plant,

elliptical, obovate or orbicular, 4-21 mm long

including petiole, 3-5 mm wide, glabrous; apex

obtuse; base obtuse or cuneate; margins entire.

Petioles 0.5-8 mm long. Scapes 1-6 per plant,

0.3-0.6 mm in diameter, glabrous; sterile bracts

absent. Inflorescences 4-24 cm long,

determinate, monochasially cymose; branches

glabrous or glandular-hairy. Bracts deltate or

ovate, 0.5-1 mm long, glabrous, acute.

Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or

rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-

hairy throughout or at distal end only. Sepals

oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more

than half their length, 1.2-1.7 mm long, 0.25-

0.4 mm wide, glabrous or glandular-hairy,

obtuse. Corolla white or mauve, glandular-hairy

on tube and petals; tube 1.5-2.4 mm long, with

sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla

discontinuous or continuous, thin, glabrous,

0.1-0.5 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or

appendages 2-4, all similar, obtuse, 2 opposite

the anterior petals, 0-2 opposite the posterior

605

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum

attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla

tube, ovate, 0.4-0.5 mm long, thick, glabrous,

acute or acuminate, terminal appendage usually

present; 0-0.5 mm long. Petals with posterior

ones fused, A1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals

1.3-2 mm long, 0.5-1.6 mm wide, bilobed,

obtuse. Posterior petals 2.5-3.7 mm long, 2-3.5

mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 5.5-7 mm

long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous;

lateral lobes absent or present, 0-0.2 mm wide.

Corona absent. Capsule linear, 10-17 mm long

excluding sepals, 0.5-0.6 mm wide, with raised

longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, not

recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.25-0.3 mm long,

brown; surface convex, colliculate. Fig 3B-D.

Specimens examined: Northern Territory, near

Kurundie Creek, Kakadu National Park, Apr. 1990,

Leach 2842 & Cowie (DNA).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Johnson 4635 (2 fls); Leach 2842 & Cowie (3

fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium divergens

is endemic to the Kakadu National Park in

Northern Territory (Map 4). It occurs on

sandstone slopes or gullies.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded only for April.

Affinities: S. divergens is closely related to S.

accedens, but differs by the glabrous scapes

(glandular-hairy for S. accedens ); labellum

attached to base of anterior sinus of corolla

tube (attached to outside of tube for S.

accedens ); much larger posterior petals, column

5.5-7 mm long (2.5-3 mm long for S. accedens )

and capsules 10-17 mm long (4-8 mm long for

S. accedens).

Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN

1994).

Etymology: From the Latin divergens meaning

diverging or separating. This is in reference to

the widely spreading posterior petals.

8. Stylidium accedens A . R. Bean sp. nov. afFmis

S. simulanti , sed differens tubo corollae

glanduloso, paracorolla absens

continuave, labello breviore, absentia

appendicis terminalis in labello, petalis

anticis et posticis brevioribus, columna

2.5-3 mm longa et seminibus colliculatis.

Typus: Northern Territory. Katherine

Gorge National Park, 14°19’S 132°25 , E,23

June 1975, C.R. Dunlop 3797 (holo: BRI;

iso: CANB, DNA).

Annual, 4-15 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1

mm long; glands globose, pale. Stem base not

thickened. Stems compressed (with leaves in

basal rosette). Leaves 4-10 per plant, obovate,

5-12 mm long including petiole, 2.5-5.5 mm

wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate;

margins entire. Petioles 1.5-3.5 mm long. Scapes

1-2 per plant, 0.2-0.4 mm in diameter, glandular-

hairy; sterile bracts present. Inflorescences 4-

15 cm long, determinate, monochasially

cymose; branches glandular-hairy. Bracts linear

or lanceolate, 0.5-1 mm long, glandular-hairy,

acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or

rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-

hairy throughout. Sepals oblanceolate, with 3

free and 2 fused for more than half their length,

1.2-1.4 mm long, 0.1-0.25 mm wide, glandular-

hairy, obtuse. Corolla white, glandular-hairy on

tube only; tube 1.2-1.7 mm long, with sinus on

anterior side only. Paracorolla absent or

continuous, thin, glabrous, 0.1 mm high.

Paracorolla lobes (when present) 6, all similar,

obtuse, 2 opposite the anterior petals, 4

opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla

glands absent. Labellum attached to outside

of corolla tube, ovate or lanceolate, 0.3-0.4 mm

long, thick, glabrous, acuminate, terminal

appendage absent. Petals with posterior ones

fused, A1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals 0.5-

0.7 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse.

Posterior petals 0.6-1 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm

wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 2.5-3 mm long,

of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral

lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear,

(4-)6-8 mm long excluding sepals, 0.3-0.5 mm

wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves

detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds

ellipsoidal, 0.2 mm long, brown; surface convex,

colliculate. Fig. 3E-G

Specimens examined: Northern Territory. Edith

Falls, Edith River, 17 miles [27 km] by road E of

Stuart Highway, Jul 1965, Beauglehole ACB10878

(DNA); Edith Falls, Jul 1965, Beauglehole ACB43215

(DNA); Arnhem Land plateau, Jun 1978, Carlquist

15445 (BRI); Katherine Gorge N.P., Jun 1975, Dunlop

3760 (CANB, DNA); upper Katherine River, Arnhem

606

Land, Jul 1996, Dunlop 10303 & Mangion (DNA);

above UDP Falls, Jul 1971, Gittins 2637 (BRI); sources

of Goomadeer R., Arnhem Land, Jun 1978, Henshall

1993 (DNA).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Dunlop3760 (3 fls ),Dunlop 10303 & Mangion

(2 fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium accedens

occurs around and to the north-east of

Katherine in Northern Territory (Map 6), where

it grows on sandstone plateaux with shallow

sandy soil.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded for June and July

Affinities: S. accedens is closely related to S.

simulans, but differs by the obovate leaves

(orbicular for S. simulans ), corolla tube

glandular-hairy (glabrous for S. simulans ),

paracorolla absent or continuous

(discontinuous for S. simulans ), the shorter

labellum, the absence of a terminal appendage

on the labellum, the shorter anterior and

posterior petals, column 2.5-3 mm long (3.5-4

mm for S. simulans ), and minutely colliculate

seeds (smooth for S. simulans).

Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN

1994).

Etymology: The specific epithet is from the

Latin accedens , an indeclinable participle

meaning “resembling”. This is in reference to

the superficial resemblance of this species to

S. uliginosum, with which it was confused in

the past.

9. Stylidium candelabrum Lowrie & Kenneally,

Nuytsia 13: 251 (1999). Type: Northern

Territory. Headwaters Katherine River,

Arnhemland, 13°47’S 133°05’E, 11 July

1996, C.P.Mangion 245 & C.R.Dunlop

(holo: DNA; iso: PERTH).

Annual, 6-20 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1

mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not

thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves

11-100 per plant, scattered along stems,

elliptical, 2.5—13(—18) mm long including petiole,

1.5—5(—9) mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base

obtuse, or cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 2-

6(-8) mm long. Scapes 1-13 per plant, 0.2-0.7

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

mm in diameter, glabrous; sterile bracts absent.

Inflorescences 3-16 cm long, determinate,

monochasially cymose; branches glabrous, or

glandular-hairy. Bracts debate or lanceolate,

0.5-1.5 mm long, glabrous, obtuse or acute.

Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or

rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glabrous

throughout or glandular-hairy at distal end

only. Sepals debate or ovate, fused into 2

emarginate lips, 0.8-1.4 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm

wide, glabrous, obtuse or acute. Corolla white,

glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 1.2-

1.8 mm long, with sinus on anterior and

posterior sides. Paracorolla discontinuous,

thin, glabrous, 0.2-0.4 mm high. Paracorolla

lobes or appendages 4, all similar, obtuse, 2

opposite the anterior petals, 2 opposite the

posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent.

Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube,

ovate or lanceolate, 0.4-0.6 mm long, thick,

glabrous, acute or acuminate, terminal

appendage absent. Petals all free,

A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 0.9-1.3 mm

long, 0.6-1.1 mm wide, bilobed, trilobed or

entire, obtuse. Posterior petals 1.6-2.3 mm long,

1.5-2.3 mm wide, bilobed, or 3 or 4-lobed,

obtuse. Column 5.5-6.5 mm long, of uniform

width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes

absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 6-15 mm

long excluding sepals, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, without

raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching

distally, not recurved. Seeds globose, 0.2-0.25

mm long, brown; surface convex, smooth. Fig.

4A-D.

Selected specimens: Northern Territory, near Kub-

O-Wer Hill, Arnhem Land reserve, Jun 1978,

Carlquist 15408 (DNA, K); near Ranford Creek,

Wandie Mine road, Mary River station, Jul 1987, Clark

807 (DNA); Melville Island, near Snake Bay airstrip

plantation. Mar 1994, Cowie 4698 (DNA); Bathurst

Island, Runka, Mar 1995, Cowie 5419 (DNA); Flinders

Peninsula, east side opposite S end Probable Isle, Apr

1996, Cowie 6698 & Bokarra (DNA); 7.5 km S of

Cooinda on Pine Creek road. May 1980, Craven 5656

(CANB, DNA); Mt Gilruth area, Jun 1978, Dunlop

4885 (DNA, MEL); Kakadu N.P, Apr 1990, Dunlop

8577 & Munns (CANB, DNA); Mt Brockman, Kakadu

N.P., Mar 1995, Egan 4591 (DNA); road to

Umbrawarra Gorge, Apr 1995, Egan 4643 (DNA);

above U.D.P. Falls, May 1975, Gittins 2864 (BRI);

Holmes Jungle, Apr 1995, Harwood 100 (DNA);

Arnhem Land, 19 km E of Jabiru, Apr 1989, Johnson

4554 (BRI, DNA, NSW); above Twin Falls, Kakadu

N.P, Jul 1983, King 324 (DNA); Rum Bottle Creek,

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

607

Fig. 3. A: Stylidium ensatum. A. habitx0.7. B-D: Stylidium divergens. B. habit* 1; C. anterior view of flower*9;

D. corolla, opened outx9. E-G: Stylidium accedens. E. habit><2; F. anterior view of flowerxlS; G. corolla,

opened outxl8. A: Holtze 514; B-D: Johnson 4635; E-G; Dunlop 3797.

608

Jun 1972, Must 1070 (BRI, CANB, DNA, K); Marrakai

Station, Mar 1974, Must 1197 (BRI, DNA); 10 km

SSW of ElSharana, Kakadu N.P., Apr 1990, Orr 354

(DNA); Koongarra area, 1 km S of jump-up, Apr 1979,

Rankin 1979 (CANB, DNA, L); Upper Koolpin Creek,

Kakadu N.R, Jun 1988, Russell-Smith 5488 & Lucas

(DNA); Ngilipitji area, E Arnhem Land, Jul 1981,

Scarlett 406 (DNA); 8 km E of Goyder River crossing,

Jun 1972, Symon 7732 (DNA).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Dunlop 4885 (3 fls );Egan 4591 (2 fls); Wightman

3906 (2 fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

candelabrum is endemic to the northernmost

parts of the NorthemTerritory (Map 11). It often

grows in shallow sand on sandstone

pavements, but may occur on other substrates.

It appears to be confined to the higher rainfall

areas.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded from March to July.

Affinities: S. candelabrum is a distinctive

species readily identified by its petiolate,

elliptical cauline leaves and sepals in 2 basally

fused groups. It differs from S. capillare by its

petiolate cauline leaves, sepals in 2 basally

fused groups, glandular-hairy petals, sinus on

both the anterior and posterior sides of the

corolla, and the discontinuous paracorolla.

Conservation status: S. candelabrum is quite

widely distributed in the north of the Northern

Territory, and much of its occurrence is within

National Park. It is not considered to be rare or

threatened.

10. Stylidium lobuliflorum F.Muell., Fragm. 1:

153 (1859); Candollea lobuliflora

(F.Muell.) F.Muell, Syst. census Austral,

pi. 86 (1883). Type: [NorthemTerritory].

sandy flats near the Main Camp, Victoria

River, [15° —’S 130° —’E], May 1856,

F. Mueller (lecto: MEL [MEL242996]),

here chosen.

Illustration: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plate

54 (1958), as S. lobuliferum.

Annual, 12-20 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.1-0.2

mm long; glands globose, pale. Stem base not

thickened. Stems compressed (with leaves in

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

basal rosette). Leaves 4-15 per plant, obovate

or orbicular, 6-9.5 mm long including petiole,

4-6.5 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base

cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 1-4 mm long.

Scapes 1-3 per plant, 0.4-0.7 mm in diameter,

glandular-hairy; sterile bracts absent.

Inflorescences 12-20 cm long, determinate,

monochasially cymose; branches glandular-

hairy. Bracts linear or lanceolate or ovate, 1-2

mm long, glandular-hairy, acute. Bracteoles

absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary.

Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy throughout.

Sepals oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for

more than half their length, 2.3-3 mm long, 0.4-

0.5 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla

pink or mauve, glandular-hairy on tube and

petals; tube 2.1-3.3 mm long, with sinus on

anterior side only. Paracorolla continuous, thin

or thick, glabrous, 0.2-0.6 mm high. Paracorolla

lobes or appendages 2—4, all similar, obtuse, 0-

2 opposite the anterior petals, 2 opposite the

posterior petals. Paracorolla glands 2. Labellum

attached to outside of corolla tube or attached

at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube, ovate

or lanceolate, 0.4-0.6 mm long, thick, glabrous,

acuminate or obtuse, terminal appendage

usually present; c. 0.2 mm long. Petals all free,

A1+A2+P1+P2 or with posterior ones fused,

A1 +A2+(P 1 &P2). Anterior petals 1.4-1.9 mm

long, 0.7-1.1 mm wide, bilobed or entire, obtuse.

Posterior petals 2.3-3.4 mm long, 1.2-2.2 mm

wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 6.5-7.5 mm long,

of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral

lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear,

10-12 mm long excluding sepals, 0.6-0.8 mm

wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves

detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds

ellipsoidal, 0.15-0.2 mm long, brown; surface

convex, smooth.

Specimens examined: Western Australia, c. 32 km

WSW of Kununurra, Jul 1976, Beauglehole 54297

(DNA); 59 km by road N of Gibb River road, Meda-

Oobagooma road, Jun 1976, Beauglehole 52687

(DNA). Northern Territory. 8 km west of Koongarra,

May 1978, Carlquist 15392 (DNA); Wilderness Trail,

Katherine Gorge N.R, 8 km from Park Headquarters,

Jun 1978, Carlquist 15470 (BRI, DNA); Plot 426,

Arnhem Land, [12° 09’S 133° 55’E], Jul 1987, Clark

1327 (DNA, NSW); tributary of Barramundie Ck, 33

km WSW of Twin Falls, Jun 1980, Craven 6419

(CANB, DNA); Kakadu N.P., Apr 1990, Dunlop 8560

& Munns (DNA); Fitzmaurice River basin. May 1994,

Dunlop 9950 & Late (DNA, NSW); Fitzmaurice River,

upper catchment. May 1994, Dunlop 10084 & Barritt

609

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

(BRI, DNA, MEL); Arnhem Land, Mt Gilruth area,

Jun 1978, Henshall 1878 (DNA, MEL); headwaters

of Baroalba Creek, Kakadu Park, May 1981, Henshall

3604 (DNA); 12.5 km SW of Jabiru on Pine Creek

road, Jun 1980, Lazarides 9177 (BRI, CANB, DNA,

MEL); Mt Bundey Training area, Jul 1992, Leach

2972 (BRI, CANB, DNA); Yamburran Range, 19 km

NE Mt Millikmonmir, May 1994, Leach 4514 &

Walsh (DNA, MEL); Litchfield Park, road to Lost

City, Jun 1998, Michell 1583 & Risler (DNA); Magela

Creek, May 1978, Rice 2641 (DNA); Arnhem Land,

13.1 km E of Murgenella Settlement along road to

Brogden Point, Aug 1987, Ross 3273 (MEL); Bamboo

Ck, tribuatry of McKinley, 1882, Tate (MEL).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Dunlop 10084 & Barritt (2 fls); Leach 2972 (2

fls); Michell 1583 & Risler (2 fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

lobuliflorum is found in the Kimberley region

of Western Australia and adjacent areas of

Northern Territory (Map 8). It inhabits

sandstone pavement, sandy depressions,

seepage areas or streamlines. It may be

associated with Pandanus spp., Triodia sp.,

Melaleuca viridiflora or various Eucalyptus

spp.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded from April to August.

Typification: There are two collections of S.

lobuliflorum at MEL which were made by

Mueller from the vicinity of the Victoria River.

One collection has several relatively intact

plants (chosen here as lectotype) while in the

other, only fragments remain.

Affinities: S. lobuliflorum is most closely

related to S. schizanthum , but differs by

densely glandular hypanthia with pale glands

(glabrous or sparsely glandular with dark

glands for S. schizanthum ), absence of sterile

bracts on scapes, petals glandular-hairy

(glabrous for S. schizanthum ), column of

uniform width throughout (slightly dilated for

S. schizanthum ), corolla tube 2.1—3.3 mm long

(1.3-2.2 mm for S. schizanthum) and 2-4

paracorolla lobes (4-6 for S. schizanthum).

Conservation status: S. lobuliflorum is a

widespread species, and not considered to be

rare or threatened.

11. Stylidium schizanthum F.Muell., Fragm. 1:

152 (1859); Candollea schizantha

(F.Muell.) F.Muell., Syst. census Austral,

pi. 86 (1883). Type: Victoria River

[Northern Territory, 15°—’S 130°—’E],

May 1856, F. Mueller (holo: MEL

[MEL1061485]).

Illustration: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plates

51, 54 (1958); J.R. Wheeler (ed.), FI. ofKimb.

Region 882, t. 272E(1992).

Annual, 9-30 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.2

mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not

thickened. Stems compressed (with leaves in

basal rosette). Leaves 3-13 per plant,

oblanceolate or obovate or orbicular, 3.5-23 mm

long including petiole, 1.5-12 mm wide,

glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate; margins

entire. Petioles 0.5-3(-6) mm long. Scapes 1-

2(^1) per plant, 0.3-0.8 mm in diameter, glabrous

or glandular-hairy; sterile bracts present.

Inflorescences 9-30 cm long, determinate,

monochasially cymose; branches glabrous, or

glandular-hairy. Bracts debate or lanceolate or

ovate, 1-2.5 mm long, glabrous or glandular-

hairy, obtuse or acute. Bracteoles absent.

Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium

linear, glandular-hairy at distal end only or

glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals

oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more

than half their length, 1.5-2.7 mm long, 0.4-0.7

mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla white

or pink or mauve or yellow, glandular-hairy on

tube only; tube 1.3-2.2 mm long, with sinus on

anterior side only. Paracorolla continuous, thin,

glabrous, 0.3-1 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or

appendages 4-6, dimorphic or all similar, acute

or obtuse, 2 opposite the anterior petals, 2^1

opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla

glands 2. Labellum attached to outside of

corolla tube, ovate or orbicular, 0.3-0.6 mm long,

thick, glabrous, acuminate; 0.1-0.2 mm long.

Petals with posterior ones fused,

A1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals 0.7-2.7 mm

long, 0.5-1.4 mm wide, bilobed, acute or obtuse.

Posterior petals 2.1-4.9 mm long, 1.6-3.1 mm

wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 5-7.5 mm long,

slightly dilated near distal end, glabrous; lateral

lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear,

8-15 mm long excluding sepals, 0.5-0.8 mm

wide, without raised longitudinal ribs or with

raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching

610

distally, strongly recurved or not recurved.

Seeds globose or ellipsoidal, 0.15-0.25 mm

long, brown; surface convex, smooth or

colliculate.

Selected specimens: Irian Jaya. c. 15 km NE of

Koembe village on N bank of Koembe River, Merauke

district, [8°S 140°E], Sep 1954, van Royen 4854 (L).

New Guinea. Wuroi, Oriomo River, Western

Division, [8°S 143°E], Jan-Mar 1934, Brass 5796,

5797 (BRI); Lake Daviumbu, Middle Fly River, [7°S

141°E], Sep 1936, Brass 7825 (L); c. 1 mile [1.6 km]

S of Morehead Patrol Post, Western District [9°S

141°E], Aug 1967, Pullen 7159 (L); near Weam,

Western District, [8°S 141°E], Aug 1967, Ridsdale

NGF33681 (L). Western Australia. Mitchell

Plateau, near mining camp, Aug 1978, Beauglehole

59004 & Errey 2704 (DNA); King Edward River, c.

50 km NE of Mitchell River HS, Aug 1978,

Beauglehole 58879 & Errey 2579 (DNA); Gibb River-

Kalumburu Mission road, 11.3 km NNW of Drysdale

River crossing. May 1976, Beauglehole 51707 (DNA);

Gibb River road, 1.5 km W of Lennard River Gorge

turnoff, Jul 1974, Carr 4063 & Beauglehole 47841

(DNA); Mount Parker plateau, Jul 1991, Cowie 1933

(DNA); 6 km W of Mitchell River Falls, Apr 1993,

Cowie 4343 & Brubaker (CANB, DNA); Camp Ck,

next to Amax campsite, Mitchell Plateau, May 1978,

Kenneally 6638 (L); Flying Fox Creek, SW of Lake

Argyle, May 1980, Weston 12215 (DNA). Northern

Territory. Malabanbandju camping ground. Kakadu

N.P, May 1995, Booth 902 (DNA); McArthur River

area, c. 15 km N of Borroloola, Jun 1976, Craven

4228 (L); Katherine Gorge N.P, Jun 1975, Dunlop

3788 (DNA, NSW); Fitzmaurice River basin. May

1994, Dunlop 9940 & Latz (DNA, MEL); Winchelsea

Island, May 1993, Egan 2461 (DNA); Vanderlin Island,

Jul 1988, Latz 10820 (DNA); on Oenpelli road, c.

10.5 miles [16.8 km] from Mudginbarry HS, Jul 1972,

Lazarides 7591 (BRI, DNA); Bickerton Island, South

Bay, May 1993, Leach 3723 & Cowie (DNA); Deaf

Adder Basm, Jun 1972, Schodde AE97 (BRI, CANB,

DNA, K, L); Magela Creek, Mudginberri Stn, May

1982, Wightman 48 (CANB, DNA). Queensland.

Burke District: “Esmeralda” about SSE of Croydon,

Jul 1954, Blake 19651 (BRI); 12 miles [19 km] N of

Esmeralda station, Jul 1954, Speck 4732 (BRI). Cook

District: One Hundred Mile swamp, near Undara resort,

E of Mt Surprise, Jul 1998, Bean 13762 & Fox (BRI);

Pascoe River crossing. Iron Range-Wenlock road, Jul

1948, Brass 19663 (BRI, L); Archer River, Wenlock-

Coen road, Jul 1948, Brass 19736 (BRI, L); Moa

Island, Aug 1985, Budworth 178 (BRI); 1.8 km N of

the track from Agnew to Bertiehaugh, Aug 1983,

Clarkson 5000 (BRI, K, NSW, PERTH, QRS); 33 km

from Wakooka on the track to Bathurst Bay and

Cape Melville N.P., Jun 1984, Clarkson 5379 (BRI,

DNA, L, QRS); Cowal Creek crossing on the Bamaga

to Mutee Head road, Sep 1985, Clarkson 6209 (BRI,

DNA, MBA, PERTH, QRS); 9.7 km N of Morehead

River, Jun 1989, Clarkson 8077 (BRI); Pascoe River

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

at Wattle Hills, Aug 1991, Clarkson 9087 & Neldner

(BRI, MBA, PERTH); c. 5 km ENE of the mouth of

MacDonald River, c. 68 km WNW of Heathlands,

Apr 1993, Clarkson 9875 & Neldner (BRI, DNA,

MBA, PERTH); 6 km N of Lilyvale on the track to

Running Creek, Jun 1993, Clarkson 10095 & Neldner

(BRI, MBA, PERTH); 29.3 km E by road of Maloneys

Springs, Jun 1989, Forster 5448 (BRI); 2 km N of Mt

Tozer, Jul 1991, Forster PIF9007 (BRI); 4 miles [6

km] N of Hopevale mission, Sep 1970, Gittins 2183

(BRI); along Kennedy road, c. 2 km S of Moreton

Telegraph station, Aug 1978, Kanis 2036 (BRI,

CANB, L); 23 km NE of “Violet Vale” HS, Aug 1978,

Paijmans 2912 (BRI); c. 60 miles [97 km] W of

Musgrave Telegraph Office, Jun 1968, Pedley 2679

(BRI).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Booth 902 (2 fls); Clarkson 5379 (2 fls);

Clarkson 8077 (2 fls); Clarkson 9087 &

Neldner (2 fls); Clarkson 9875 & Neldner (2

fls); Clarkson 10095 & Neldner (2 fls); Egan

2461 (2 fls ), Forster 5448 (2 fls); Wightman 48

(3 fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

schizanthum is a very widespread species,

extending from the Kimberley region of

Western Australia to eastern Northern Territory,

and then in north Queensland, as far south as

Mt Surprise, and in southern New Guinea (Map

9). It grows in damp sand in Eucalyptus or

Melaleuca dominated communities, along

creekbanks, on sandstone escarpments and

amongst sandstone boulders.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded from February to October.

Affinities: It is closely related to S.

pachyrrhizum and S. lobuliflorum. See notes

under those species.

Notes: S. schizanthum as currently

circumscribed, is a very variable taxon, and

detailed field studies may reveal that more than

one species is involved.

There is only one Mueller collection at MEL,

hence this collection is treated as a holotype.

Conservation status: S. schizanthum is a

widespread species, and not considered to be

rare or threatened.

611

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

12. Stylidium pachyrrhizum F.Muell., Fragm.

1: 152 (1859); Candollea pachyrrhiza

(F.Muell.) F.Muell., Syst. census Austral,

pi. 86 (1883), nom. illeg., non (Steud.)

Benth. (1863). Type: [NorthemTerritory],

between Macadam Range and

Providence Hill, [14° —’S 129°—’E],

October 1855, F. Mueller (holo: MEL

[MEL1061539]).

Illustration: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plate

55 (1958); J.R Wheeler (ed.), FI. ofKimb. Region

882, t. 2720(1992).

Perennial, 15-40 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-

0.15 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base

thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves

5-30 per plant, scattered along stems,

oblanceolate or obovate, 13—55(—100) mm long

including petiole, 3.5-18(-24) mm wide,

glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate; margins

entire. Petioles 3—13(—35) mm long. Scapes 1-6

per plant, 0.3-1 mm in diameter, glabrous; sterile

bracts absent or present. Inflorescences 13-33

cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose;

branches glabrous, or glandular-hairy. Bracts

debate or ovate, 1-1.5 mm long, glabrous or

glandular-hairy, acute. Bracteoles absent.

Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium

linear, glabrous throughout or glandular-hairy

throughout. Sepals oblanceolate, with 3 free

and 2 fused for more than half their length, 2-

2.5 mm long, 0.5 mm wide, glandular-hairy,

obtuse. Corolla white or pink, glandular-hairy

on tube and petals; tube 1.8-2 mm long, with

sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla

continuous, thin, glabrous, 0.2-0.5 mm high.

Paracorolla lobes or appendages 4, all similar,

obtuse, 2 opposite the anterior petals, 2

opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla

glands 2. Labellum attached to outside of

corolla tube, ovate, 0.5-0.6 mm long, thick,

glabrous, acute or acuminate, terminal

appendage usually present; 0-0.2 mm long.

Petals with posterior ones fused,

A 1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals 1.2-1.3 mm

long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide, bilobed, acute or obtuse.

Posterior petals 2.5-3.5 mm long, 1.7-2.2 mm

wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 7.5-8.5 mm long,

slightly dilated near distal end, glabrous; lateral

lobes absent; column extension present, c. 0.5

mm long. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 9-13

mm long excluding sepals, 0.4-0.7 mm wide,

with raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching

distally, strongly recurved. Seeds globose, 0.2-

0.25 mm long, brown; surface convex, smooth.

Specimens examined: Western Australia. 30 km

W of Drysdale River crossing, Jun 1976, Beauglehole

52227 (DNA); Prince Regent River, 1891, Bradshaw

(MEL); Hidden Island, Buccaneer Archipelago, Jun

1982, Kenneally 8372 (BRI). Northern Territory.

E of Fogg Bay, Aug 1946, Blake 16796 (BRI); tributary

of Allia Ck, May 1994, Cowie 4876 & Albrecht (DNA,

MEL); Goose Creek road, Melville Island, Jun 1987,

Clark 1252 (DNA); sandstone plateau, [12° 40’S 133°

15’E], Mar 1973, Craven 2467 (BRI, DNA); Keep

River N.P., Feb 1981, Dunlop 5780 (DNA, MEL);

Moyle River headwaters. May 1994, Dunlop 9826 &

Latz (DNA); headwaters of Cui-eci Creek, May 1994,

Cowie 4913 & Albrecht (DNA, MEL); Fitzmaurice

River basin. May 1994, Dunlop 9983 & Latz (DNA,

MEL); Eva Valley station. Mar 1991, Evans 3672

(BRI, DNA); Waterfall Creek Falls, Kakadu N.P, Apr

1992, Halford Q1167 (BRI); Melville Island, Apr

1986, Johnson 4143 (BRI); Sculthorpe Pound, Aug

1985, Latz 10172 (DNA); “The Pines”, Douglas River,

Oct 1974, Parker 517 (DNA); Kakadu N.P, 10.5 km

NE of Mt Evelyn, Apr 1990, Slee & Craven 2575

(MEL); Oenpelli, Oct 1948, Specht 1313 (MEL); 35

km E of Goyder River crossing, Jun 1972, Symon

7733 (DNA, K, L); Wallaby Beach, Gove, Jun 1972,

Symon 7779 (DNA); Angurugu River, Groote Eylandt,

Oct 1976, Waddy 601 (DNA); beside Allia Creek, Daly

River Aboriginal Reserve, May 1994, Walsh 3659

(DNA).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Cowie 4876 & Albrecht (2 fls); Evans 3672 (2

fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

pachyrrhizum is found from the western

Kimberley to Groote Eylandt off the east coast

of Northern Territory (Map 10). It inhabits

swamp edges, or seepage areas near sandy or

rocky creeks. There is one record from a vertical

sandstone rockface.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded from February to October, with most

records from March to June.

Notes: S. pachyrrhizum is very close to S.

schizanthum , and some specimens are difficult

to place. S. pachyrrhizum has a thickened stem

base, glandular-hairy petals, column 7.5-8.5 mm

long (5-7.5 mm for S. schizanthum ) and

spathulate leaves scattered along a

considerable stem (obovate to orbicular leaves

612

in basal rosette for S. schizanthum). It is also

close to S. stenophyllum, see notes under that

species.

There is only one Mueller collection at MEL,

hence this collection is treated as the holotype.

Conservation status: S. pachyrrhizum is a

widespread species, and not considered to be

rare or threatened.

13. Stylidium stenophyllum A. R. Bean sp. nov.

affinis Stylidio pachyrrhizo sed differens

caulorhizanon incrassata, foliis linearibus

1.4-2.6 mm latis, petalis glabris, anticis

longioribus, columna ubique uniformiter

lata, capsulis non costatis et seminibus

ellipsoidalibus. Typus: Northern Territory.

Caranbirini Conservation Park, SW of

Borroloola, 7 June 1999 ,A.R. Bean 15066

(holo: BRI; iso: CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW,

PERTH).

Annual, 30-40 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-

0.2 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base

not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous.

Leaves 7-25 per plant, scattered along stems,

linear, 36-86 mm long including petiole, 1.5-2.5

mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate;

margins entire. Petioles 15-50 mm long. Scapes

3-4 per plant, 0.4-0.7 mm in diameter, glabrous;

sterile bracts absent or present. Inflorescences

28-39 cm long, determinate, monochasially

cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts linear or

deltate, 1-4 mm long, glandular-hairy or

glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels

absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear,

glabrous throughout or glandular-hairy

throughout. Sepals oblanceolate, with 3 free

and 2 fused for more than half their length, 2.2-

3.3 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide, glandular-hairy,

obtuse. Corolla white or pink, glandular-hairy

on tube only; tube 2-2.3 mm long, with sinus

on anterior side only. Paracorolla continuous,

thin, glabrous, 0.1-0.4 mm high. Paracorolla

lobes or appendages 2-4, all similar, obtuse, 0-

2 opposite the anterior petals, 2 opposite the

posterior petals. Paracorolla glands 2. Labellum

attached to outside of corolla tube, ovate, 0.5-

0.7 mm long, thick, glabrous, obtuse or acute,

terminal appendage absent. Petals with

posterior ones fused, A1+A2+(P1&P2).

Anterior petals 1.2-2.0 mm long, 0.6-1.1 mm

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

wide, bilobed, acute. Posterior petals 2.9-4.3

mm long, 2-3.4 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse.

Column 7-8 mm long, of uniform width

throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent;

column extension present, c. 0.5 mm long.

Corona absent. Capsule linear, 9-13 mm long

excluding sepals, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, without

raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching

distally, not or strongly recurved. Seeds

ellipsoidal, 0.15-0.25 mm long, brown; surface

convex, smooth. Fig. 4E-G

Specimens examined: Northern Territory, near

Caranbirini waterhole, McArthur River area, Jul 1977,

Craven 4678 (BRI, CANB, MEL).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Bean 15066 (2 fls); Craven 4678 (3 fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

stenophyllum is known only from the type

locality in far north-eastern Northern Territory

(Map 10). It grows in crevices on a deeply

dissected “beehive” sandstone formation.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded for June and July.

Affinities: S. stenophyllum is most closely

related to S. pachyrrhizum , but differs by the

non-thickened stem base, linear leaves 1.4-2.6

mm wide, glabrous petals (glandular-hairy for

S. pachyrrhizum ), unribbed capsules (ribbed

for S. pachyrrhizum ) and ellipsoidal seeds

(globose for S. pachyrrhizum).

Notes: The type locality of S. stenophyllum is

home to another endemic plant, Calytrix

mimiana Craven (Craven 1980). The latter, while

similarly restricted in distribution, occurs on

nearly all the beehive formations at the site.

Conservation status: The habitat of S.

stenophyllum is very specialised, being eroded

sandstone monoliths often known as

“beehive” formations, because of their dome¬

like shape. S. stenophyllum is known from only

one outcrop at the type locality, and the total

number of plant clumps is less than 100.

However, each clump may comprise up to 10

individual plants. A Conservation status of

“Vulnerable” is recommended, based on the

IUCN Criterion D.

613

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

Etymology: From the Greek stenos- narrow and

phyllon- leaf, in reference to the very narrow

leaves of this species compared to its closest

relatives.

B. Stylidium sect. Uniflora A.R.Bean sect,

nov. Folia linearia usque anguste deltata;

flores in scapis solitarii; glandulae

minutae globosae; bracteolae praesentes

vel absentes; paracorolla pro parte

maxima absens; petala postica

coadunata, biloba, antica integra;

columna dilatata marsupium formans ubi

stigma et antherae requiescunt; semina

laevia. Typus: S. pedunculatum R.Br.

Flowers solitary on scapes; glands tiny,

globose; bracteoles present or absent; leaves

linear to narrowly debate; paracorolla mostly

absent; posterior petals fused, bilobed; anterior

petals entire; column dilated forming pouch

where stigma and anthers rest, glandular-hairy

or glabrous; seeds smooth.

5 species; tropical Australia and the Aru

Islands.

14. Stylidium trichopodumF.Muell.,Fragm. 10:

86 (1876); Candollea trichopoda

(F.Muell.)F.Muell., Syst. census Austral,

pi. 86 (1883). Type: Queensland. Cook

District: Etheridge River, [18°— 9 S 143°—

’ E], undated, W.Armit 622 (syn: BM).

Annual, 6-20 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1

mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not

thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves

20-200 per plant, scattered along stems, linear,

3-9 mm long, 0.2-0.7 mm wide, glabrous; apex

obtuse, or acute; base truncate; margins entire,

or crenulate. Petioles absent. Scapes 1-10 per

plant, 0.15-0.2 mm in diameter, glandular-hairy;

sterile bracts absent. Inflorescences 2.6-6 cm

long, 1-flowered. Bracteoles present, 0.8-1.2 mm

long. Pedicels absent or rudimentary.

Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy throughout.

Sepals oblanceolate or ovate or elliptical, with

3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length,

1-2 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm wide, glandular-hairy,

obtuse. Corolla yellow or orange, glandular-

hairy on tube only; tube 1.4-2.3 mm long, with

sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla absent

or discontinuous, thin, glabrous, 0.2-0.4 mm

high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 0-2, all

similar, obtuse, 0 opposite the anterior petals,

0-2 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla

glands absent. Labellum attached to outside

of corolla tube, ovate or lanceolate, 0.4-1 mm

long, thick, glabrous, acute or acuminate,

terminal appendage absent. Petals with

posterior ones fused, A1+A2+(P1&P2).

Anterior petals 1-1.7 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide,

bilobed or entire, obtuse. Posterior petals 2.7-

3.9 mm long, 1.9-2.5 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse.

Column 5-6 mm long, conspicuously dilated

near distal end forming a pouch for the stigma

and anthers, glandular-hairy; lateral lobes

absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 10-15

mm long excluding sepals, 0.5 mm wide, without

raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching

distally, not recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.2-

0.25 mm long, brown; surface lacunose, smooth.

Fig 5A-C.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District:

3.4 km S of Musgrave, on road to Laura, Jul 1998,

Bean 13564 (BRI, DNA, MEL, NSW); California

Creek road, 10 km from gorge, Jul 1987, Champion

286 (BRI); 4.8 km N of Kennedy River crossing, on

Peninsula Development road, Jun 1981, Clarkson

3683 (BRI); Bulleringa NP, 80 km NW of Mt Surprise,

Red River track past Donkey Spring, Apr 1998,

Forster 22617 & Booth (BRI, DNA, MEL).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Bean 13564 (2 fls); Champion 286 (2 fls);

Clarkson 3683 (1 ^Forster 22617 (2 fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

trichopodum is known from a just a few small

populations in northern Queensland (Map 14).

It grows on gentle slopes or flats in moist sandy

soil, sometimes in communities dominated by

Melaleuca spp.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded for

June and July.

Notes: S. trichopodum is clearly related to S.

pedunculatum , as both have solitary flowers

on filiform peduncles and a pouched column

which holds the resting anthers and stigma. It

is readily distinguished however by the

conspicuous stem and glabrous cauline leaves,

and the much larger yellow corolla. There may

be other type material to be found of this species

and hence no lectotype has been chosen at

this stage.

614

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

Fig. 4. A-D: Stylidium candelabrum. A. habit* 1; B. sepals removed from hypanthium, showing the 2 fused

groups* 18; C. posterior view of flower, with column removed*9; D. anterior view of flower and hypanthium*9.

E-G: Stylidium stenophyllum. E. habit, showing leaves and part of inflorescence*0.5; F. anterior view of

flower*9; G corolla, opened out*9. A-D: Wightman 3906; E-G: Craven 4678.

615

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN

1994). S. trichopodum appears to be quite rare.

About 110 years elapsed between the type

collection and the next known collection.

15. Stylidium ericksoniae J.H. Willis, Victorian

Naturalist 73: 43 (1956), as 6 ericksonae

Stylidium pedunculatum var. ericksoniae

(J.H. Willis) Carlquist,Aliso 9:322 (1979).

Stylidium androsaceum O. Schwarz, Repert.

Spec. Nov. RegniVeg. 24:105 (1927 \nom.

illeg., wowLindl. (1839)«ecDC. (1839).

Type: Northern Territory. Koolpinyah, 12°

2-’S 131° l-’E, undated, F.A.K. Bleeser

411 (holo: B, destroyed); between RAAF

emergency landing strip and creek, 40 km

S of Darwin, [12° 4- S 131° 0—’E], 18 June

1978,5. Carlquist 15145 (neo: DNA), here

chosen.

Illustration: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plates

51, 55 (1958), as S. pedunculatum.

Annual, 6-15 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.025-

0.05 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base

not thickened. Stems elongate, with simple

hairs. Leaves 20-100 per plant, mostly in

terminal rosette, with some scattered along

stems, linear or debate, 4.0-9.5 mm long, 0.6-

1.1 mm wide, with eglandular hairs; apex acute,

or mucronate; base truncate; margins entire.

Petioles absent. Scapes 1-20 per plant, 0.15-

0.2 mm in diameter, glabrous or glandular-hairy;

sterile bracts absent. Inflorescences 5-11 cm

long, 1-flowered. Bracteoles present, 0.3-1.2 mm

long. Pedicels absent or rudimentary.

Hypanthium linear, glabrous throughout or

glandular-hairy at distal end only. Sepals

oblanceolate or ovate, fused into 2 emarginate

lips, 0.8-1.3 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide,

glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla pink or mauve,

glandular-hairy on tube only; tube 2-2.5 mm

long, with sinus on anterior side only.

Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached to

outside of corolla tube, ovate or lanceolate, 0.3-

0.5 mm long, thick, glabrous, acute or

acuminate, terminal appendage absent. Petals

with posterior ones fused, A1+A2+(P1&P2).

Anterior petals 1-1.7 mm long, 0.7-1.3 mm wide,

bilobed or entire, obtuse. Posterior petals 2.4-

3.1 mm long, 1.4-2.1 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse.

Column 5.5-7 mm long, conspicuously dilated

near distal end forming a pouch for the stigma

and anthers, glandular-hairy; lateral lobes

absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 7-9.5

mm long excluding sepals, 0.6-0.8 mm wide,

with raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching

distally, not recurved. Seeds globose, 0.15-0.2

mm long, brown; surface lacunose, smooth.

Specimens examined: Northern Territory: near

Grove Hill, about 13° 28’S and 131° 35’E, Jul 1946,

Blake 16371 (BRI); between RAAF emergency landing

strip and creek, 40 km S of Darwin, Jun 1978,

Carlquist 15145 (DNA); road heading W off Stuart

Highway, opposite juncture of Shoal Bay road and

Stuart Highway, Jun 1977, Carlquist 15188 (DNA);

13 miles [21 km] SE of Darwin, May 1958,

Chippendale 4433 (DNA, MEL); Arnhem Land, upper

Magela Ck catchment, Apr 1995, Cowie 5601 &

Brennan (DNA); 15 km NNE of Jabiru East, Mar

1981, Craven 6555 (DNA, MEL); Koongarra Jump-

up, May 1978, Dunlop 4848 (DNA); Kakadu N.P.,

Apr 1990, Dunlop 8593 & Munns (DNA); Kakadu

N.P., Mount Brockman, Mar 1995, Egan 4571 (DNA,

MEL); Howard Springs, May 1995, Egan 4987 (DNA);

20 miles [32 km] from Darwin on Stuart Highway, Jul

1955, Erickson s.n. (MEL); Adelaide River, 1890,

Holtze 1174 (MEL); Arnhem Land, 19 km E of Jabiru,

Apr 1989, Johnson 4560 (BRI); near Koongarra

Saddle, 1.5 km N of Koongarra, May 1980, Lazarides

8897 (DNA, MEL); 8 miles [13 km] NW of Humpty

Doo, Jun 1972, McKean B569 (DNA); 1 mile [1.6

km] SE of McMinns Lagoon, Aug 1971, Must 761

(DNA); Koongarra area, 1 km S of jump-up, Apr 1979,

Rankin 1992 (CANB, DNA, K); 1 km N of Elizabeth

R., Stuart Hwy, May 1980, Rankin 2373 (DNA);

Kakadu N.P, Upper Koolpin Creek, Jun 1988, Russell-

Smith 5487 & Lucas (DNA).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Blake 16371 (2 fls);Dw«/op4848 (2 fls ),Egan

4987(3 11s).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

ericksoniae is confined to northern parts of

the Northern Territory (Map 13). It grows in

damp sand amongst sandstone rocks

(sometimes with Micraira spp.) or on broad

flat swampy drainage channels with sandy soil

frequently with Pandanus spp.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded from March to August.

Affinities: S. ericksoniae may be distinguished

from S. pedunculatum on dried material by its

scapes 0.15-0.2 mm across (0.1-0.15 mm for S.

pedunculatum ), capsules 7-9.5 mm long (5-

616

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

Fig. 5. A-C: Stylidium trichopodum. A. habitx0.9; B. anterior view of flowerx9; C. corolla, opened outx9. A-

B: Clarkson 3683; C: Bean 13564.

617

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

6.5 mm for S. pedunculatum), and the sepals

fused into two emarginate lips (3 free and 2

fused for more than half their length for S.

pedunculatum). Its floral details are markedly

different from S. pedunculatum, with both the

posterior and anterior petals being much larger

and the column much longer in S. ericksoniae.

Notes: Two distinct forms of S. ericksoniae are

recognisable: plants from the lowland habitats

near Darwin have densely hairy leaves with

acute apices, while plants from the sandstone

escarpments of Kakadu N.P. have sparsely

hairy leaves with mucronate apices. However

the other characteristics appear to be identical,

and hence no taxonomic distinction has been

made. No isotypes of S. androsaceum

O.Schwarz are known (McKee 1963), hence a

neotype has been selected to fix the application

of the name.

Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN

1994).

16. Stylidium pedunculatum R.Br., Prodr. 571

(1810); Candollea pedunculata (R.Br.)

F.Muell., Syst. census Austral, pi. 86

(1883), nom. illeg., non DC. (1817). Type:

[Queensland. Cook District :] Endeavour

River [15°2-’S 145°1-’E, June-July 1770],

J. Banks & D. Solander (holo: ?BM n.v.;

iso: L).

Stylidium bryoides F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 91

(1867). Type: Queensland. North

Kennedy District: Rockingham Bay,

[18°—’S 146°—’E], undated,/. Dali achy,

n.v.

Stylidium cur turn Carlquist, Aliso 9: 421

(1979),syn. nov. Type: Northern Territory.

Wilderness trail, Katherine Gorge, 6.8 km

from Park headquarters, [ 14°2- S 132°2-

’E], 24 June 1978,5. Carlquist 15473 (holo:

RSA; iso: BRI).

Illustrations: Carlquist (1979: 422), as S.

curtum, Britten (1901:170C)

Annual, 5-10 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.025-

0.05 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base

not thickened. Stems elongate, with simple

hairs. Leaves 20-200 per plant, mostly in

terminal rosette, with some scattered along

stems, linear or debate, 4.5-8.5 mm long, 0.5-

0.8 mm wide, with eglandular hairs; apex

acuminate, or mucronate; base truncate;

margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes 2-14

per plant, 0.1-0.15 mm in diameter, glabrous;

sterile bracts absent. Inflorescences 4-7 cm

long, 1-flowered. Bracteoles present, 0.4—0.6 mm

long. Pedicels absent or rudimentary.

Hypanthium linear, glabrous throughout.

Sepals oblanceolate or elliptical, with 3 free and

2 fused for more than half their length, 0.8-1

mm long, 0.2-0.4 mm wide, glabrous or

glandular-hairy, obtuse or acute. Corolla white

or pink, glabrous or glandular-hairy on tube

only; tube 0.8-1 mm long, without sinus or with

sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla absent.

Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube or

attached at top of corolla tube, ovate or

lanceolate, 0.3-0.4 mm long, thick, glabrous,

acute or acuminate, terminal appendage absent.

Petals with posterior ones fused,

A 1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals 0.2-0.5 mm

long, 0.2-0.4 mm wide, entire, obtuse. Posterior

petals 0.5-0.7 mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide,

bilobed, obtuse. Column 3-3.5 mm long,

conspicuously dilated near distal end forming

a pouch for the stigma and anthers, glandular-

hairy; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent.

Capsule linear, 5-6.5 mm long excluding sepals,

0.5-0.7 mm wide, with raised longitudinal ribs;

halves detaching distally, strongly recurved or

not recurved. Seeds globose or ellipsoidal,

0.15-0.2 mm long, brown; surface convex,

smooth.

Specimens examined: Moluccas, between Kp.

Meroor and Selarin, P. Trangan, Aru Islands, Jul 1938,

Buwalda 5534 (L). Northern Territory. U.D.P Falls,

Arnhemland, Jul 1971, van Balgooy 1379 & Byrnes

(L); south of mouth of Daly River, Jul 1946, Blake

16548A (BRI); between Lily Pond trail and Smith’s

Rock trail, Katherine Gorge N.P, Jun 1978, Carlquist

15473 (BRI); Little Nourlangie Rock, Mar 1978,

Dunlop 4794 (DNA); 23 miles [37 km] from Darwin

on Stuart Highway, Jul 1955, Erickson s.n. (MEL);

Galiwinku, Elcho Island, Jul 1975, Latz 6185 (DNA);

Banjo Beach, Melville Island, Jul 1967, Stocker 334

(BRI, DNA); 81 km NNW of turnoff junction to

Maningreda, Jun 1972, Symon 7856 (DNA); Rum

Bottle Creek, Jun 1972, Symon 7943 (DNA).

Queensland. Cook District: Peninsula Development

road, 3.3 km N of the Archer River, Jul 1998, Bean

13625 (BRI, DNA); 14.6 km N of ‘Starcke’, N of

Cooktown, Jul 1998, Bean 13715 (BRI, DNA, MEL,

NSW); 71.6 km by road NNW of Coen Post Office,

Sep 1975, Coveny 7063 & Hind (BRI, NSW); c. 60

miles [100 km] W of Musgrave Telegraph Office, Jun

618

1968, Pedley 2678 (BRI); Cape York, 2.5 km S of

lodge on Bamaga road, Jul 1985, Thiele 921 (CANB,

MEL). North Kennedy District: Rockingham Bay, 1869,

Dali achy (MEL).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Bean 13625 (2 fis),Bean 13715 (2 fls )\Coveny

7063 & Hind(2 fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

pedunculatum is found in the scattered areas

of tropical Queensland and Northern Territory,

as well as in theAru Islands west of New Guinea

(Map 12). It grows in damp sand in open

Melaleuca viridiflora communities with genera

such as Utricularia, Drosera and Schoenus.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded from March to September.

Affinities: S. pedunculatum is most closely

related to S. ericksoniae. See affinities under

that species.

Notes: The description and illustrations of ‘ S.

pedunculatum ’ provided by Erickson (1958) are

referrable to S. ericksoniae. S. pedunculatum ,

as to type, was not described therein. No doubt

this prompted Carlquist (1979) to describe S.

curtum as a new species, when in fact

specimens he identified as S. curtum match S.

pedunculatum in every respect.

Typification: Only one gathering of S.

pedunculatum was available to Brown when

he drew up his description, that made by Banks

and Solander. Hence the BM sheet, which was

not sent on loan has been treated as the

holotype, and the Leiden sheet is therefore an

isotype.

No indisputable type of S. bryoides is

present at MEL or K, but the detailed description

allows its placement as a synonym of S.

pedunculatum. Furthermore there are two

‘topotypes’ collected by Dallachy, and these

are clearly S. pedunculatum.

The type of S. curtum was incorrectly

cited as Carlquist 15467 in the protologue

(Carlquist, pers. comm.). The type collection

for S. curtum is Carlquist 15473; this is the

collection received and annotated as type from

RSA.

Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN

1994).

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

17. Stylidium perizostera Lowrie & Kenneally,

Nuytsia 11(2): 208 (1997). Type: Western

Australia, near Roe River mouth, c. 4 km

north-west of Mount Brookes, Mitchell

Plateau, [15°10' S 125°22 ! E], 2 May 1996,

A. Lowrie 1442 (holo: PEKYH. fide Lowrie

& Kenneally (1997), n.v., iso: DNA, MEL,

fide Lowrie & Kenneally (1997), n.v).

Annual, 5-11 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.025-

0.05 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base

not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous.

Leaves 8-12 per plant, mostly in terminal

rosette, with some scattered along stems, linear,

c. 7.5 mm long, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, glabrous; apex

mucronate; base cuneate, or truncate; margins

entire. Petioles absent. Scapes 1-10 per plant,

c. 0.7 mm in diameter, glandular-hairy; sterile

bracts absent. Inflorescences c. 9 cm long, 1-

flowered. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent

or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-

hairy at distal end only or glandular-hairy

throughout. Sepals ovate, fused into 2 entire

lips, c. 1.5 mm long, c. 1.2 mm wide, glandular-

hairy, obtuse. Corolla white, yellow, and orange,

glandular-hairy on petals only; tube c. 3 mm

long, with sinus on anterior side only.

Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached at base

of anterior sinus of corolla tube, lanceolate, c.

0.4 mm long, thick, glabrous, acuminate,

terminal appendage usually present. Petals with

posterior ones fused, A1+A2+(P1&P2).

Anterior petals c. 3.5 mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide,

bilobed, obtuse. Posterior petals c. 6 mm long,

c. 3.5 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column c. 8.5

mm long, conspicuously dilated near distal end

forming a pouch for the stigma and anthers,

glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent.

Capsule linear, c. 27 mm long excluding sepals,

c. 0.7 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs.

Seeds c. 0.2 mm long, brown.

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

perizostera is endemic to the Kimberley region

of Western Australia, where it is known from

the Mitchell Plateau and Bigge Island (Map

12). It grows in drainage lines of sandstone

outcrops (Lowrie & Kenneally 1997).

Note: Only an isotype was available for

examination. The description above is based

largely on Lowrie & Kenneally (1997).

619

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

18. Stylidium claytonioides W.Fitzg., J. & Proc.

Roy. Soc.WestemAustralia3:219(1918).

Type: WestemAustralia. “between Isdell

Range and Mt Bartlett” [Barnett?], [16°

—!S 125°—’E], 1905 -6,WV. Fitzgerald

s.n., n.v.

Illustration: J.R. Wheeler (ed.), FI. of Kimb.

Region 876, t. 270B(1992).

Annual, 15-27 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-

0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base

not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous.

Leaves 9-30 per plant, mostly in terminal

rosette, with some scattered along stems, linear,

12-24 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide, glabrous; apex

acute; base truncate; margins entire. Petioles

absent. Scapes 1-6 per plant, 0.3-0.6 mm in

diameter, glabrous; sterile bracts absent.

Inflorescences 10-18 cm long, 1-flowered.

Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or

rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glabrous

throughout. Sepals ovate or orbicular, fused

into 2 entire lips, 2.3-2.4 mm long, 1.5-2.7 mm

wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla pink and

mauve, glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube

2.6-3 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only.

Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached at base

of anterior sinus of corolla tube, lanceolate, 0.6-

1 mm long, thick, glabrous or glandular-hairy,

acute or acuminate, terminal appendage usually

present; 0-0.5 mm long. Petals with posterior

ones fused, A1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals

2.4-3.5 mm long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, entire,

obtuse. Posterior petals 4.2-5.9 mm long, 1.7-

3.5 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 7.5-9

mm long, conspicuously dilated near distal end

forming a pouch for the stigma and anthers,

glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent.

Capsule not seen.

Specimens examined: Western Australia. Barnett

Gorge, c. 250 km SW of Wyndham, Jun 1976,

Beaugehole 52339 (DNA); Vansittart Bay, creek

leading into Pauline Bay, May 1984, Chesterfield 354

(MEL); Wonjarring Falls, Carson River escarpment,

Jun 1984, Chesterfield 425 (MEL); unnamed creek

running into Pauline Bay, May 1984, Forbes 2164

(MEL); northern end of Airfield Swamp, Mitchell

Plateau, Jun 1976, Kenneally 4843 (K); Kalumburu

road, 40 km N from Drysdale River crossing, Jun

1984, Willis s.n. (MEL).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Forbes 2164 (2 fls); Willis s.n. (2 fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

claytonioides is endemic to the Kimberley

region ofWesternAustralia (Map 11). It grows

along creekbanks or in seasonal swamps near

sandstone outcrops.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded for

May and June.

Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN

1994).

C. Stylidium sect. Tenella (Benth.)A.R.Bean

comb, et stat. nov.

S. ser. Tenella Benth. (as ‘ Tenellae ’), FI.

Austral. 4: 22 (1869). Type: S. tenellum Sw. ex

Willd.

Leaves sessile, often minute, bract-like, rarely

in rosettes. Scapes mostly absent. Petals all

free from each other or with posterior ones

fused, all petals bilobed (excepts, prophyllum );

plants glabrous except for hypanthium apex,

sepals and corolla; paracorolla present;

glandular hairs globose, <0.2 mm long; labellum

thick, glabrous, acuminate, attached to outside

of corolla tube; column often bearing lateral

lobes.

11 species; south-east Asia, Malesia,

northern Australia.

19. Stylidium nominatum Carlquist, Aliso 10:

38(1981)

Stylidium mitrasacmoides Carlquist, Aliso

9: 419 (1979), nom. illeg ., non F.Muell.

(1859). Type: Northern Territory, c. 0.5 km

NE of Camp 1, Arnhem Land, 12° 59’S 133°

09’E, 4 June 1978, 5. Carlquist 15409

(holo: RSA; iso: DNA, K/tv, PERTH/tv.).

Annual, 4—15 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1

mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not

thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves

in basal rosette and scattered along stems.

Rosette leaves 5-15, oblanceolate, 2.5-9 mm

long including petiole, 0.5-1.5 mm wide,

glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate; margins

entire; petioles 1-4.5 mm long. Stem leaves 4-

11, linear, 2.3-4.7 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide,

glabrous, apex acute, base truncate, sessile.

Scapes absent. Inflorescences 2-6 cm long,

determinate, monochasially cymose; branches

620

glabrous. Bracts linear, 2-3 mm long, glabrous,

acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or

rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glabrous

throughout or glandular-hairy at distal end

only. Sepals debate, all free or with 3 free and 2

fused for more than half their length, 1.2-2.1

mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, glabrous or

glandular-hairy, acute. Corolla white, glandular-

hairy on tube and petals; tube 0.5-1.6 mm long,

with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla

continuous, thin, glabrous, 0.3-0.5 mm high.

Paracorolla lobes or appendages 2, all similar,

obtuse, none opposite the anterior petals, 2

opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla

glands absent. Labellum attached to outside

of corolla tube or attached at base of anterior

sinus of corolla tube, lanceolate, 0.3-0.5 mm

long, thick, glabrous, acute, terminal

appendage absent. Petals all free,

A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 0.6-1.5 mm

long, 0.6-1.5 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse.

Posterior petals 1.3-3.3 mm long, 1.2-3.3 mm

wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 2.5-5 mm long,

of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral

lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear,

4.5-12 mm long excluding sepals, 0.3-0.5 mm

wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves

detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds

ellipsoidal, 0.15-0.2 mm long, brown; surface

convex, smooth.

Specimens examined: Northern Territory. Melville

Island, Apr 1987, Fensham 481 (DNA); Arnhem Land,

19 km E of Jabiru, Apr 1989, Johnson 4557 (BRI);

Cooper Creek area, Nabarlek, Apr 1979, Rankin 2213

(CANB, DNA, K); Nabarlek, Apr 1979, Rice 3204

(DNA); Rola Plains, Yapilika, Melville Island, Apr

1987, Wilson 62 (DNA).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Rankin 2213 (3 fls); Wilson 62 (3 fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

nominatum is endemic to the Northern Territory

where it is known from the northern parts of

Kakadu National Park and also from Melville

Island (Map 17). It has been recorded from a

Melaleuca viridiflora woodland, from the base

of a sandstone escarpment, and from a flat

treeless area with gravelly yellow soil.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded from April to June.

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

Affinities: S. nominatum is very close to S.

capillare. See affinities section under that

species.

Notes: There is large variation between the

available specimens. For example, Rankin 2213

has short capsules, a short corolla tube and

small petals. However, further collections are

needed to determine whether more than one

taxon is involved.

Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN

1994).

20. Stylidium capillare RBr., Prodr. 570 (1810);

Candollea capillaris (R.Br.) F.Muell.,

Syst. census Austral, pi. 86 (1883). Type:

[Queensland. Cook District:] Endeavour

River [15°2-’S 145°1-’E, June-July 1770],

J. Banks & D. Solander (holo: BM).

Stylidium quadrifurcatum F.L.Erickson &

J.H. Willis, Victorian Naturalist 73:5 (1956),

syn. nov. Type: Northern Territory. Pine

Creek, [13°4-’S 131° 5-E], April 1904,

J.H. Niemann (holo: MEL).

Illustration: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plate

54 (1958), as S. quadrifurcatum.

Annual, 6-13 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1

mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not

thickened. Stems compressed (with leaves in

basal rosette). Leaves 4-7 per plant, obovate

or orbicular, 1.5-5 mm long, 1-3 mm wide,

glabrous; apex obtuse, or acute; base truncate;

margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes l(-2)

per plant, 0.3-0.8 mm in diameter, glabrous;

sterile bracts present. Inflorescences 6-13 cm

long, determinate, monochasially cymose;

branches glabrous. Bracts lanceolate, 1-2 mm

long, glabrous, obtuse or acute. Bracteoles

absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary.

Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy at distal end

only. Sepals deltate, with 3 free and 2 fused for

more than half their length, 1.1-1.6 mm long,

0.3-0.5 mm wide, glabrous, acute. Corolla white,

glandular-hairy on tube only; tube 1.6-2 mm

long, with sinus on anterior side only.

Paracorolla continuous, thin, glabrous, 0.1-0.4

mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 4,

all similar, obtuse, 2 opposite the anterior petals,

2 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla

621

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

glands absent. Labellum attached to outside

of corolla tube, ovate or lanceolate, 0.4-0.8 mm

long, thick, glabrous, acute or acuminate,

terminal appendage absent. Petals all free,

A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 1.1-1.7 mm

long, 1-2 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Posterior

petals 2.8-4.2 mm long, 2.5-3.1 mm wide,

bilobed, obtuse. Column 5-6 mm long, of

uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral

lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear,

11-20 mm long excluding sepals, 0.4-0.8 mm

wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves

coherent distally. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.15-0.25

mm long, brown; surface lacunose, smooth.

Specimens examined: Northern Territory. 31 km

W of “Wollogorang”, Jun 1999, Bean 15141 (BRI);

O.T. Station, May 1947, Blake 17644 (BRI);

Litchfield N.P., catchment of Aida Ck, Mar 1995,

Cowie 5200 & Taylor (DNA); Kakadu N.P., Mar 1982,

Dunlop 6232 & Taylor (DNA); Berry Springs, May

1977, Parker 851 (DNA); Berry Springs, Apr 1978,

Rankin 1216 (DNA, K); 150 km W of Borroloola,

Apr 1979, Rankin 1880 (DNA); south to tributaries

of McKinley R., Mar 1882, Tate s.n. (MEL).

Queensland. Cook District: Tait and Lynd Rivers, c.

1877, Armit 556 (MEL); near Cooktown, May 1970,

Blake 23355 (BRI); Douglas Creek, c. 7 miles [11

km] SE of Mareeba, Apr 1967, Brass 33528 (BRI);

14.3 km N of Batavia Downs on the Peninsula

Development road, Apr 1990, Clarkson 8345 &

Neldner (BRI, MBA, PERTH, QRS); off Peninsula

road, 52.2 km along main Weipa road, Apr 1988,

Forster PIF4101 & Liddle (BRI); Unigan Nature

Reserve, Weipa, Mar 1990, Forster PIF6509 &

O Reilly (BRI); between Cobra & Levison Creeks, c.

4 miles [6 km] E of Mareeba, Apr 1953, Melville

3737 et al. (MEL); downstream from Hey Point,

Franjum Point, on Embley River, S of Weipa, Mar

1981, Morton AMI 164 (BRI, MEL); near Mareeba,

Apr 1967, Pedley 2274 (BRI); near Ayton,

Bloomfield, Mar 1978, Scarth-Johnson 730A (BRI);

near CSIRO Tobacco Research Institute, 3 miles [5

km] E of Mareeba, May 1959, Thorne 20988 & Jones

(BRI, RSA).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Clarkson 8345 & Neldner (3 fls); Dunlop 6232

& Taylor (2 fls); Morton AMI 164 (2 fls); Pedley

2274(1 fl).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium capillare

is widepread from Litchfield National Park in

the Northern Territory to Cooktown and

Mareeba in northern Queensland (Map 7). This

ephemeral species grows in eucalypt woodland

or on swamp margins with Melaleuca spp. The

soils are generally sandy.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded between March and June.

Affinities: S. capillare is closely related to S.

nominatum , but differs by having leaves in

basal rosette only (rosette and stem leaves for

S. nominatum ); bracts 1-2 mm long (2-3 mm

for S. nominatum ); corolla glandular-hairy on

tube only (glandular-hairy on tube and petals

for A nominatum ); corolla tube 1.6-2.0 mm long

(0.5-1.6 mm long for S. nominatum ); and

capsules 11-20 mm long (4.5-12 mm for S.

nominatum).

Note: It is remarkable that exactly 200 years

elapsed between Banks and Solander’s original

collection and the next herbarium collection

from the Cooktown area. This is indicative of

the very thorough botanical collecting done

by Banks and Solander during their enforced

stay at Endeavour River.

Conservation status: S. capillare is not

considered to be rare or threatened.

21. Stylidium prophyllum Lowrie & Kenneally,

Nuytsia 11(2): 210-2 (1997). Type:

Western Australia. On the road to Bell

Gorge, 2 km west of Silent Grove camping

area, [17°05’S 125°15’E], 5 June 1995,A.

Lowrie 1180 (holo: PERTH Jide Lowrie &

Kenneally (1997) n.vj iso: DNA, MEL,

fide Lowrie & Kenneally (1997) n. v.).

Annual, 8-30 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1

mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not

thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves

4-10 per plant, scattered along stems, deltate,

0.7-1.5 mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide, glabrous;

apex obtuse, or acute; base truncate; margins

entire. Petioles absent. Scapes absent.

Inflorescences 3-14 cm long, determinate,

monochasially cymose; branches glabrous.

Bracts linear or deltate, 1-2 mm long, glabrous,

acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or

rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-

hairy at distal end only. Sepals oblanceolate,

with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their

length, 1.7-1.9 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide,

glabrous, acute. Corolla pink, glandular-hairy

on tube and petals; tube 2-2.5 mm long, with

sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla

discontinuous, thin, glabrous, 0.2-0.3 mm high.

622

Paracorolla lobes or appendages 4, all similar,

acute or obtuse, 0 opposite the anterior petals,

4 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla

glands absent. Labellum attached at base of

anterior sinus of corolla tube, lanceolate, c. 0.5

mm long, thick, glabrous, acuminate; 0.3-0.7

mm long. Petals all free,A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior

petals 2.3-2.6 mm long, 1.3-1.6 mm wide, entire,

obtuse. Posterior petals 4.1^1.5 mm long, 2-2.2

mm wide, entire, obtuse. Column 5-6 mm long,

slightly dilated near distal end, glabrous; lateral

lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear,

11-17 mm long excluding sepals, 0.5-0.8 mm

wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves

coherent distally. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.25 mm

long, brown; surface convex, colliculate.

Specimens examined: Western Australia: On the

road to Bell Gorge, 2 km west of Silent Grove camping

area, Jun 1995, Lowrie 1180 (DNA). Northern

Territory: Fitzmaurice River, Macadam Range, Feb

1994, Leach 4126 (DNA).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Leach 4126 (2 fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

prophyllum occurs in the Kimberley region of

Western Australia and adjacent areas of

Northern Territory (Map 16). It grows on grassy

floodplains, seepage areas and waterways.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded from February to June.

Affinities: S. prophyllum is closely related to

S. fissilobum, but differs by the glabrous sepals

(glandular-hairy for S. fissilobum ); labellum

attached at the base of the anterior sinus of

corolla tube (attached to outside of corolla tube

for S. fissilobum), anterior petals 2.3-2.6 mm

long (1.3-2.2 mm for S. fissilobum ); anterior and

posterior petals entire (bilobed for S.

fissilobum).

Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN

1994).

22. Stylidium aquaticum A. R. Bean sp. nov.

affinis Stylidio fissilobo sed differens

foliis filiformibus 0.1-0.3 mm latis,

paracorolla 0.1-0.2 mm alta columna

breviore et lobis contra petala antica

nullis.Typus: Northern Territory.

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

Headwaters Cui-Eci Creek, [14°28’S

130°06’E], 12 May 1994, ID. Cowie 4906

& D. Albrecht (holo: DNA).

Annual, 18-30 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-

0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base

not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous.

Leaves 20-100 per plant, scattered along stems,

linear, 1.7-11 mm long, 0.1-0.3 mm wide,

glabrous; apex acute; base truncate; margins

entire. Petioles absent. Scapes absent.

Inflorescences 3-8 cm long, determinate,

monochasially cymose; branches glabrous.

Bracts linear, 1.5-2.5 mm long, glabrous, acute.

Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or

rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-

hairy at distal end only. Sepals oblanceolate,

with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their

length, 1.5-1.9 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide,

glandular-hairy, acute. Corolla white or pink,

glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 1.5-

1.8 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only.

Paracorolla continuous, thin, glabrous, 0.1-0.2

mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 4,

all similar, obtuse, 0 opposite the anterior petals,

4 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla

glands absent or 2. Labellum attached to

outside of corolla tube, ovate or lanceolate, 0.5-

0.6 mm long, thick, glabrous, acuminate; 0.2-

0.3 mm long. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2.

Anterior petals 1.3-1.6 mm long, 0.9-1.3 mm

wide, bilobed, acute or obtuse. Posterior petals

3.3^1.4 mm long, 3-4.1 mm wide, bilobed,

obtuse. Column 4.5 mm long, of unifonn width

throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes present, c.

0.3 mm wide. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 19

mm long excluding sepals, c. 0.4 mm wide,

without raised longitudinal ribs. Seeds not

seen. Fig. 6A-D.

Specimens examined: see type

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Cowie 4906 & Albrecht (3 fls)

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

aquaticum is known only from the type

specimen collected in north-western Northern

Territory (Map 16). It was recorded from a

Melaleuca viridiflora swamp, growing in

shallow water c. 7 cm deep.

623

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded for

May

Affinities: S. aquaticum is closely related to S.

fissilobum , but differs by the thread-like leaves

0.1-0.3 mm wide (0.3-0.7 mm for S', fissilobum );

paracorolla 0.1-0.2 mm high with no lobes

opposite the anterior petals (0.2-0.5 mm high,

2^1 lobes opposite the anterior petals for S.

fissilobum ); and column c. 4.5 mm long (5-7

mm long for S. fissilobum).

Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN

1994).

Etymology: From the Latin aquaticus , in

reference to the habitat of this species.

23. Stylidium fissilobum F.Muell., Fragm. 1:154

(1859); Candollea fissiloba (F.Muell.)

F.Muell., Syst. census Austral, pi. 86

(1883). Type: [Northern Territory], Victoria

River, [15° —’S 129°—’E], 1855-56, A

Mueller (lecto: MEL [MEL 1061830]), here

chosen.

Stylidium pseudotenellum O.Schwarz,

Repert. Spec. Nov Regni Veg. 24: 104

(1927). Type: Northern Territory. Port

Darwin, 8 miles [13 km] east, [12° 2-’S

130° 5-’E], undated, F.A.K. Bleeser 466

(holo: B, destroyed).

Illustrations: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plates

51, 56 (1958); J.R. Wheeler (ed.), FI. of Kimb.

Region 878, t. 271B(1992).

Annual, 5-50 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.2

mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not

thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves

4-34 per plant, scattered along stems, linear or

deltate, 1-6 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm wide,

glabrous; apex obtuse, or acute; base truncate;

margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes absent.

Inflorescences 3-18 cm long, determinate,

monochasially cymose; branches glabrous.

Bracts linear or deltate or lanceolate, 1-4 mm

long, glabrous, obtuse or acute. Bracteoles

absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary.

Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy at distal end

only. Sepals deltate or oblanceolate, with 3 free

and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.4-

2.3 mm long, 0.2-0.7 mm wide, glandular-hairy,

obtuse or acute. Corolla white or pink or mauve,

glandular-hairy on tube and petals, or on tube

only; tube 1.6-2.3 mm long, with sinus on

anterior side only. Paracorolla continuous, thin,

glabrous, 0.2-0.5 mm high. Paracorolla lobes

or appendages 4-8, all similar, acute or obtuse,

2-4 opposite the anterior petals, 2-4 opposite

the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent

or present, 0, 2 or 8. Labellum attached to

outside of corolla tube, ovate or lanceolate, 0.4-

0.7 mm long, thick, glabrous, acute or

acuminate; 0.1-0.3 mm long. Petals all free,

A1+A2+P1+P2 or with posterior ones fused,

A1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals 1.3-2.2 mm

long, 0.6-1.5 mm wide, bilobed, acute or obtuse.

Posterior petals 1.9-4.2 mm long, 1.4-3.4 mm

wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 5-7 mm long, of

uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral

lobes absent or present, 0-0.5 mm wide. Corona

absent or not extending beyond anthers.

Capsule linear, 12-21 mm long excluding sepals,

0.4-1 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs;

halves coherent distally. Seeds globose or

ellipsoidal, 0.15-0.25 mm long, brown; surface

convex, smooth or colliculate.

Specimens examined: Western Australia. 30 km

NW of Drysdale River crossing, c. 12 km W of Gibb

River-Kalumburu Mission road, Jun 1976,

Beauglehole 52220 (DNA); Mount Brophy Springs,

Gardner Range, 190 km SE of Halls Ck, Jul 1995,

Coate 370B (BRI). Northern Territory. 2 km E of

Berry Springs turnoff, on road to Water Supply Dam,

Jun 1977, Carlquist 15195 (DNA); Mary River,

undated, Clark 1737 (DNA); Malabanbandjii Swamp,

10 km E of Nourlangie Ranger station on Pine Creek

road. May 1980, Craven 5484 (CANB, DNA); 18 km

SSW of Cooinda on Pine Creek road. May 1980,

Craven 5624 (CANB, DNA, MEL); 19 km NNW of

Twin Falls, Jun 1980, Craven 6292 (MEL); Muirella

Park turnoff. May 1974, Fox 409 (DNA); Port

Darwin, 1885, Holtze 482 (MEL); Port Darwin, Oct

1888, Holtze 882 (MEL); Nourlangie Rock area. May

1973, Must 1125 (BRI, DNA); Nourlangie Creek, [12°

50’S 132° 46’E], May 1974, Must 1211 (BRI, DNA);

Berry Springs reserve. May 1977, Parker 852 (DNA);

Berry Springs, Apr 1978, Rankin 1217 (DNA); end

of Gulnare road, Elizabeth River, Mar 1995, van

KerckhofD36 (DNA). Queensland. Cook District :

Robertson River, c. 1878, Armit 797 (MEL); One

Hundred Mile swamp, near Undara resort, E of Mt

Surprise, Jul 1998, Bean 13757 & Fox (BRI, DNA,

MEL, NSW, PERTH, QRS). BurkeDistrict: 21 miles

[34 km] SE of Croydon, Jul 1954, Blake 19581 (BRI,

DNA); c. 29 km NW of old “Corinda” on the road

from Doomadgee Aboriginal Station to Woologorang,

May 1974, Pullen 9149 (BRI); 23 miles [37 km] SE

of Croydon township, Jul 1954, Speck 4723 (BRI,

CANB, DNA).

624

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Bean 13757 (3 fls); Blake 19581 (2 fls); Must

1211(2 fls), Parker 852 (3 fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium fissilobum

has a broad distribution across northern

Australia, from the western Kimberley and

Northern Territory to as far east as Mt Surprise

in Queensland (Map 15). It grows in moist to

wet sand at the edge of swamps, often in

association with grassland-sedgeland. The

weak-stemmed S. fissilobum threads its way

through the often dense cover of grasses and

sedges and is supported by them.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded from March to July

Affinities: S. fissilobum is related to S.

oviflorum and S. aquaticum. See notes under

those species.

Typification: The only Mueller specimen of S.

fissilobum at MEL is one which has come via

the O.W. Sonder herbarium. Presumably there

was or is other material at MEL, but it cannot

now be found. Therefore the specimen cited

above is chosen as lectotype, as it is a good

specimen and its details agree with the

protologue.

No isotypes of S. pseudotenellum are

known (McKee 1963). From the description, it

appears to be a synonym of S. fissilobum.

Carl quist (1979: 443) was also of this opinion.

Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN

1994).

24. Stylidium oviflorum A.R.Bean sp. nov.

affinis S. fissilobo sed differens corolla

alba luteaque, paracorollae lobis 4-6

contra petala postica et capsulis

generaliter longioribus (18-25 mm longis).

Typus: Queensland. Cook District: Gorge

Creek, c. 10 km west of Mareeba on the

Dimbulahroad, [17 o 0ES 145°20’E], 15

April 1989 ,J.R. Clarkson 7 880 & R.J.F.

Henderson (holo: BRI; iso: DNA, MBA,

PERTH, QRS).

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

Annual, 6-26 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.1-0.2

mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not

thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves

3-11 per plant, scattered along stems, linear or

debate, 1.4-3 mm long, 0.25-0.6 mm wide,

glabrous; apex obtuse, or acute; base truncate;

margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes absent.

Inflorescences 4-15 cm long, determinate,

monochasially cymose; branches glabrous.

Bracts linear or deltate, 1.0-2.0 mm long,

glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels

absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear,

glandular-hairy at distal end only. Sepals

deltate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than

half their length, 1.5-1.8 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm

wide, glandular-hairy, acute. Corolla white and

yellow, glandular-hairy on tube only or

glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 1.6-2

mm long, with sinus on anterior side only.

Paracorolla continuous, thin, glabrous, 0.3-0.4

mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 6-

8, all similar, obtuse, 2 opposite the anterior

petals, 4-6 opposite the posterior petals.

Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached

to outside of corolla tube, ovate, 0.5-0.6 mm

long, thick, glabrous, acuminate, terminal

appendage absent. Petals all free,

A1+A2+P1+P2 or with posterior ones fused,

A1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals 1.4-1.8 mm

long, 0.9-1.5 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse.

Posterior petals 2.7^1 mm long, 1.6-2.7 mm

wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 5-6 mm long, of

uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral

lobes present, 0.25-0.3 mm wide. Corona absent

or not extending beyond anthers. Capsule

linear, 18-25 mm long excluding sepals, 0.6-0.8

mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs;

halves coherent distally. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.2

mm long, brown; surface convex, smooth. Fig

6E-F.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District:

18 km from Kennedy Highway, on road to ‘Barwidgi’,

Aug 1997, Bean 12212 (BRI); Boyle Creek, NW of

Mareeba, Apr 1962, McKee 9176 (BRI, NSW); Gorge

Creek, 10 miles [16 km] W of Mareeba on Dimbulah

road, Apr 1962, McKee 9228 (BRI, NSW); Cobra

Creek, Mareeba District, Apr 1962, McKee 9386 (BRI);

Herberton-Chillagoe road, c. 8 miles [13 km] from

Herberton, Jun 1958, Pedley 252 (BRI). North Kennedy

District: c. 1 km south of ‘Glen Harding’ turnoff,

south of Mt Garnet, Jul 1997, Bean 12144 (BRI); c. 8

km NE of Wairuna, Aug 1997, Bean 12179 (BRI);

Evelyn Creek Conservation Park, Jun 1999,

McDonald KRM1 & Thompson (BRI).

625

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Bean 12144 (2 fls); Bean 12179 (2 fls); Bean

12212 (2 fls); Clarkson 7880 & Henderson (1

fl>

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium oviflorum

is restricted to north Queensland, from

Mareeba to Wairuna and west to Barwidgi (Map

15). It grows on sandy soils, in seepage areas

on hillsides, or beside creeks. Canopy species

include Eucalyptus camaldulensis, E. cullenii

or Melaleuca viridiflora.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded from April to August.

Affinities: S. oviflorum is closely related to S.

fissilobum , but differs by the corolla colour,

combining white and rich yellow, the erect self-

supporting stems, the 4-6 paracorolla lobes

opposite the posterior petals, and the generally

longer capsules 18-25 mm long.

Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN

1994).

Etymology: From the Latin ovi- egg ancj florus-

flower, in reference to the corolla colour which

combines rich yellow and pure white, just as in

a fried hen’s egg.

25. Stylidium confertum A.R.Bean sp. nov.

affinis Stylidio fissilobo sed differens foliis

numerosis prope basin plantae dense

aggregatis, paracorolla interrupta lobis 0-2

(0.1-0.3 mm altis) contra petala antica. Typus:

Queensland. Cook District: Walsh’s Pyramid,

east flank of main north ridge, [17° 07’S 145°

48’E], 28April 1998, C. Lyons 194 (holo: BRI;

iso: DNA, JCT, K, L, MEL, MO, NSW, PERTH,

QRS, distribuendi).

Annual, 6-21 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1

mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not

thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves

15-100 per plant, scattered along stems, linear

or deltate, 1.5-4 mm long, 0.2-0.7 mm wide,

glabrous; apex obtuse, or acute, or acuminate;

base truncate; margins entire. Petioles absent.

Scapes absent. Inflorescences 3-13 cm long,

determinate, monochasially cymose; branches

glabrous. Bracts linear or deltate, 1-2.5 mm

long, glabrous, obtuse or acute. Bracteoles

absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary.

Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy at distal end

only. Sepals deltate, with 3 free and 2 fused for

more than half their length, 1.1-1.8 mm long,

0.3-0.5 mm wide, glandular-hairy or glabrous,

acute. Corolla white, glandular-hairy on tube

and petals; tube 1.3-1.9 mm long, with sinus

on anterior side only. Paracorolla

discontinuous, thin, glabrous, 0.1-0.3 mm high.

Paracorolla lobes or appendages 2-6, all similar,

obtuse, 0-2 opposite the anterior petals, 2-4

opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla

glands absent. Labellum attached to outside

of corolla tube, ovate, 0.4-0.7 mm long, thick,

glabrous, acuminate, terminal appendage

absent. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior

petals 1-1.7 mm long, 0.5-2 mm wide, bilobed,

acute or obtuse. Posterior petals 2.5-3.8 mm

long, 1.5-3.3 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column

4.5-6 mm long, of uniform width throughout,

glabrous or with glandular hairs; lateral lobes

present, 0.25-0.35 mm wide. Corona absent.

Capsule linear, 16-24 mm long excluding sepals,

0.4-0.7 mm wide, without raised longitudinal

ribs; halves coherent distally. Seeds ellipsoidal,

0.15-0.25 mm long, brown; surface convex,

colliculate or smooth. Fig. 7A-C.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District:

lower western slopes of Walsh’s Pyramid, May 1962,

Blake 21760 (BRI); slopes of Mt Fraser, Apr 1932,

Brass 2534 (BRI); Daintree N.P., Little Daintree

River, May 1998, Forster 22800 et al. (BRI, DNA,

QRS); Davies Creek, 0.4 km E of falls, Apr 1998,

Wannan 725 (BRI).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Blake 21760 (1 fl); Brass 2534 (2 fls); Forster

22800 (2 fls )■ Lyons 194 (3 fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium confertum

is known only from a few localities in the “wet

tropics” of north Queensland, between Tully

and Cooktown (Map 13). Altitudes where found

range from 100-880 metres. The habitat is open

rock faces or rocky creekbanks, where the

species is confined to small islands or pockets

of vegetation which remain damp for a few

months after the wet season, and are dominated

by mosses, Micraira subulifolia or small

herbs.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded for April and May.

626

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

Fig. 6. A-D: Stylidium aquaticum. A. habitx0.9; B. lower part of stem and leaves><2; C. anterior view of flower

(column removed)x9; D. column, showing lateral lobesx9. E-F: Stylidium oviflorum. E. habitx0.7; F. anterior

view of flowerx9. A-D: Cowie 4906 & Albrecht ; E-F: Bean 12179.

627

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

Affinities: S. confertum is close to S.

fissilobum , but differs by the 15-100 leaves

densely clustered at base of plant (4-34 leaves

scattered along stem for S. fissilobum );

discontinuous paracorolla with 0-2 lobes

opposite the anterior petals (continuous, 2-4

lobes opposite the anterior petals for S.

fissilobum)., paracorolla lobes 0.1—0.3 mm high

(0.2-0.5 mm for S. fissilobum).

Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN

1994).

Etymology: The specific epithet is from the

Latin confertus , meaning crowded or close

together. This refers to the clustering of leaves

near the base of the stem in this species.

26. Stylidium diffusumRBr, Prodr 571 (1810);

Candollea diffusa (R.Br.) F.Muell, Syst.

census Austral, pi. 86 (1883). Type:

Shoalwater Bay [Queensland. Port Curtis

District: near Pine Mountain, 22° 2- S

150° 1-’ E], 3 September 1802,R. Brown

(holo: BM).

Annual, 3-14 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.025-

0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base

not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous.

Leaves 5-20 per plant, scattered along stems,

linear or deltate, 2-8 mm long, 0.4—1.7 mm wide,

glabrous; apex obtuse, or acute; base truncate;

margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes absent.

Inflorescences 1.5-8 cm long, determinate,

monochasially cymose; branches glabrous.

Bracts linear or deltate or lanceolate, 1.5-3.5

mm long, glabrous, obtuse or acute. Bracteoles

absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary.

Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy at distal end

only or glabrous. Sepals oblanceolate or

elliptical, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than

half their length, 1.1-2 mm long, 0.25-0.6 mm

wide, glabrous or glandular-hairy, obtuse or

acute. Corolla white or pink or mauve,

glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 1.3-

1.6 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only.

Paracorolla discontinuous or continuous, thin

or thick, glabrous, 0.1-0.3 mm high. Paracorolla

lobes or appendages 2-6, all similar, acute or

obtuse, 2 opposite the anterior petals, 0-4

opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla

glands absent. Labellum attached to outside

of corolla tube, ovate or lanceolate, 0.3-0.7 mm

long, thick, glabrous, acute or acuminate; 0.1-

0.2 mm long. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2.

Anterior petals 0.5-1 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide,

bilobed or entire, acute or obtuse. Posterior

petals 1.5-2.6 mm long, 1-1.9 mm wide, bilobed,

obtuse. Column 3.5-5 mm long, of uniform

width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes

absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 8-18 mm

long excluding sepals, 0.5-1 mm wide, without

raised longitudinal ribs; halves coherent

distally. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.2-0.25 mm long,

brown; surface convex, colliculate. Fig. 7D-F.

Specimens examined: Northern Territory. Ritjirriur

Swamp, Elcho Is., Jul 1975, Latz 6120 (CANB, DNA,

L, NSW); Hemple Bay, Groote Eylandt, May 1948,

Specht 352 (BRI). Queensland. Cook District:

Embley Range, 13 km SSW of the Batavia Downs HS,

Jul 1985, Clarkson 6060 (BRI, DNA, K, L, MBA,

QRS); Jardine River, May 1948, Brass 18885 (BRI);

Coen River, Aug 1948, Brass 19786 (BRI); southern

end of Temple Bay in upper reaches of an unnamed

creek between Glennie and Hunter Inlets, Jun 1978,

Clarkson 2204 (BRI, NSW); c. 10 km S of Musgrave

Telegraph Station, Jul 1978, Clarkson 2344 (BRI,

NSW); McLeod River, Sep 1936, Flecker 2261 (BRI);

Namelita Creek, on Venture Mine campsite, Apr 1994,

Gunness AG2326 (BRI). Burnett District: Teatree

Paddock, ‘Toondahra’, fence with ‘Manar’, Mar 1984,

Forster 1760 (BRI); 1 km SE of Mt Lorna,

‘Toondahra’, Jun 1998, Forster 22992 (BRI, MEL).

Moreton District: Coolum, south of Noosa, Apr 1974,

Blaxell 1298 (BRI, NSW).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Blaxell 1298 (3 fls); Clarkson 2204 (3 fls);

Clarkson 6060 (2 fls); Forster 1760 (2 fls);

Forster22992 (2 fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium diffusum

has a scattered distribution along the east

coast of Queensland, and is known from Elcho

Island and Groote Eylandt in the Northern

Territory (Map 17). It has been recorded as

growing in Melaleuca viridiflora woodlands,

a soakage area in eucalypt woodland, on

swamp edges and on damp sandy creekbanks.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded from March to September.

Affinities: S. diffusum is most closely related

to S. tenellum (see notes under that species)

Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN

1994).

628

27. Stylidium tenellum Sw. exWilld., Sp. PL 4:

146 (1805). Type: “Malacca” [Malaya], 18

February 1779, J.G. Koenig (holo: B,

microfiche BRI).

Stylidium roseum Kurz, J. Asiat. Soc.

Bengal, Pt. 2, Nat. Hist. 46(2): 212 (1877).

Type: [Bangladesh] Chittagong, [22°—’

N 91°— 3 E], undated, ?W.S. Kurz (holo:

?CAL n.v.)

Stylidium tenellum var. minimum C.B.Clarke

inHook.f.,Fl. Brit. India 3:420 (1881) (as

‘minima'’). Type: India. ChotaNagpore,

at Hazaribagh, [24°—’ N 85°—’ E], 9

October 1873, C.B. Clarke 20282 (holo:

K).

Epilobium tonkinense H.Lev., Bull. Herb.

Boissier ser. 2, 7: 588 (1907). Type:

[Vietnam] Tonkin, near Quang-Yen, [20°—

‘ N 106°—‘ E], 25 November 1885, B.

Balansa 1398 (iso: E n.v., P).

Illustration: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plate

56(1958).

Annual, 5-27 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.025-

0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base

not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous.

Leaves 6-14 per plant, scattered along stems,

elliptical or obovate, 3.5-8.5 mm long including

petiole, 0.8-2.5 mm wide, glabrous; apex

obtuse; base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles

0-0.4 mm long. Scapes absent. Inflorescences

2-8 cm long, determinate, monochasially

cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts linear, 2-4

mm long, glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent.

Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium

linear, glandular-hairy at distal end only. Sepals

oblanceolate or elliptical, with 3 free and 2 fused

for more than half their length, 1.3-1.9 mm long,

0.3-0.5 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse or

acute. Corolla white or pink or mauve,

glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 1.6-

1.8 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only.

Paracorolla continuous, thin, glabrous, 0.2-0.3

mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 3-

6, all similar, obtuse, 0-2 opposite the anterior

petals, 3-4 opposite the posterior petals.

Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached

at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube,

lanceolate, 0.4-0.6 mm long, thick, glabrous,

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

acute or acuminate, terminal appendage usually

present; 0-0.1 mm long. Petals all free,

A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 0.4-0.6 mm

long, 0.2-0.4 mm wide, bilobed or entire, obtuse.

Posterior petals 2.1-3.3 mm long, 1.2-1.3 mm

wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 4-5 mm long, of

uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral

lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear,

9-21 mm long excluding sepals, 0.7-0.9 mm

wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves

coherent distally. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.2-0.25 mm

long, brown; surface lacunose, colliculate.

Specimens examined: India. Serampore, East Bengal,

[22°N 88°E], undated, Griffith 3450 (K); Serampore,

undated, coll, unknown (AAU); Geirsoppa Falls, 1400

ft, Oct 1919, Hallberg 7142 (K); Bhatodih, Keonjhar,

Orissa, [21°N 85°E], Oct 1946, Mooney 2763 (K).

China. High Island, N.T., [22°N 114°E], Nov 1969,

Hu 8619 (K); Hong Kong, [22°N 114°E], Nov 1881,

Hance 887 (BM). Bangladesh. Dacca, [23°N 90°E],

Oct 1868, Clarke 7866 (K). Thailand. Kanchanadit,

Surat Thani, [9°N 99°E], Aug 1927, Kerr 13088 (BM);

Hat Yai, Songkhla, [7°N 100°E], Dec 1927, Kerr

14363 (BM); Ban Bua Dut, Ko Samui, 9N 99E, May

1928, Kerr 15718 (BM); between Chanthaburi and

Trat, [12°N 102°E], Sep 1972, Larsen 32405 et al.

(AAU); Sahm Lahn forest, Muang District, Saraburi

Province, [14°N 101°E], Oct 1973, Maxwell 73-440

(AAU). Burma. Mergui, 12N 98E, undated, Griffith

240 (BM); Kyaukpyu, Ramree Is., 19N 93E, Oct 1945,

Wallace 9181 (BM). Vietnam. Phuong Mai, Ninh

Binh province, [20°N 105°E], Jan 1883, Bon (P);

Phu Quoc Island, [10°N 103°E], Sep 1875, Godefroy

876 (P). Cambodia. Kampot, [10°N 104°E], Oct

1903, Geoffray 159 (P). Laos. Sedone, Me-Kong R.,

[14°N 105°E], 1866-8, Thorel (P). Malaya. Penang

Island, [5°N 100°E], Dec 1895, Ridley 7103 (BM);

Setul, Mar 1910, Ridley 14694 (BM); 8.25 miles [13.2

km] Kuala Trengganu-Besut road, Trengganu, [5°N

103°E], Sep 1955, Sinclair 40873 (L). Sumatra.

Taram, Kepala Bandar, E of Pajakumbuh, [0°S 100°E],

Apr 1957, Meijer 5750 (L); Taram, Pajakumbuh

region, [0°S 100°E], Jul 1957, Meijer 7151 (L).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Larsen 32405 et al. (2 fls); Wallace 9181 (1 fl).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium tenellum

has a broad distribution in south-east Asia from

southern India to southern China and south to

Sumatra (Map 3). The recent collection by

Bhasker and Kushalappa (1992) from southern

India provided a considerable extension of the

known range. It inhabits seasonally swampy

areas and has been on several occasions

reported growing near rice paddies. It often

grows at low altitudes, but has been found as

high as 1100 metres above sea level on Sumatra

629

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

(Slooten 1954). Species or genera recorded by

Bhaskar and Kushalappa (1992) to be growing

in association with S. tenellum were Rotala

ilecebroides, Lindernia, Bergia, Canscora

diffusa, Xyris, Commelina and Eriocaulon.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded mostly from September to December,

with a few records from other months of the

year.

Affinities: S. tenellum is very closely related

to S. diffusum , but differs by the cuneate leaf

bases (truncate for S. diffusum ); labellum

attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla

tube (attached to outside of corolla tube for S.

diffusum ); corolla tube 1.6-1.8 mm long (1.3—

1.6 mm for S. diffusum) and anterior petals 0.2-

0.4 mm wide (0.5-1 mm wide for S. diffusum ).

Notes: No specimens from China (except Hong

Kong) have been seen by the present author,

but it is described very adequately in Hong

(1983) where it is reported to occur in the

Guangdong, Yunnan and southern Fujian

provinces.

Typification: The holotype of S. tenellum var.

minimum consists of the specimens on the

upper half of the sheet only. The other

specimens are labelled as originating from

Dacca, and are therefore excluded. From the

protologue of S. roseum, it seems clearly

referrable to S. tenellum.

Conservation status: Not evaluated.

28. Stylidium longissimum ARBeansp. nov.

affinisY inconspicuo seddifferens foliis

obtusis, corolla glandulosa purpurea

(rosacea usque rosinea, HCC 6.29 usque

5.33), paracorolla prominenti, sepalis

petalis columnisque longioribus et

capsulis multo longioribus. Typus:

Queensland. Cook District: Smugglers

track, Cape Melville National Park, north

ofCooktown, [14° 17' S 144°26' E], 19 July

1998, A.R. Bean 13671 (holo: BRI; iso:

DNA, K, L, MEL, NSW).

Annual, 16-30 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-

0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base

not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous.

Leaves 4-14 per plant, scattered along stems,

elliptical, 3.5-9.5 mm long including petiole, 1.8-

5 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse, or acute;

base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 0-0.5 mm

long. Scapes absent. Inflorescences 5-20 cm

long, determinate, monochasially cymose;

branches glabrous. Bracts linear or lanceolate,

1.5-4.5 mm long, glabrous, obtuse or acute.

Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or

rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-

hairy at distal end only. Sepals debate or

oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more

than half their length, 2-3 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm

wide, glandular-hairy, acute. Corolla pink or

mauve, glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube

2-2.3 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only.

Paracorolla continuous, thick, minutely

papillose, 0.4-0.5 mm high. Paracorolla lobes

or appendages 4, all similar, obtuse, 2 opposite

the anterior petals, 2 opposite the posterior

petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum

attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla

tube, ovate, 0.5-0.7 mm long, thick, glabrous,

acuminate; 0.7-0.8 mm long. Petals all free,

A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 2.1-2.9 mm

long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide, bilobed, acute or obtuse.

Posterior petals 4.1-5.4 mm long, 3-3.2 mm

wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 7-8 mm long,

slightly dilated near distal end, glabrous; lateral

lobes absent or present, 0-0.2 mm wide. Corona

absent. Capsule linear, 26-48 mm long

excluding sepals, 0.7-1 mm wide, without raised

longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, not

recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.25-0.35 mm long,

brown; surface convex, colliculate. Fig. 8E-H.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District:

11 km S of beach at Bathurst Bay, Cape Melville

N.P., Jul 1998, Bean 13688 (BRI); 33 km from

Wakooka on the track to Bathurst Bay and Cape

Melville National Park, June 1984, Clarkson 5382

(BRI, QRS).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Bean 13671 (3 fls); Clarkson 5382 (3 fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

longissimum is known only from the Cape

Melville area of Cape York Peninsula in north

Queensland (Map 16). It grows in Melaleuca

viridiflora woodland in sandy soil.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded for June.

Affinities: S. longissimum is related to S.

inconspicuum Slooten, based on the

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

Fig. 7. A-C: Stylidium confertum. A. habit* 1; B. anterior view of flower*9; C. corolla, opened out*9. D-F:

Stylidium diffusion. D. habit* 1; E. anterior view of flower and hypanthium*9; F. corolla, opened out*9. A-C:

Lyons 194; D: Brass 19786; E-F: Forster 22992.

631

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

description and illustrations provided by

Slooten (1954), but differs by its obtuse leaf

apices, pink to mauve corolla (rosy for S.

inconspiciium ), glandular-hairy corolla tube

and petals (glabrous for S. inconspicuum ),

longer sepals, anterior petals, posterior petals,

column, and much longer capsules (26^18 mm

long vs. c. 15 mm long for S. inconspicuum).

The paracorolla in S. longissimum is much more

prominent than in S. inconspicuum.

Conservation status: S. longissimum has an

extent of occurrence of about 30x30 kilometres,

and the area of occupancy is only a small

fraction of this. A Conservation status of

“Vulnerable” is recommended, based on the

IUCN CriteriaA2(e) and D2.

Etymology: The species epithet is from the

Latin longissimus meaning “very long”. This

refers to the capsules of this species, which

are perhaps the longest of the genus.

29. Stylidium inconspicuum Slooten, Bull. Jard.

Bot. Buitenzorg Ser. Ill, 14: 171 (1937).

Types: Java. Plosokerep near halting-

place Terisi, partition 7 and 56 of forest-

section Indramajoe, [6°—’S 108°—’E],3

March 1935, C.GGJ. van Steenis 6719

(syn: ?BO,«.v.); Plosokerep near halting-

place Terisi, partitions 7,3 and 5 of forest-

section Indramajoe, [6°—’S 108°—’E],3

May 1936, C.GGJ. van Steenis 8214 &

D.F. van Slooten (syn: ?BO, n.v.).

Illustration: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plate

56(1958).

Annual, 5-20 cm high. Stem base not thickened.

Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 5-30 per

plant, scattered along stems, elliptical or

obovate, 4—8 mm long, 2-5 mm wide, glabrous;

apex acute; base cuneate; margins entire.

Petioles absent. Scapes absent. Inflorescences

5-8 cm long, determinate, monochasially

cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts lanceolate

or ovate, glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent.

Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium

linear. Sepals oblanceolate or ovate or elliptical,

with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their

length, 1-1.5 mm long, obtuse. Corolla pink or

red, glabrous; tube 1-1.5 mm long, with sinus

on anterior side only. Paracorolla

discontinuous or continuous. Paracorolla

glands absent. Labellum attached at base of

anterior sinus of corolla tube, ovate, c. 0.5 mm

long, glabrous, acuminate, terminal appendage

usually present. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2.

Anterior petals c. 1 mm long, bilobed or entire,

obtuse. Posterior petals 1.75-2 mm long,

bilobed, obtuse. Column 3-3.5 mm long, of

uniform width throughout; lateral lobes absent.

Capsule linear, 15 mm long excluding sepals.

Seeds not seen.

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

inconspicuum is endemic to Java (Map 3),

where it is apparently rare. It was recorded from

“moist places of grass-fields at 20-30 metres”.

Note: No material of this species was available

for examination. The description is based on

Slooten (1937).

Conservation status: Not evaluated.

D. Stylidium sect. Biloba A.R.Bean sect. nov.

Folia in rosula basali vel caulina; calyx

bilabiatus, integer, obtusus; inflorescentia

cymosa; columna glabra, fine distali magnopere

dilatata. Typus: S. rotundifolium R.Br.

Leaves in basal rosette or cauline; calyx 2-

lipped, entire, obtuse; inflorescences cymose;

labellum attached at base of anterior sinus;

column glabrous, strongly dilated at distal end.

3 species; northern Australia.

30. Stylidium rotundifolium R.Br., Prodr. 571

(1810); Candolle a rotundifolia (R.Br.)

F.Muell., Syst. census Austral, pi. 86

(1883). Type: East Coast, Port 1

[Queensland. Port Curtis District: Curtis

Island or Facing Island, 23° 4- S 151° 1-

’ E], 5-9 August 1802,7?. Brown (Bennett

No. 2600) (lecto: BM), here chosen.

Stylidium irriguum W.Fitzg., J. & Proc. Roy.

Soc. WesternAustralia 3:219(1918), syn.

nov. Types: WesternAustralia. Messmate

Creek, 1905-6, W. V. Fitzgerald (syn, n.v);

Isdell & Charnley Rivers, 1905-6, W.V.

Fitzgerald (syn, n.v ).

Stylidium reductum Carlquist,Aliso 9: 313

(1978), syn. nov. Type: Queensland. North

Kennedy District: Millstream Falls Park,

along the Ravenshoe-Mt Garnet road,

[17° 3-’S 145° 2- E], 5 July 1977, S.

Carlquist 15230 (holo: RSA).

632

Annual, 4—18 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1

mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not

thickened. Stems compressed (with leaves in

basal rosette). Leaves 4-17 per plant,

oblanceolate or obovate, 5-29 mm long

including petiole, 3-10 mm wide, glabrous; apex

obtuse; base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles

1-12 mm long. Scapes 1-10 per plant, 0.2-0.4

mm in diameter, glabrous; sterile bracts absent.

Inflorescences 4-18 cm long, monochasially

cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts debate or

lanceolate, 1-1.5 mm long, glabrous, mucronate.

Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or

rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-

hairy at distal end only. Sepals ovate, fused

into 2 entire lips, 1-1.8 mm long, 0.8-1.3 mm

wide, sparsely glandular-hairy or glabrous,

obtuse. Corolla white or pink, glandular-hairy

on tube and petals; tube 2-3 mm long, with

sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla absent.

Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of

corolla tube, lanceolate, 0.4-0.6 mm long, thick,

glabrous, acuminate, terminal appendage

usually present; 0-0.1 mm long. Petals all free,

A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 1-2 mm long,

0.7-1.2 mm wide, entire, obtuse. Posterior petals

1.3-2 mm long, 0.8-1.3 mm wide, bilobed or

entire, obtuse. Column 3.5-5 mm long,

conspicuously dilated near distal end forming

a pouch for the stigma and anthers, glabrous;

lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule

linear, 12-30 mm long excluding sepals, 0.5-0.7

mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs;

halves detaching distally, strongly recurved or

not recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.2-0.25 mm

long, brown; surface convex, colliculate.

Selected specimens: Western Australia. Gibb River-

Kalumburu road, 15.3 km N of Doggan River, May

1976, Beauglehole 51795 (DNA); Manning Gorge,

c. 275 km SW of Wyndham, Jun 1976, Beauglehole

52581 (DNA); Adcock Gorge, c. 180 km E of Derby,

Jul 1974, Carr 4233 & Beauglehole 48011 (DNA);

Mitchell River, Feb 1980, Dunlop 5275 (DNA).

Northern Territory. UDP Falls, c. 80 km NE of

Pine Creek, Aug 1978, Beauglehole 58538 & Errey

2238 (DNA); south of mouth of Daly River, Jul 1946,

Blake 16548 (BRI); 9.5 km S of Twin Fall, May 1980,

Craven 5856 (DNA); Mt Gilruth area, Jun 1978,

Dunlop 4897 (CANB, DNA); Caledon Bay, Jun 1972,

Latz 2927c (DNA); South Bay, Bickerton Island, Jun

1948, Specht 465 (BRI). Queensland. Burke District :

Westmoreland, Fagoon Creek, off track to Camp

Ridgeway, May 1997, Forster PIF21025 & Booth

(BRI); Murrays Springs, 12.1 km by road west of

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

Musselbrook mining camp, 175 km N of Camooweal,

Apr 1995, Thomas MRS32 & Johnson (BRI). Cook

District: 13.8 km from Irvinebank towards Herberton,

Aug 1997, Bean 12192 (BRI); One Hundred Mile

swamp, near Undara resort, E of Mt Surprise, Jul 1998,

Bean 13758 & Fox (BRI, MEF); c. 1 mile [1.6 km]

south of Bamaga, Jul 1977, Carlquist 15250 (BRI,

RSA); 0.5 km SE of Kimba HS, Jun 1981, Clarkson

3737 (BRI, DNA, K, MO, NSW, PERTH, QRS, RSA);

Weipa, Vyse Crossing, Jul 1980, Morton 656 (BRI,

MEL). North Kennedy District: Walkers Creek, Mount

Elliot, S of Townsville, Aug 1991, Bean 3616 (BRI);

Mt Garnet-Wairuna road, 4.8 km S of Princess Hills

T/0,Aug 1997, Bean 12168 (BRI). Leichhardt District:

Mt Rose, Taroom district, Jan 1996, Fensham 2500

(BRI).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Bean 12100 (2 fls); Bean 12114 (2 fls); Bean

12168 (2 fls); Bean 12192 (2 fls); Clarkson 3737

(2 fls); Fensham 2500 (1 fl).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

rotundifolium is widespread (though sporadic)

from the Kimberley region ofWesternAustralia

to north-eastern Queensland, with a remarkable

disjunct occurrence near Taroom (Map 18). It

occurs in damp sandy soil, on receding

waterholes, on creekbanks or in Melaleuca

woodlands. The occurrence near Taroom is

associated with mound-springs, locally known

as “boggomosses”.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded from April to October, with one record

for January and one for February.

Affinities: S. rotundifolium is closest to S.

dunlopianum. See notes under that species.

Notes: Specimens of this species collected by

Banks and Solander were available to Robert

Brown when drawing up his description, hence

the need to choose a lectotype. The lectotype

locality for S. rotundifolium is Curtis or Facing

Island near Gladstone but it has not been found

there, nor indeed in the Port Curtis Pastoral

District, since Brown’s collection in 1802.

Fitzgerald (1918) did not explain why he

considered S. irriguum to be specifically

distinct from S. rotundifolium , but by

comparing the description given under both

names, it seems that the distinction was based

on: the pale yellow to white corolla for

S. irriguum (vs. pink with red blotches for

633

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

S. rotundifolium ) and a shorter capsule.

However pale yellow to white is the usual flower

colour for S. rotundifolium , and the capsule

length given for S. irriguum (to nearly 0.75

inches [19 mm]) is within the normal range for

S. rotundifolium.

S. reductum represents juvenile forms of

S. rotundifolium which are only 1-flowered.

There is continuous variation between this form

and typical S. rotundifolium.

Conservation status: S. rotundifolium is a

widespread species, and not considered to be

rare or threatened.

31. Stylidium dunlopianum Carlquist, Aliso 9:

431 (1979). Type: Northern Territory.

Cultivated in Darwin, ex pennanent spring

near Munmarlary Station, [ 12° 2- S 132°

3-Tf|, 21 July 1978, C.R. Dunlop 4998

(holo: RSA; iso: ?CANB,w.v., DNA, ?K,

n.v.).

Perennial, 15-50 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-

0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base

thickened. Stems elongate or leaves in basal

rosette, glabrous. Leaves 6-12 per plant,

scattered along stems, obovate, 20-60 mm long

including petiole, 7-19 mm wide, glabrous; apex

obtuse; base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles

8-35 mm long. Scapes 1-5 per plant, 0.5-0.9

mm in diameter, glabrous; sterile bracts absent.

Inflorescences 13-40 cm long, determinate,

monochasially cymose; branches glabrous.

Bracts linear or ovate, 1-2.5 mm long, glabrous,

acute ormucronate. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels

absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear,

glandular-hairy at distal end only. Sepals ovate,

fused into 2 entire lips, 1.9-2.5 mm long, 1.1-

1.6 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla

pink or mauve, glandular-hairy on tube and

petals; tube 4.5-6 mm long, with sinus on

anterior side only. Paracorolla absent. Labellum

attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla

tube, lanceolate, 0.7-0.9 mm long, thick,

glabrous, acuminate, terminal appendage

usually present; 0.4—0.5 mm long. Petals all free,

A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 1.1-2.1 mm

long, 1.1-2 mm wide, entire, obtuse. Posterior

petals 1.3-2.1 mm long, 1-1.8 mm wide, entire,

obtuse. Column 7-8.5 mm long, conspicuously

dilated near distal end forming a pouch for the

stigma and anthers, glabrous; lateral lobes

absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 20-32

mm long excluding sepals, 0.5-0.6 mm wide,

without raised longitudinal ribs; halves

detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds

ellipsoidal, 0.2-0.25 mm long, brown; surface

convex, colliculate.

Specimens examined: Western Australia. Gibb

River-Kalumburu road, Ngolalah Creek, 38.6 km NE

of Mitchell River turnoff, Jun 1976, Beauglehole

52145 (DNA); King Edward River, c. 50 km NE of

Mitchell River HS., Aug 1978, Beauglehole 29112 &

Errey 2853 (DNA). Northern Territory. Edith Falls,

Jul 1965, Beauglehole 43214 (DNA); 2 km W of

East Alligator River crossing, Aug 1978, Beauglehole

58648 & Errey 2348 (DNA); Horn Billabong, Sep

1946, Blake 17009 (BRI); Docherty Ck, Sep 1967,

Byrnes NB497 (DNA); 47 miles [75 km] N of

Oenpelli, Jul 1961, Chippendale 8115 (DNA);

Ningalaye Brook, 30 km WNW of Cannon Hill

Ranger Station, May 1980, Craven 6172 (CANB,

DNA); 65 km NE of Pine Creek, Nov 1980, Dunlop

5615 (DNA); Maxwell Creek, Melville Island, Nov

1983, Dunlop 6547 & Wightman (DNA); Point Stuart,

Swim Creek, May 1987, Dunlop 7012 (DNA); S of

Koolpinyah Stn., Sep 1995, Harwood B153 (DNA);

26 km E of Goomadeer River at Nungbalgari Creek,

Oct 1981, Henshall 3816 (DNA); Katherine Gorge

N.P., amphitheatre, Jun 1981, King s.n. (DNA);

headwaters of Florence Creek, May 1989, Leach 2583

& Dunlop (DNA); Oenpelli, Oct 1948, Specht 1313

(BRI); Old Oenpelli road, just N of Lonely Rock,

Magela Ck, Sep 1980, Waterhouse 11210/1 (BRI).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Beauglehole 29112 & Errey 2853 (2 fls ), Dunlop

7012(1 f[)-Leach2583 &Dunlop(\ fl).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

dunlopianum is distributed from the Mitchell

River area of Western Australia to Kakadu

Natonal Park in the Northern Territory (Map

19). It inhabits seepage areas in Melaleuca

leucadendra swamps or near rainforest, or on

creekbanks, in sand or black organic soil.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded from May to November.

Affinities: S. dunlopianum is closely related

to S. rotundifolium but differs by its perennial

habit with thickened stem base (annual with

unthickened stem base for S. rotundifolium ),

scapes 0.5-0.9 mm wide (0.2-0.4 mm wide for S.

rotundifolium ), sepals 1.9-2.5 mm long (1.0-

1.8 mm long for A rotundifolium ), corolla tube

4.5-6 mm long (2-3 mm long for S.

rotundifolium ), labellum 0.7-0.9 mm long (0.4-

634

0.6 mm long for S. rotundifolium) and column

7-8.5 mm long (3.5-5 mm long for S.

rotundifolium).

Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN

1994).

32. Stylidium fimbriatum Lowrie & Kenneally,

Nuytsia 10: 425 (1996). Type: Western

Australia. Peter Lacy’s camp, 73 km

WNW of Mount Elizabeth homestead,

16° 00’S 125° 20’E, August 1993, M.D.

Barrett230 (holo: PERTH, fide Lowrie &

Kenneally (1996) n.v.\ iso: MEL,w.v.).

Annual, 15-30 cm high. Stem base not

thickened. Stems compressed (with leaves in

basal rosette). Leaves c. 16 per plant,

oblanceolate, 5-20 mm long including petiole,

2-7 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base

cuneate; margins entire. Scapes c. 2 per plant,

glabrous; sterile bracts absent. Inflorescences

15-30 cm long, determinate, monochasially

cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts linear or

lanceolate, 1-2 mm long, acute or mucronate.

Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or

rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-

hairy at distal end only or glandular-hairy

throughout. Sepals ovate or elliptical, fused into

2 entire lips, 1.5-2 mm long, glandular-hairy,

obtuse. Corolla pink, glandular-hairy on tube

and petals; with sinus on anterior side only.

Paracorolla discontinuous, thick, glabrous, c.

1.5 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages

13-17, all similar, acute, none opposite the

anterior petals, 13-17 opposite the posterior

petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum

attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla

tube, lanceolate, c. 0.6 mm long, thick, glabrous,

acuminate, terminal appendage usually present.

Petals all free,Al+A2+Pl+P2. Anterior petals

c. 3.5 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse.

Posterior petals c. 5.5 mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide,

bilobed, obtuse. Column c. 10 mm long,

conspicuously dilated near distal end forming

a pouch for the stigma and anthers, glabrous;

lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule

linear, 25-50 mm long excluding sepals, 0.6-0.7

mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs.

Seeds c. 0.2 mm long, yellow or brown; surface

convex.

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

fimbriatum is reportedly confined to the

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

Bachsten Creek area in the Kimberley region of

We stern Australia (Map 19), where it grows in

seasonally wet herbfields (Lowrie and

Kenneally 1996).

Note: No material of this species was available

for examination. The description above is

based on Lowrie & Kenneally (1996).

E. Stylidium sect. Alsinoida (Mildbr.)A.RBean

comb, et stat. nov.

S. subg. Alsinoida Mildbr. in Engl., Pflanzenr.

35: 40 (1908), as ‘Alsinoides ’ . Type:

S. alsinoides R.Br.

Leaves cauline, alternate. Scapes absent. Bracts

opposite, often leaf-like. Petals laterally fused

(i.e. adjacent posterior and anterior petals

fused), often acute. Paracorolla absent.

Labellum attached at top of corolla tube.

Capsules coherent at apex, shedding medially;

seeds ridged or lacunose, colliculate.

5 species; Malesia, New Guinea, northern

Australia.

33. Stylidium alsinoides RBr., Prodr. 572 (1810);

Candollea alsinoides (R.Br.) F.Muell.,

Syst. census Austral, pi. 86 (1883). Type:

[Queensland. Cook District:] Endeavour

River, [15°2-’S 145° l-’E, June- July 1770],

J. Banks & D. Solander (holo: ?BM,«.v.).

Illustration: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plates

51,56(1958).

Annual, 18-30 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-

0.1 mm long; glands globose or capitate, dark.

Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate,

glabrous. Leaves 20-100 per plant, scattered

along stems, elliptical or obovate, 5.5-14 mm

long including petiole, 3-8 mm wide, glabrous;

apex acute; base cuneate; margins entire.

Petioles 0-2.5 mm long. Scapes absent.

Inflorescences 5-15 cm long, determinate,

monochasially cymose; branches glabrous.

Bracts lanceolate or ovate, 5.5-9 mm long,

glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels

absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear,

glabrous throughout or glandular-hairy at distal

end only. Sepals deltate, with 3 free and 2 fused

for more than half their length, 1.3-2 mm long,

0.3-0.5 mm wide, glabrous, acute. Corolla white,

635

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

glabrous, or sparsely glandular-hairy on tube

and petals; tube 0.6-0.9 mm long, without

sinus. Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached

at top of corolla tube, ovate, 0.3-0.5 mm long,

thick, glabrous, obtuse or acuminate, terminal

appendage absent. Petals laterally fused,

(A1 &P 1 )+(A2&P2). Anterior petals 1.7-2.5 mm

long, 0.9-1.2 mm wide, entire, acute or obtuse.

Posterior petals 2-2.5 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide,

entire, acute or obtuse. Column 2.5-3 mm long,

of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral

lobes absent. Corona extending beyond

anthers. Capsule linear, 16-30 mm long

excluding sepals, 0.7-1.2 mm wide, without

raised longitudinal ribs; halves coherent

distally. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.4-0.5 mm long,

brown; surface lacunose, colliculate.

Selected specimens: Philippines. Philippine Islands,

1906, Loher 6478 (K); Neuva Vizcaya, Luzon, [16°N

121°E], Jan 1913, McGregor 20136 (BM, P); Mt

Irig, Rizal Province, Luzon, [14°N 121°E], Feb 1923,

Ramos 41978 (BM, BRI, L); Mt Marayep, Zambales

province, Luzon, [15°N 120°E], Dec 1924, Ramos &

Edano 44782 (BM, P); Setio, Apulul, Barrio Amungan

Iba, Zambales, [15°N 119°E], Dec 1954, Santos 6105

(L). Sulawesi. Lepo Lepo pr. Kendari, SE Celebes,

[4°S 122°E], Jun 1874, Beccari (L); Lombasang, SW

Celebes, [5°S 119°E], Apr 1921, Bunnemeijer 11091a

(L). Irian Jaya. Merauke, [8°S 140°E], Jul 1923,

Vertenten (BRI, L, P). New Guinea. Wuroi, Oriomo

River, [8°S 143°E, Jan-Mar 1934, Brass 6070 (BRI,

L); Wassi Kussa River, Morehead subdistrict, 8S 141E,

Jul 1968, Henty & Katik NGF38734 (BRI, L); c. 3

miles [5 km] S of Morehead Patrol post, along road

to Tonda, 9S 141E, Sep 1967, Pullen 7242 (L).

Queensland. Cook District: 20.4 km from Peninsula

Development road, towards Iron Range, Jul 1998,

Bean 13606 (BRI, MEL); Yarrabah, Jun 1935, Blake

9642 (BRI); Isabella Falls near Cooktown, May 1970,

Blake 23433 (BRI); Chester River campsite, Jul 1978,

Clarkson 2418 (BRI, K, L, MO, NSW); Scrubby Creek,

N of Silver Plains, Aug 1978, Clarkson 2444 (BRI, K,

NSW); 16.4 km S of aboriginal settlement at Mapoon,

on the road to Weipa, Aug 1983, Clarkson 4943 (BRI,

PERTH, QRS); Finch Bay, Cooktown, May 1993,

Clarkson 10084 & Neldner (BRI, DNA, K, MBA,

PERTH); Endeavour River, Jun-Jul 1819, Cunningham

277 (BM, BRI); west Claudie River falls, 2.5 km NE

of Mt Tozer, May 1992, Fell DF2613 (BRI); Fred’s

Creek, 2.5 km SE of Kennedy Hill, Jul 1991, Forster

PIF8813 (BRI, DNA, MEL); Badu Island, Torres Strait,

Oct 1979, Garnett 220 (BRI); 2 km S of Cooktown,

Jul 1991, Sharpe 5100 8c Levine (BRI, CANB, MEL,

NSW). North Kennedy District: Dunk Island, E of

airstrip, Aug 1959, Adams 20012 (BRI); Travelling

Dairy Creek, 9 km W of Tully, Sep 1992, Bean 4996

(BRI); Hinchinbrook Is., S of Kirkville Hills, Aug 1970,

Everist 9662 (BRI); 50 km NNW of Ingham and 3.5

km E of Bruce Highway, Aug 1976, Lazarides 8125

(BRI, CANB); 3 km W of Cardwell, Sep 1976, Williams

76074 (BRI).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Clarkson 2444 (2 fls); Clarkson 4943 (2 fls);

Clarkson 10084 8cNeldner{ 2 fls);/W/DF2613

(lfl).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

alsinoides is widespread, being recorded from

the island of Luzon in the Philippines, southern

parts of Sulawesi, southern New Guinea and

north Queensland (Map 1). In Australia, it

typically grows in sandy soil in swamps

dominated by Melaleuca quinquenervia ,

which are moist even in the dry season. It may

also grow on creekbanks withM leucadendra ,

or in rock crevices where water seepage is

available.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded mostly from April to September for

Australia; throughout the year for Malesia.

Affinities: S. alsinoides is most closely related

to S.fluminense. See notes under that species.

Note: The bracts of S. alsinoides and its

relatives are very large and resemble the leaves.

In fact the transition from stem to inflorescence

can sometimes only be determined by the

phyllotaxis; the leaves are alternate while the

bracts are opposite. The seemingly solitary

axillary inflorescences are in fact cymose and

monochasial as in most other species.

Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN

1994).

34. Stylidium fluminense F.L.Erickson &

J.H.Willis, Victorian Naturalist 83: 108

(1965). Type: Western Australia. Dales

Gorge, Hamersley Range, [22° 30’S 118°

36’E], 3 July 1958, F.L. Erickson (holo:

MEL; iso: K, MEL, PERTH).

Illustration: J.R. Wheeler (ed.), FI. of Kimb.

Region 876, t. 270D(1992).

Annual, 15-30 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.025-

0.05 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base

not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous.

Leaves 10^10 per plant, scattered along stems,

elliptical, 5-19 mm long including petiole, 1.5-

636

6 mm wide, glabrous; apex acute; base cuneate;

margins entire. Petioles 0-2 mm long. Scapes

absent. Inflorescences 5-11 cm long,

determinate, monochasially cymose; branches

glabrous. Bracts linear or lanceolate, 2.5-10 mm

long, glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent.

Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium

linear, glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals

oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more

than half their length, 3-4.1 mm long, 0.4-0.5

mm wide, glabrous, acute. Corolla pink or mauve

or red, glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube

1.1-1.5 mm long, without sinus. Paracorolla

absent. Labellum attached at top of corolla

tube, ovate, 0.6-0.7 mm long, thick, glandular-

hairy, obtuse or acuminate, terminal appendage

usually present; 0-0.1 mm long. Petals laterally

fused, (A 1&P1)+(A2&P2). Anterior petals 5.2-

5.5 mm long, 1.9-2.3 mm wide, entire, acute.

Posterior petals 5.2-5.5 mm long, 1.9-2.3 mm

wide, entire, acute. Column 5.5-6 mm long, of

uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral

lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear,

11-16 mm long excluding sepals, 0.7-0.9 mm

wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves

coherent distally. Seeds globose or ellipsoidal,

0.25-0.3 mm long, brown; surface convex,

colliculate.

Specimens examined: Western Australia. Dales

Gorge, near Fortescue Falls, Hamersley Range, Aug

1965, Beauglehole 11496 (DNA, MEL); Wittenoom

Gorge, c. 10 km S of Wittenoom P.O., Aug 1974,

Beauglehole 48874 (DNA); Exmouth Gulf, 1895,

Cusack s.n. (MEL); Harding River, 1895, Cusack 140

(MEL); Dale’s Gorge, 40 miles [64 km] E of

Wittenoom Gorge, Jul 1956, Meston s.n. (MEL);

Dale’s Gorge, Hamersley Range, Oct 1989,

Nordenstam & Anderberg 331 (MEL). Northern

Territory. 50 km NNW of Inverway homestead, Jun

1974, Latz 5419 (DNA).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Beauglehole 11496 (2 fls); Beauglehole 48874

(lfl).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

fluminense is known from the Hamersley

Ranges in We stern Australia and from one site

in Northern Territory, and there are historical

collections from the Harding River (near

Karratha) and from the Exmouth Gulf (Map 17).

It grows in sheltered sites with permanent

moisture in sandstone gorges.

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded from June to October

Affinities: S.fluminense is most closely related

to S. alsinoides , but differs by the oblanceolate,

acute sepals 3.0-4.1 mm long (debate, obtuse,

1.3-2.0 mm long for S. alsinoides ); corolla tube

1.1-1.5 mm long (0.7-0.8 mm long for S.

alsinoides ); anterior petals 5.2-5.5 mm long

(1.7-2.5 mm for S. alsinoides)., column 5.5-6

mm long (2.5-3 mm for S. alsinoides ); capsule

11-16 mm long (16-30 mm for S. alsinoides)

and seeds 0.25-0.3 mm long (0.4-0.5 mm for S.

alsinoides).

Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN

1994).

35. Stylidium tenerrimum F.Muell., Fragm. 1:

150 (1859); Candollea tenerrima

(F.Muell.) F.Muell., Syst. census Austral,

pi. 86 (1883). Type: [NorthernTerritory],

between Providence Hill and Macadam’s

Range, [14°—’S129°—’E], October 1855,

F. Mueller (lecto: MEL [MEL 1061526]),

here chosen.

Stylidium mitrasacmoides F.Muell.,

Fragm. 1: 150 (1859). Type: [Northern

Territory], banks of Victoria River, near

Palm Island, [15°—’S 129°—’E, 1855-6],

Flood, n.v. (not located).

Stylidium evolutum Carlquist, Aliso 9: 309

(1978), syn. nov. Type: Northern Territory,

road west from Stuart Highway, opposite

juncture with the Shoal Bay road, [12° 3-

’S 131° O-’E], 25 June 1977, A Carlquist

15190 (holo:RSA).

Annual, 4-30 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.025-

0.05 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base

not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous.

Leaves 5-24 per plant, scattered along stems,

linear or oblanceolate or debate, 1.2-4.8 mm

long, 0.3-0.8 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse,

or acute; base truncate; margins entire. Petioles

absent. Scapes absent. Inflorescences 4-11 cm

long, determinate, monochasially cymose;

branches glabrous. Bracts linear, 2-4.5 mm long,

glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels

absent or rudimentary or present, 0-5 mm long,

glabrous. Hypanthium linear, glabrous

637

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

throughout or glandular-hairy throughout.

Sepals oblanceolate or ovate, with 3 free and 2

fused for more than half their length, 2.1-2.8

mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, glabrous, acute.

Corolla white and red, glandular-hairy on tube

and petals or glandular-hairy on petals only;

tube 0.5-0.7 mm long, without sinus.

Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached at top

of corolla tube, ovate, 0.3-0.5 mm long, thick,

glabrous, obtuse or acuminate, terminal

appendage usually present; 0-0.1 mm long.

Petals laterally fused, (A1&P1)+(A2&P2).

Anterior and posterior petals entire, acute or

obtuse. A1 and PI 2-2.6 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm

wide; A2 and P2 3.3-44 mm long, 1.7-2.3 mm

wide. Column 4-4.5 mm long, of uniform width

throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent.

Corona absent. Capsule ellipsoidal or linear, 4.5-

9 mm long excluding sepals, 1-1.6 mm wide,

without raised longitudinal ribs; halves

coherent distally. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.45-0.5 mm

long, brown; surface lacunose, colliculate.

Specimens examined: Northern Territory. 2 km W

of Stuart Highway on road opposite the juncture of

Shoal Bay road with Stuart Highway, Jun 1978,

Carlquist 15479 (DNA); between Elizabeth River and

RAAF base, 23 miles [37 km] S of Darwin, Jun 1978,

Carlquist 15455 (DNA); Melville Island, McClear

Creek T/O, Jun 1987, Clark 1237 (DNA); Howard

Springs, May 1995, Egan 4984 (DNA); Port Darwin,

1885, Holtze 489 (MEL); Port Darwin, 1885, Holtze

506 (MEL); Port Darwin, 1888, Holtze s.n. (MEL);

near Darwin, undated, Holtze 1170 (MEL); RAAF

Base, swamp off Amy Johnson Drive, Darwin, Apr

1983, King 323 (DNA); 1 mile [1.6 km] SE of

McMinns Lagoon, Aug 1971, Must 758 (DNA);

Ironstone Knob area, behind Holmes Jungle, Jun 1982,

Rankin 2598 (CANB, DNA); Point Stuart, Swim Creek,

Jun 1987, Russell-Smith 5568 & Lucas (DNA); Port

Darwin, undated, Schultz 349 (MEL); North Australia,

1886, Tenison-Woods & Holtze 489 (MEL).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Egan 4984 (3 fls ), Russell-Smith 5568 (3 fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

tenerrimum is apparently reasonably common

around Darwin, as there are numerous

collections (both old and new) from that area.

However, it has not been recollected from the

type area near the Victoria River (Map 14). It

grows in sandy soils which remain moist after

the wet season, amongst grasses and sedges.

Associated trees include Pandanus spp.,

Melaleuca spp. and Grevillea pteridifolia.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded from April to August

Notes: S. tenerrimum is related to S. alsinoides.

S. tenerrimum is distinctive because of the

asymetrical petals (A1 andA2 of different sizes;

PI and P2 of different sizes), comparatively

broad capsules, and the sometimes pedicellate

flowers and capsules (pedicels up to 4 mm

long). Two specimens of S. tenerrimum

collected by Mueller have been seen, one at

MEL and one at BM. It is uncertain whether

these were both from the same collection. The

MEL specimen is chosen as lectotype, as it is

the better specimen.

The type of S. mitrasacmoides could not

be found, and the application of the name is

somewhat uncertain.

Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN

1994).

36. Stylidium javanicum Slooten, Bull. Jard.

Bot. Buitenzorg Ser. Ill, 14: 173 (1937).

Types: Java. Plosokerep near halting-

place Terisi, partitions 7,3 and 5 of forest-

section Indramajoe, [6° —* S 108° —’E], 3

May 1936, C.G.G.J. van Steenis 8213 &

D.F. van Slooten (syn: ?BO, n.v., MEL!);

Soemba. East-Soemba, Lea plain, [9°—’S

120°—’E], 28 May 1936, C.AET de Voogd

2512 (syn: ?BO,«.v.).

Illustration: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plate

56(1958).

Annual, 5-21 cm high. Glandular hairs 0-0.05

mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not

thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves

10-30 per plant, scattered along stems, elliptical

or obovate, 1.7-4.5 mm long, 0.9-2.1 mm wide,

glabrous; apex obtuse, or acute; base obtuse,

or cuneate; margins entire. Petioles absent.

Scapes absent. Inflorescences 5-9 cm long,

determinate, monochasially cymose; branches

glabrous. Bracts lanceolate or ovate, 2-4 mm

long, glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent.

Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium

linear, glabrous throughout or glandular-hairy

at distal end only. Sepals oblanceolate or

elliptical, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than

half their length, 1.6-2.5 mm long, 0.2-04 mm

wide, glabrous, obtuse or acute. Corolla pink

638

or mauve, glandular-hairy on tube only; tube

0.7-0.8 mm long, without sinus. Paracorolla

absent. Labellum attached at top of corolla

tube, ovate or orbicular, 0.7-0.8 mm long, thin,

glabrous, obtuse or acute, terminal appendage

absent. Petals laterally fused,

(A1 &P1 )+(A2&P2). Anterior petals 2.4-2.8 mm

long, 1-1.4 mm wide, entire, acute. Posterior

petals 2.4-2.8 mm long, 1-1.4 mm wide, entire,

acute. Column 3.5-4 mm long, of uniform width

throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent.

Corona absent. Capsule linear, 10-16 mm long

excluding sepals, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, without

raised longitudinal ribs; halves coherent

distally. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.25-0.3 mm long,

brown; surface lacunose, colliculate.

Specimens examined: Java. Plosokerep near halting-

place Terisi, partitions 7, 3 and 5 of forest-section

Indramajoe, May 1936, van Steenis 8213 & van

Slooten (MEL). New Guinea. Rubulogo Creek c. 18

miles [29 km] N of Port Moresby, [9°S 147°E], Apr

1967, Pullen 6631 (BRI, CANB, L).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Pullen 6631 (2 fls).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium javanicum

has been found in Java, East Soemba Island

and from eastern New Guinea (Map 2). It is

recorded from open boggy depressions or wet

grass-fields, from 20-500 metres altitude.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded for April and May.

Affinities: S.javanicum is most closely related

to S. cordifolium , but differs by the leaves

being 1-1.7 mm wide (2.9-8 mm wide for S.

cordifolium ); leaf base cuneate (cordate for S.

cordifolium ); sepals 2. l-2.5x0.2-0.3 mm (2.6-

3.5x0.4-07 mm for S. cordifolium ); capsules

0.5-0.8 mm wide (1-1.5 mm for S. cordifolium)

and seeds 0.25-0.3 mm long (0.4-0.5 mm long

for S. cordifolium ).

Conservation status: Not evaluated.

37. Stylidium cordifolium W.Fitzg., J. Proc. Roy.

Soc. Western Australia 3: 217 (1918).

Types: Isdell and King Rivers, 1905-6, W. V.

Fitzgerald (syn, n.vf Messmate Creek,

1905-6, W.V. Fitzgerald '(syn, n.v.);

between Isdell Range, 1905-6, W.V.

Fitzgerald (syn, n.v ).

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

Stylidium alsinoides var. cordifolium

Ewart, Jean White & B.Wood, Proc. Roy.

Soc. Victoria ser. 2,23:299 (1911). Types:

Port Darwin, 1890, M. Holtze 1171 (syn:

MEF); Isdell River; Graces Knob;

Messmate Creek in Packhorse range;

between Isdell Range and Mt Bartlett

(syn, n.v.).

Annual, 15—45 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.025-

0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base

not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous.

Leaves 8^10 per plant, scattered along stems,

obovate or orbicular, 3.5-8 mm long, 3.0-8 mm

wide, glabrous; apex acute; base cordate;

margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes absent.

Inflorescences 4-13 cm long, determinate,

monochasially cymose; branches glabrous.

Bracts lanceolate or ovate, 2-5 mm long,

glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels

absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear,

glabrous throughout or glandular-hairy at distal

end only. Sepals oblanceolate, with 3 free and

2 fused for more than half their length, 2.6-3.5

mm long, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, sparsely glandular-

hairy or glabrous, acute. Corolla pink or red,

glandular-hairy on tube and petals, or on petals

only; tube 0.7-1.3 mm long, without sinus.

Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached at top

of corolla tube, ovate, 0.5-0.7 mm long, thick or

thin, glabrous or glandular-hairy, obtuse or

acuminate, terminal appendage absent. Petals

laterally fused, (A1&P1)+(A2&P2). Anterior

petals 3.3—4.5 mm long, 1-1.8 mm wide, entire,

acute. Posterior petals 3.4-5 mm long, 1-1.8

mm wide, entire, acute. Column 3.5-5 mm long,

of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral

lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear,

7.5-18 mm long excluding sepals, 1-1.5 mm

wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves

coherent distally. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.4-0.5 mm

long, brown; surface lacunose, colliculate. Fig.

8A-D.

Specimens examined: Western Australia. Chapman

River, 55 km by road WSW of Karungi Station HS,

May 1976, Beauglehole 51509 (DNA); Barnett

Gorge, c. 250 km SW of Wyndham, Jun 1976,

Beauglehole 52341 (DNA); Gibb River road, 1.5 km

W of Lennard River Gorge turnoff, Jul 1974, Carr

4108 & Beauglehole 47886 (DNA); Vansittart Bay,

north Kimberley, May 1984, Chesterfield 352 &

Forbes (DNA, MEL); c. 12 km W of Mt Hann,

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

639

Fig 8. A-D: Stylidium cordifolium. A. habit><0.7; B. anterior view of flower and hypanthiumx5; C. developing

capsulex3; D. seedx20. E-H. Stylidium longissimum. E. habitx0.5; F. anterior view of flowerx5; G. developing

capsulex4; H. seedx40. A-D: Bean 12181; E, G-H: Bean 13671; F: Clarkson 5382.

640

Gardner Plateau, May 1993, Cowie 4313 & Stewart

(DNA); unnamed creek running into Pauline Bay,

north Kimberley, May 1984, Forbes 2169 (MEL).

Northern Territory. Berrimah Lagoon, S of Darwin,

May 1978, Carlquist 15384 (BRI, DNA); Site 55,

Mary River, May 1989, Clark 1753 (DNA); Melville

Island, Soldier Point road camp, Jun 1987, Clark 1209

& Orr (DNA); Berrimah, Darwin, Apr 1976, Dunlop

4140 (DNA, NSW); Kakadu N.P, Mar 1982, Dunlop

6234 (DNA); c. 8 km NNE of Jabiru, Apr 1995, Egan

4846 & Knox (DNA); Howard Springs, May 1995,

Egan 4985 (DNA); Port Darwin, 1890, Holtze 1171

(MEL); Nabarlek, Apr 1979, Rankin 2035 (BRI,

DNA, K); Adelaide River, Arnhem Hwy, Apr 1980,

Rankin 2248 (DNA). Queensland. Cook District:

4.8 km N of Kennedy River crossing on Peninsula

Development road, Jun 1981, Clarkson 3685 (BRI,

K, MO, NSW, PERTH, QRS, RSA); Bulleringa NP, 80

km NW of Mt Surprise, track to Red River past

Donkey Spring, Apr 1998, Forster PIF22595 & Booth

(BRI); Granite Creek road, below Walsh Bluff, Apr

1981, Gray 1948 (BRI, QRS); Dixie station. Cook

shire, Jun 1979, Weaver 33 (BRI). North Kennedy

District: 4 km west of Nymbool, via Mt Garnet, Aug

1997, Bean 12181 (BRI).

Reconstituted or spirit material examined:

Bean 12181 (2 fls); Clarkson 3685 (2 fls );Egan

4985 (3 fls); Gray 1948 (1 fl).

Distribution and habitat: Stylidium

cordifolium is distributed across tropical

Australia (Map 20). It often grows in or on the

margins of Melaleuca viridiflora swamps, in

moist sand. It can sometimes occur on moist

sandy creekbanks with Pandanus spp.,

grasses and sedges.

Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been

recorded from March to August

Affinities: S. cordifolium is closest to S.

javanicum. See notes under that species.

Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN

1994).

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to the Directors of the following

Herbaria for the loan of specimens: AAU, BM,

CANB, DNA, K, L, MEL, MO, NSW, P and

RSA; to Laurie Jessup for assisting me in

mastering the DELTA program; to Neil Snow

and Wayne Harris for guidance with cladistic

analysis; to Jian Wang for translating

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

descriptions of Chinese Stylidium species; to

Keith McDonald for taking me to Cape Melville

to find ‘pink bits’; to Chris Lyons for collecting

the excellent type material of S. confertum\ to

Paul Forster for collecting numerous stylidia

from various parts of Queensland; to Will Smith

for the illustrations and distribution maps; and

to Peter Bostock for the Latin diagnoses.

References

Barua, I.C. & Gogoi, A.K. (1995). Stylidium kunthii

Wallich ex DC. - a new record for Assam.

Journal of Economic and Taxonomic Botany

19(3): 501-4.

Bentham, G (1868). Stylidiaceae. In Flora Austral iensis

4: 1-37. London: L. Reeve & Co.

Bhaskar, V & Kushalappa, C.G. (1992). Stylidium

tenellum Swartz (Stylidiaceae) - a new record

for South India. Journal of the Bombay Natural

History Society 88: 465-6.

Britten, J. (1901). Illustrations of the Botany of

Captain Cook’s First Voyage, Part 2. London:

Trustees of the British Museum.

Brown, R. (1810). Prodromus Florae Novae

Hollandiae et Insulae van Diemen.

Candolle, A.P. de (1839). Prodromus systematis

naturalis regni vegetabilis 7(2). Paris: Treuttel

& Wurtz.

Carlquist, S. (1979). Stylidium in Arnhem Land: New

species, Modes of speciation on the sandstone

plateau, and comments on floral mimicry. Aliso

9(3): 411-61.

Craven, L.A. (1980). A review of the genus Calytrix

Labill. (Myrtaceae) in northern Australia.

Brunonia 3: 217-46.

Dallwitz, M.J., Paine, T.A., Zurcher, E.J. (1993).

DELTA User’s Guide, A General System for

Processing Taxonomic Descriptions, 4th ed.

East Melbourne: CSIRO.

Erickson, R. (1958). Triggerplants. Perth: Paterson

Brokensha Pty Ltd.

Farris, J.S. (1983). The logical basis of phylogenetic

inference. In N.I. Platnick & V.A.Funk (eds).

Advances in Cladistics Vol. 2\ Proceedings of

the second meeting of the Willi Hennig Society.

New York: Columbia University Press.

Felsenstein, J. (1985). Confidence limits on

phylogenies: an approach using the bootstrap.

Evolution 39: 783-91.

641

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

Fitzgerald, W.V. (1918). The botany of the

Kimberleys, north-west Australia. Journal and

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Western

Australia 3: 102-212

Haridasan, K., Kumar, Y, & Rao, R.R. (1983). Two

interesting plant records from Meghalaya.

Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society

79: 708-11.

Hong, D.Y. (ed.) (1983). Stylidiaceae. In Flora

Reipublicae Popularis Sinicae , Tomus 73 (2).

Beijing: Science Press.

Huq, A.M. (1986). Stylidiaceae. In M.S. Khan (ed.),

Flora of Bangladesh No 32. Bangladesh

National Herbarium: Bangladesh Agricultural

Research Council.

Lowrie, A & Kenneally, K.F. (1996). Stylidium

fimbriatum (Stylidiaceae), a new tropical species

of triggerplant from the Kimberley, Western

Australia. Nuytsia 10(3): 425-7.

Maddison, W.P. & Maddison, D.R. (1992) MacClade

Version 3 - Analysis of Phytogeny and

Character Evolution. Sinauer Associates:

Massachusetts, U.S.A.

Mckee, H.S. (1963). The Bleeser Botanical Collection

from Northern Australia. Contributions from

the New South Wales National Herbarium 3(4):

233-4.

Mildraed, G.W.J. (1908). in A. Engler (ed.). Das

Pflanzenreich Heft 35, Stylidiaceae. Leipzig:

Engelmann.

Slooten, D.R. van (1937). The Stylidiaceae of the

Netherlands Indies. Bulletin du Jardin

Botanique de Buitenzorg , Series III, Volume

14: 169-74.

Slooten, D.R.van(1954). Stylidiaceae. in Flora

Malesiana Ser. 1, 4: 529-32. Djakarta:

Noordhoff-Kolff N.V.

Swofford, D.L. (1993). PAUP: Phylogenetic Analysis

Using Parsimony. Version 3.1.1 Washington,

D.C.: Smithsonian Institution.

Vallance, T.G. (1990). Jupiter Botanicus in the bush:

Robert Brown’s Australian Field-work.

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New

South Wales 112: 49-86.

Wadhwa, B.M. (1997). Stylidiaceae. in M.D.

Dassanayake (ed.), A Revised Handbook to the

Flora of Ceylon, Volume XI. A.A. Rotterdam:

Balkema.

642 Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

Map 2. Distribution of O# Stylidium uliginosum, A A S.javanicum.

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

643

110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155

Map 4. Distribution of O# Stylidium tenerum, A S.divergens.

644

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

Map 5. Distribution of O# Stylidium muscicola, A A S.ensatum.

Map 6. Distribution of • Stylidium accedens.

Map 7. Distribution of O# Stylidium capillare.and AS.simulans.

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

645

Map 8. Distribution of O# Stylidium lobuliflorum.

Map 9. Distribution of O# Stylidium schizanthum

646

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

Map 10. Distribution of O • Stylidium pachyrrhizum, and A S.stenophyllnm.

Map 11. Distribution of O • Stylidium claytonioides, and AS.candelabrum.

Map 12. Distribution of O • Stylidium pedunculatum, and AS.perizostera.

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

647

Map 13. Distribution of O# Stylidium ericksoniae, and A S.confertum.

Map 14. Distribution of O • S.tenerrimum, and A A S.trichopodum.

Map 15. Distribution of O# Stylidium oviflorum, and A A S.fissilobum.

648

Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000)

Map 16. Distribution of + Stylidium longissimum% S.prophyllum,and AS.aquaticum.

Map 17. Distribution of O • Stylidium diffusion A A S.fluminense,and it S.nomination.

115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155

Map 18 Distribution of O • Stylidium rotundifolium.

Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia

649

115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155

Map 19. Distribution of • Stylidium dunlopianum. 'kS.fimbriatum.

Map 20. Distribution of • S. cor difolium.

Chromosome numbers of some Acanthaceae from Papua New

Guinea

Thomas F. Daniel

Summary

Daniel, Thomas F. (2000). Chromosome numbers of some Acanthaceae from Papua New Guinea.

Austrobaileya 5(4): 651-659. Meiotic chromosome numbers are reported for nine species

representing eight genera of Acanthaceae from Madang and Morobe provinces in Papua New

Guinea. Chromosome numbers of five species are reported for the first time and two new numbers

are reported for the widely cultivated species Graptophyllum pictum (L.) Griff. Chromosome

numbers obtained in Calycacanthus K.Schum. (n = 16) and Jadunia Lindau (n = ca 16) are the first

reported for these genera. Subfamilial relationships are discussed with respect to the chromosome

numbers now known for these and other Acanthaceae.

Keywords: Acanthaceae, chromosomes, Papua New Guinea, Aphelandra, Calycacanthus,

Graptophyllum, Hypoestes, Jadunia, Lepidagathis, Ruellia,Thunbergia

T.F. Daniel, Department of Botany, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San

Francisco, California 94118, U S A

Introduction

The pantropical family Acanthaceae comprise

more than 4000 species in some 230 genera.

Major concentrations of species occur in the

following regions: Mexico-Central America,

Andean South America, Brazil, tropical Africa,

Madagascar, India, southeastern mainland

Asia, and insular Malesia. Two subfamilial

classifications of Acanthaceae are currently in

use. That of Lindau (1895) includes all genera

of the family recognized up to its publication

but is now largely out of date and contains

many errors. Bremekamp’s 1965 revised

classification made some improvements on

Lindau’s, but did not assign all genera to

suprageneric taxa. An updated subfamilial

classification, based on both morphological

and DNA sequence data, is being formulated

(e.g., McDade et al. 2000, Manktelow et al. in

review, McDade et al. submitted).

Like many large and predominantly tropical

families of flowering plants, the Acanthaceae

remain relatively little-studied cytologically. In

1982, Saggoo and Bir reported that

chromosome numbers had been determined for

only about 219 species in the family, and Daniel

and Chuang (1998) noted that only 62 of the

Accepted for publication 5 January 2000

228 genera of Acanthaceae (i.e., 27%)

recognized in Brummitt (1992) have received

any cytological investigation. Whereas

Acanthaceae occurring in India and Mexico-

Central America have received the most

cytological attention, those in Madagascar and

insular Malesia have received little, if any, such

studies. Barker (1986) noted that no

cytological studies had been carried out on

Australian species either.

In 1992,1 had the opportunity to collect

cytological samples of Acanthaceae in Papua

New Guinea. Chromosome number

determinations based on acanthaceous plants

growing in Papuasia had not previously been

made. In the discussions that follow, Papuasia

refers to New Guinea and the Solomon Islands;

New Guinea refers to the nation of Papua New

Guinea (including the archipelagos of New

Britain and New Ireland) and the province of

Irian Jaya of the nation of Indonesia. Hoft (1992)

recognized 129 species in 30 genera (incorrectly

totaled as 32) of Acanthaceae in Papuasia. At

least 23 of these genera are native and four of

them are endemic there. Unfortunately, there is

no comprehensive systematic treatment of the

Acanthaceae of either Papuasia or the Malesian

region. The recognition of 129 species of the

family in Papuasia by Hoft (1992) is likely a

652

conservative estimate; for example, the genus

of at least one species that I observed as

naturalized in Papua New Guinea ( Blechum

pyramidatum (Lam.) Urb.) was not listed by

Hoft. For comparison, about 60 species of

Acanthaceae have been recognized from

Australia (Barker 1986, 1996), about 160

(including many cultivated ornamentals) were

treated as occurring in Java (Backer and

Bakhuizen van den Brink 1965), and 168 were

recognized earlier this century on the Malay

Peninsula (Ridley 1923).

In this study, meiotic chromosome

numbers are reported for nine species of

Acanthaceae occurring in Papua New Guinea

(Table 1). Six of these species ( Calycacanthus

magnusianus K.Schum .,Graptophyllwn

pictum (L.) Griff., Hypoestesfloribunda R.Br.,

Jadunia biroi (Lindau & K.Schum.) Lindau,

Lepidagathis royenii Bremek., and Ruellia

repens L.) are indigenous to the region, three

(C. magnusianus, G. pictum, and J. biroi ) are

presumed to be endemic there, and three

{Aphelandra sinclairiana Nees, Ruellia

tuberosa L., and Thunbergia grandiflora

Roxb.) are naturalized introductions.

Chromosome counts have been reported

previously for at least 20 acanthaceous species

that occur in Papuasia. None of these counts,

with the probable exception of Graptophyllum

pictum (see discussion below), was based on

plants from New Guinea or the Solomon Islands.

They encompass either widespread species that

occur indigenously in Papuasia (e.g., Acanthus

ilicifolius L.) or species that are native

elsewhere but which have become naturalized

in Papuasia (e.g., Ruellia tuberosa).

Materials and Methods

During July and August of 1992, buds, seeds,

and herbarium vouchers of Acanthaceae were

collected in Madang and Morobe provinces of

northeastern Papua New Guinea. Other

Acanthaceae were grown in a greenhouse in

San Francisco from seed collected in Madang

province. Voucher specimens of the latter were

made from the cultivated plants and the letters

“gh” follow the field-collection numbers for

them. Floral buds for chromosomal studies

were fixed in absolute ethanol:glacial acetic acid

Austrobaileya 5(4): 651- 659 (2000)

(3:1) for 24 hours and subsequently washed

and stored in 70% ethanol until processed.

Anthers were macerated in 1% ferric

acetocarmine and subsequently squashed on

a microscope slide. Chromosomes were studied

under oil immersion using a phase contrast

microscope at a magnification of 1 OOOx. Counts

from at least two cells were made for most

collections and all counts were verified by at

least three persons. Camera lucida drawings

were made of preparations from which counts

were obtained. Voucher specimens are

deposited at CAS and LAE. Camera lucida

drawings are attached to the vouchers at CAS.

Representative drawings for each of the

species native to Papua New Guinea are

illustrated. In the following discussions, all

previously published chromosome counts are

listed as n numbers irrespective of whether they

were originally reported as sporophytic or

gametophytic numbers. Voucher specimens, if

they exist, that document previous counts by

other workers have not been examined.

Results and Discussion

Chromosome numbers obtained from these

studies are summarized in Table 1. The

significance of each count is presented in the

following discussions of the genera studied.

AphelandraRBr.

Aphelandra is a neotropical genus of about

175 species. The genus is represented in New

Guinea by A. sinclairiana Nees, a native of

southern CentralAmerica. This showy species

with orange bracts and large, pink corollas is

sometimes cultivated for ornament and has

become naturalized in Madang Province. Our

count of n = 14 for this species agrees with

previously published counts for it based on

plants from neotropical habitats (McDade

1984). This number is also the most widely

known number in Aphelandra and likely

represents the basic number for the genus

(Daniel et al. 1990). Close relatives of

Aphelandra in Lindau’s (1895) Aphelandreae

(i.e., Holographis Nees and Stenandrium

Nees) both appear to have a basic number of =

13 (Daniel et al. 1984, 1990; Piovano and

Bemardello 1991)

Daniel, Acanthaceae from Papua New Guinea

Table 1. Meiotic chromosome numbers of someAcanthaceae from Papua New Guinea.

653

Species

Voucher

Aphelandra sinclairiana

Madang: Daniel & Forster 6523

Calycacanthus magnusianus

Madang: Daniel & Jebb 6518

Graptophyllum pictum

Madang: Daniel et al. 6525

G. pictum

Madang: Daniel etal. 6530

G. pictum

ca 20

Madang: Daniel 6611

G. pictum

Madang: Daniel 6624

Hypoestes floribunda

Madang: Daniel et al. 6551

Jadunia biroi

ca 16

Morobe: Daniel et al. 6603

Lepidagathis royenii

Madang: Daniel & Forster 6522

L. royenii

ca 21

Madang: Daniel et al. 6538

L. royenii

Madang: Daniel et al. 6607

L. royenii

ca 21

Madang: Daniel et al. 6609

Ruellia repens

Madang: Daniel 6610gh

Ruellia tuberosa

Madang: Daniel 6626gh

Thunbergia grandiflora

Madang: Daniel 6627

Several authors have suggested that x = 7 is

primitive for Acanthaceae (Grant 1955; Raven

1975; Piovano and Bemardello 1991; Daniel and

Chuang 1993). If so, x = 14 likely represents a

tetraploid derivative of this primitive basic

number, and * = 13 has evolved via both

polyploidy and dysploidy.

Calycacanthus K.Schum.

Calycacanthus is a unispecific genus endemic

to Papuasia. The count of n = 16 (Fig. 1) for C.

magnusianus is the first report of a

chromosome number in the genus.

Calycacanthus was included in tribe

Odontonemeae subtribe Odontoneminae by

Lindau (1895) and would be included in

Bremekamp’s (1965) tribe Justicieae subtribe

Odontoneminae. Chromosome numbers

reported for other genera of Lindau’s subtribe

comprise n= 11, 12, 14, 22, 23, and 28 (for

Siphonoglossa Oerst., now treated as

congeneric with Justicia L. of subtribe

Justiciinae); n — 15 (for Rhinacanthus Nggs, a

genus best treated in subtribe Justiciinae

according to Daniel and Chuang, 1998; for

information on a dubious and unconfirmable

report of n= 16 in this genus, see Daniel and

Chuang, 1998); n = 18 (for Streblacanthus

Kuntze and Razisea Oerst., the latter best

treated in subtribe Isoglossinae according to

Daniel, 1999); n = 20 (for Ecbolium Kurz); n =

21 (for Odontonema Nees, Oplonia Raf., and

Psender anthemum Radik.); and n = 42 (for

Mackaya Harvey). Thus, n = 16 is newly

reported for the subtribe as delimited by Lindau

(1895).

Graptophyllum Nees.

Graptophyllum comprises between 10 and 15

species occurring primarily in the southwestern

Pacific region. Barker (1986) noted three

species in New Guinea whereas Hoft (1992)

listed five as occurring in Papuasia. The only

previous reports of chromosome numbers in

the genus are for the widely cultivated species

G. pictum (L.) Griff., which has been reported

to have been probably derived from Papuasian

plants (e.g., Bailey 1949, Barker 1986). My

counts from wild population of this species do

not agree with previous reports for it, all of which

appear to have been based on cultivated plants.

Grant (1955) and Govindarajan and Subramanian

(1983, without citation of voucher) reported/? =

30 and Lakshmi and Bapa Rao (1977, without

citation of voucher) reported n = 18 for G

pictum.

654

Austrobaileya 5(4): 651- 659 (2000)

Fig 1. Camera lucida drawings of meiotic chromosome

preparation. Calycacanthus magnusianus ( Daniel &

Jebb 6518), metaphase I, n = 16.

During my studies, chromosome counts

were obtained from several cells at various

stages of meiosis in each of Daniel 6624 ( n =

21 ), Daniel 6525 (n = 21, Fig. 2A), and Daniel

6530 (;n = 20, Fig. 2B). Similar differences in

meiotic chromosome numbers among different

collections of the same taxon are uncommon

but not without precedent in the Acanthaceae.

For example, both n = 11 and n— 12 have been

reported for Elytraria imbricata (Vahl) Pers.

(Daniel et al. 1990) and Siphonoglossa ramosa

Oerst. (Hilsenbeck 1983), and both n- 22 and

n = 23 have been reported for 5. sessilis (Jacq.)

Oerst. (Hilsenbeck 1983). The single cell with

nearly countable chromosomes in Daniel 6611

can only be estimated to be n = ca 20 because

of dark cytoplasmic staining, overlapping of

the irregularly shaped chromosomes, and the

presence of dark granules.

Lindau (1895) incl uded Graptophyllum in

his tribe Graptophylleae along with a diverse

array of other genera, many of which

subsequently have been shown to be more

closely related to genera in other tribes.

Graptophyllum is similar in numerous

morphological features (e.g., presence of

staminodes, pollen type) to Pseuderanthemum

and its relatives (see Daniel 1995). This latter

assemblage also shares a chromosome number

of n = 21. Based on numbers so far reported

for G. pictum , a basic number of x = 10 is

suggested for Graptophyllum ; however,

Fig 2. Camera lucida drawings of meiotic

chromosome preparation. A.Graptophyllum pictum

{Daniel et al. 6525), metaphase I, n = 21. B.

G pictum {Daniel et al. 6530), metaphase I, n = 20.

655

Daniel, Acanthaceae from Papua New Guinea

this number is not currently known in the

genus. Determinations of chromosome

numbers for other species of Graptophyllum

will be necessary in order to confirm this or

establish another number as basic in the genus.

Graptophyllum pictum has long been

assumed to be native, and probably endemic,

to New Guinea (see discussion by Barker 1986).

My collections of the species from forest

habitats in Papua New Guinea differ from

cultivated plants (based on collections from

Hawaii, Panama, Papua New Guinea, and the

West Indies at CAS) by lacking variegated

coloring in the leaves, having narrower (less

than 1 mm wide vs. usually more than 1 mm

wide) and more attenuate calyx lobes, and

having fruits present. The cytological and

morphological differences between wild and

cultivated plants suggest either significant

alteration of plants through domestication or

the provenance of cultivated plants from

another region. Indeed, Fosberg et al. (1993)

suggest that G. pictum may be native to the

Moluccas rather than New Guinea.

HypoestesSol. exR.Br.

This genus consists of about 70 species

occurring in the tropics and subtropics of the

Old World. Two species of Hypoestes are

known from New Guinea. The count of n = 15

(Fig. 3) for H. floribunda R.Br., native to

Australia and New Guinea, is the first report of

a chromosome number for this species. It

agrees with most previously reported counts

for other species of Hypoestes (Daniel and

Chuang 1993,1998).

Using the key to varieties of H.

floribunda provided by Barker (198 6), Daniel

et al. 6551 would appear to be affiliated with

var. varia R.M.Barker. This variety was not

reported from New Guinea by Barker (1986).

Hypoestes floribunda var. neoguineensis

R.M.Barker was reported by Barker (1986) to

occur in the same general region of

northeastern Papua New Guinea where Daniel

et al. 6551 was collected. The pubescent

filaments and glandular corolla with a tube 8

mm in length and lobes 11 mm in length readily

distinguishDawz'e/etal. 6551 from that taxon.

Fig 3. Camera lucida drawing of meiotic chromosome preparation. Hypoestes floribunda ( Daniel et al

6551), late telophase II, n = 15.

656

Austrobaileya 5(4): 651- 659 (2000)

The recent report by Daniel and Chuang

(1998) of n = 30 for the African species

H aristata R.Br. suggests a basic number of x

= 15 for the genus. Meiotic complements of n

= 15 are also known in both Dicliptera Juss.

and Peristrophe Nees (Daniel and Chuang

1993, 1998), close relatives of Hypoestes in

Lindau’s (1895) tribe Odontonemeae subtribe

Diclipterinae.

JaduniaLindau.

This genus of two species is endemic to New

Guinea. Chromosome numbers have not been

reported for either of them. Few buds were

available for study and only an approximate

count of n = ca 16 (Fig. 4A) could be obtained

based on a single cell from J. biroi. In the

preparations from this species, the cytoplasm

stained darkly and the chromosomes were not

as clearly defined as illustrated.

Jadunia was treated by Lindau (1895)

in his subtribe Odontoneminae and he noted

affinities with Calycacanthus. A chromosome

count of n = 16 is noted above for the latter

genus.

LepidagathisWilld.

This genus of 100 or fewer species is mostly

paleotropical in distribution. Five species were

noted by Hoft (1992) as occurring in Papuasia.

Previous chromosome counts of n = 9-12, 21,

22, or 42 have been reported for nine species

(Daniel et al. 1990, see under Teliostachya Nees)

of the genus. My counts of n = 21 (Fig. 4B)

and n = ca 21 for L. royenii , a species known

from New Guinea and Queensland, Australia

(see Barker 1986), represent the first reports of

chromosome numbers for this species. A

chromosome number of n = 21 has also been

reported for L. formosensis C. B. Cl ark e exHayata

(Chuang et al. 1963), a species native to Taiwan

and the Ryukyu Islands.

Only approximate counts could be

obtained for two other collections of

L. royenii. Because of folded or possibly

overlapping chromosomes in the single cells of

Daniel et al. 6538 and 6609 with nearly countable

chromosomes, the exact number of chromosomes

(20 vs. 21 or 21 vs. 22 respectively) could not be

resolved. In both instances, however, it is likely

that 21 bivalents were present. Lindau (1895)

Fig 4. Camera lucida drawings of meiotic

chromosome preparation. A. Jadunia biroi ( Daniel

et al. 6603), diakinesis, n = ca 16. B. Lepidagathis

royenii ( Daniel et al. 6607), metaphase I, n = 21. C.

Ruellia repens ( Daniel 6610gh), metaphase I, n = 12.

Daniel, Acanthaceae from Papua New Guinea

included Lepidagathis in his tribe Barlerieae

and Bremekamp (1965) placed the genus “and

its nearest allies” into his tribe Lepidagathideae.

The only potential relative of Lepidagathis for

which a chromosome number has been

reported is Barleria. Daniel et al. (1990) noted

that n— 12, 15-21 had been reported for that

genus with n = 20 most prevalent. Given the

diversity of chromosome numbers so far

reported for Lepidagathis , the basic number

of the genus is not readily evident.

Morphological variation among

collections of this species was noted by Barker

(1986). Among the collections from which

chromosome counts were determined, Daniel

& Forster 6522 and Daniel et al. 6609 have

bracts and bracteoles 3-5 mm long with the

abaxial surfaces pubescent with two layers of

trichomes (a dense layer of glandular trichomes

and a subtending layer of eglandular

trichomes); Daniel et al. 6607 has bracts and

bracteoles 6-6.5 mm long with the abaxial

surfaces pubescent with three layers of

trichomes (an upper layer of eglandular

trichomes, a middle layer of sparse glandular

trichomes, and a lower layer of eglandular

trichomes); and Daniel et al. 6538 has bracts

and bracteoles 7.5-9 mm long, apically

caudate-awned, and abaxially pubescent with

three layers of trichomes (as in Daniel et al.

6607).

RuelliaL.

In the broad sense in which this genus is often

interpreted, it comprises some 250 species

occurring worldwide. Hoft (1992) noted that

13 species of Ruellia are known from Papuasia.

A meiotic complement of n = 17 is known for

more than 50 species in this morphologically

diverse genus (Daniel and Chuang 1998). My

count of n = 17 for R. tuberosa, native to the

West Indies and northern South America and

naturalized in New Guinea, agrees with the

majority of previous counts for this species

(e.g., Grant 1955; De 1966;VermaandDhillon

1967; Gill 1971; Long 1976; Valsala Deri and

Mathew 1982) and for other species of the

genus (Daniel et al. 1990). However, occasional

reports of n = 16 have been published for R.

tuberosa (e.g., Sugiura 1936, without citation

of voucher; Ellis 1962, without citation of

657

voucher; SubramanianandGovindarajan 1980;

Govindarajan and Subramanian 1983, without

citation of voucher).

The chromosome number of R. repens L.,

native to southeastern mainland Asia and

insular Malesia, is reported here for the first

time as n = 12 (Fig. 4C). This number has not

been reported previously in Ruellia and is the

lowest number known for any species of the

genus. Recently, Daniel and Chuang (1998)

reported n = 24 for the Brazilian species

R. macrantha (Nees) Mart, ex B.D.Jacks, and

the paleotropical species R. prostrata Poir. The

latter species is morphologically similar to

R. repens and both are sometimes treated in

Dipteracanthus Nees (e.g., Bremekamp and

Nannenga-Bremekamp 1948). It is increasingly

apparent that chromosome numbers in Ruellia

are somewhat more diverse than previously

suspected. Based on chromosome numbers

now known for this genus, probable basic

numbers for it includex = 12 andx = 17.

Ruellia was treated by Lindau (1895) in

his tribe Ruellieae and by Bremekamp (1965) in

his subtribe Ruelliinae. Chromosome numbers

reported for other genera included in these taxa

are n = 25 in Lankesteria Lindl. (Mangenot and

Mangenot 1962) and n = 15,17,19,21,22, and

42 (e.g., Grant 1955, Kaur 1970) in Eranthemum

Thunbergia Retz.

Thunbergia comprises about 100 species

native in the Paleotropics. Numerous species

are widely cultivated and some have become

naturalized. At least three, and perhaps five,

species of Thunbergia are known from New

Guinea. All but one (i.e., T. papuana Bremek.,

which according to Barker (1986) might be

synonymous with T. arnhemica F.Muell.)

appear to be naturalized there. My count of n

= 28 for T. grandiflora Roxb. (native to southern

Asia and apparently introduced and naturalized

in New Guinea) agrees with most previous

counts for the species (e.g., Daniel and Chuang

1989, 1998; Grant 1955; Kaur 1970, without

citation of voucher). Older counts of n = 14

(Nanda 1962, without citation of voucher) and

n = ca 14 (Darlington and JanakiAmmal 1945,

without citation of voucher) have also been

reported for the species. If these latter counts

658

are accurate, then the population I sampled in

New Guinea would appear to be tetraploid

within the species. Discussions of chromosome

numbers in Thunbergia were provided by

Daniel and Chuang (1989,1998).

Conclusions

Some of the same chromosomal patterns that

were summarized by Daniel and Chuang (1993,

1998) and Daniel et al. (1984, 1990) were

observed among Acanthaceae occurring in

Papua New Guinea: widely divergent

chromosome numbers within a genus ( Ruellia ),

dysploidy within a species ( Graptophyllum

pictum ), and relatively high (i.e., n— 14 or more)

haploid numbers for most species. Such

chromosomal rearrangements among

Acanthaceae have probably led to some of

the proliferation in numbers of taxa in this large

family.

Four of the genera studied here

(Calycacanthus, Graptophyllum, Hypoestes,

and Jadunia) would be included within

Bremekamp’s (1965) tribe Justicieae subtribe

Odontoneminae. The diversity of chromosome

numbers encountered among them reflects that

reported for other genera of the subtribe from

other geographic regions (Daniel and Chuang

1993). Daniel and Chuang (1993) indicated that

some of these numbers correlate with other

characters and should be useful in recognizing

natural groupings within the Odontoneminae.

The importance of knowledge of chromosome

numbers for discerning systematic

relationships among taxa of Acanthaceae has

been demonstrated previously (Daniel and

Chuang 1993,1998; Daniel etal. 1984,1990).

Further determinations of chromosome

numbers among Papuasian and Australian

Acanthaceae should assist in the elucidation

of their taxonomy and phylogeny.

Acknowledgements

My fieldwork in Papua New Guinea was made

possible by a fellowship from the Christensen

Research Institute. I am most thankful to that

institute and its then director, Matthew Jebb,

for facilitating my studies and for providing a

hospitable research environment. I am grateful

to M. Jebb, P. Forster, and D. Liddle for

Austrobaileya 5(4): 651- 659 (2000)

assistance in the field; to D. Liddle for arranging

for shipment of bud samples; and to

T.I. Chuang, F.M. Chuang, and F. Almeda for

assistance with chromosome preparations and

interpretations.

References

Backer, C.A. & Bakhuizen Van Den Brink J.R., R.C.

(1965). Flora of Java, vol. II. Groningen: N.V.P.

Noordhoff.

Bailey, L.H. (1949). Manual of Cultivated Plants.

New York: MacMillan Publishing Co.

Barker, R.M. (1986). A taxonomic revision of

Australian Acanthaceae. J. Adelaide Bot. Card.

9: 1-286.

-(1996). Additional species, new combinations

and other notes on Acanthaceae of Australia.

J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 17: 137-152.

Bremekamp, C.E.B. (1965). Delimitation and subdivision

of the Acanthaceae. Bull. Bot. Surv. India 7:

21-30.

Bremekamp, C.E.B & Nannenga-Bremekamp, N.E.(1948).

A preliminary survey of the Ruelliinae

(Acanthaceae) of the Malay Archipelago and

New Guinea. Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch.,

Afd. Natuurk., Tweede Sect. 45: 1-39.

Brummitt, R. (1992). Vascular plant families and

genera. Kew: Royal Botanic Gardens.

Chuang, T.I., Chao, C.Y., HU, W.W.L. & Kwan, S.C.

(1963). Chromosome numbers of the vascular

plants of Taiwan. I. Taiwania 8: 51-66.

Daniel, T.F. (1995). Revision of Odontonema

(Acanthaceae) in Mexico. Contr. Univ.

Michigan Herb. 20: 147-171.

- (1999). Revision of Stenostephanus

(Acanthaceae) in Mexico. Contr. Univ.

Michigan Herb. 22: 47-93.

Daniel, T.F. & Chuang, T.I. (1989). Chromosome

numbers of some cultivated Acanthaceae.

Baileya 23: 86-93.

-(1993). Chromosome numbers of New World

Acanthaceae. Syst. Bot. 18: 283-289.

-(1998). Chromosome numbers of cultivated

Acanthaceae and systematic implications. In

Mathew, P. & Sivadasan, M. (eds.), Diversity

and Taxonomy of Tropical Flowering Plants.

Calicut: Mentor Books.

Daniel, T.F., Chuang, T.I. & Baker, M.A. (1990).

Chromosome numbers of American

Acanthaceae. Syst. Bot. 15: 13-25.

Daniel, Acanthaceae from Papua New Guinea

Daniel, T.F., Parfitt, B.D. & Baker, M.A. (1984).

Chromosome numbers and their systematic

implications in some North American

Acanthaceae. Syst. Bot. 9: 346-355.

Darlington, C.D. & Janaki Ammal, E.K. (1945).

Chromosome Atlas of Cultivated Plants.

London: George Allen & Unwin.

De, A. (1966). Cytological, anatomical and

palynological studies as an aid in tracing affinity

and phylogeny in the family Acanthaceae. I.

Cytological Studies. Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 29:

139-175.

Ellis, J.L. (1962). Chromosome numbers in some

members of Acanthaceae. Sci. & Cult. 28: 191—

192.

Fosberg, R.F, Sachet, M.-H. & Oliver, R.L. (1993).

Flora of Micronesia, 5: Bignoniaceae-

Rubiaceae. Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 81: 1-135.

Gill, L.S. (1971). Chromosome numbers in certain

West-Himalayan bicarpellate species. Bull.

Torrey Bot. Club 98: 281.

GoVINDARAJAN, T. & SlJBRAMANIAN, D. (1983).

Karyomorphological studies in South Indian

Acanthaceae. Cytologia 48: 491-504.

Grant, W.F. (1955). A cytogenetic study in the

Acanthaceae. Brittonia 8: 121-150.

Hilsenbeck, R.A. (1983). In IOPB chromosome number

reports LXXX. Taxon 32: 505-506.

Hoft, R. (1992). Plants of New Guinea and the

Solomon Islands, Dictionary of the genera and

families of flowering plants and ferns. Wau

Ecology Institute Handbook 13: 1-169.

Kaur, J. (1970). Chromosome numbers in

Acanthaceae-V. Sci. & Cult. 36: 103-106.

Lindau, G. (1895). Acanthaceae. Pp. 274-354 in

H.G.A. Engler and K.A.E. Prantl (eds ). Die

Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien 4 (3b). Leipzig:

Wilhelm Engelmann.

Long, R.W. (1976). Biosystematics of Ruellia tuberosa

L. (Acanthaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 63: 951-959.

Mcdade, L.A. (1984). Systematic and reproductive

biology of the Central American species of

the Aphelandra pulcherrima complex

(Acanthaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 71:

104-165.

659

Mcdade, L.A., Masta, S.E., Moody, M.L. & Waters, E.

(2000). Phylogenetic relationships among

Acanthaceae: evidence from two genomes. Syst.

Bot. 25: 105-120.

Mcdade, L.A., Daniel, T.F., Masta, S.E. & Riley, K.M.

(submitted). Phylogenetic relationships among

the tribe Justicieae (Acanthaceae): evidence

from molecular sequences, morphology, and

cytology. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.

Mangenot, S. & Mangenot, G. (1962). Enquete sur les

nombres chromosomiques dans une collection

d’especes tropicales. Rev. Cytol. Biol. Veg. 25:

411-447.

Manktelow, M., Mcdade, L.A., Oxelman, B., Furness,

C.A. & Balkwill, M.-J. (in review). The

enigmatic tribe Whitfieldieae (Acanthaceae):

delimitation and phylogenetic relationships

based on molecular and morphological data.

Syst. Bot.

Nanda, P.C. (1962). Chromosome number of some

trees and shrubs. J. Indian Bot. Soc. 41: 271—

277.

Poivano, M.A. & Bernardello, L.M. (1991).

Chromosome numbers in Argentinean

Acanthaceae. Syst. Bot. 16: 89-97.

Raven, P.H. (1975). The bases of angiosperm

phylogeny: cytology. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.

62: 724-764.

Ridley, H.N. (1923). The Flora of the Malay

Peninsula , vol. II.London: L. Reeve & Co.

Saggoo, M.I.S. & Bir, S.S. (1982). Cytological studies

of certain Acanthaceae from Central India.

Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. 91: 479-486.

SUBRAMANIAN, D. & GOVINDARAJAN, T. (1980).

Cytotaxonomy of some species of

Acanthaceae. J. Cytol. Genet. 15: 90-92.

Sugiura, T. (1936). Studies on the chromosome

numbers in higher plants, with special reference

to cytokinesis, I. Cytologia 7: 544-595.

Valsala Devi, G. & Mathew, P.M. (1982). In IOPB

chromosome number reports LXXVII. Taxon

31: 773.

Verma, S.C. & Dhillon, S.S. (1967). In IOPB

chromosome number reports XI. Taxon 16:

215-222.

Wahlenbergia celata (Campanulaceae), a new species from

central Queensland

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster, Paul I. (2000). Wahlenbergia celata (Campanulaceae), a new species from central

Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(4): 661-665. Anew species Wahlenbergia celata P.I.Forst. is described

and illustrated. It belongs to the group of fleshy-rooted, lithophytic Wahlenbergia species that is

endemic in Queensland and the extreme north-east of New South Wales. Four species are now

recognised in this group with new distributional data presented for the previously described species.

An identification key to the species in this group is provided.

Keywords: Campanulaceae, Wahlenbergia- Australia; Wahlenbergia celata , Wahlenbergia glabra ,

Wahlenbergia islensis , Wahlenbergia scopulicola

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong,

Queensland 4066, Australia

Introduction

A comprehensive revision of the genus

Wahlenbergia in Australia was provided by

Smith (1992) wherein some twenty-six species

were recognised, including several new taxa.

Smith (1992) did not formalise an infrageneric

classification for Wahlenbergia but did

recognise a number of informal groups based

on shared character states.

The first of these groups he called the

“W. scopulicola Group” and defined it by the

shared characters of being “Densely tufted

perennials with much-branched stems and

short inflorescences, typically with only

solitary flowers..."with “deeply campanulate

corollas and hemispherical capsules”. Three

species were included in this group, namely W.

glabra P.J.Sm., W. islensis P.J.Sm. and W.

scopulicola Carolin ex P.J.Sm., all endemic to

southern Queensland, although W. scopulicola

occurs in New South Wales by about 50 m at

Mt Lindesay. An additional shared character

state for these three species is the fleshy,

tuberous tap-root that anchors the plant into

crevices in the rocky substrates inhabited by

all of them. Unlike the remaining, generally wide-

ranging species of Australian Wahlenbergia ,

the species of this group are restricted

endemics in cliffline microsites.

Ongoing fieldwork in Queensland has

revealed a number of additional populations of

Wahlenbergia that can be assigned to Smith’s

Group 1. One undescribed species is present

in this material and is described in this paper.

There are now a number of additional

collections of the previously described species

from new localities not seen by Smith (1992)

and data is also presented on these.

Taxonomy

Materials and methods

This revision is primarily based on collections

held at BRI (as at early 1999) and CANB

(examined prior to 1993). All species have been

examined in the field. Description format is

derived from that of Smith (1992).

l.Wahlenbergia celata P.I.Forst., sp. nov. W.

scopulicola Carolin ex P.J.Sm. afFmis, sed

sepalis lineari-lanceolatis 2.5^1 mm longis

(adversum sepala angusti-triangularia

1.5-2.2 mm longa), corollae

Accepted for publication 5 January 2000

662

lobis multo brevioribus angustioribusque,

2-3 mmx2-2.2 mm (adversum lobos

ellipticos ad ovatos et 5-9 mmx2.5-3.5

mm) et lobis stigmaticis longioribus ab

eadifferens. Typus: Queensland.

Leichhardt District: Bluebell Rock, State

Forest 34, Ruined Castle Creek catchment,

7 Nov 1998, P.I.Forster PIF23930 &

R.Booth & R.Crane (holo: BRI; iso: BRI,

K, MEL).

Perennial herb with a thickened taproot, tufted,

many-stemmed. Stems 5-25 cm long,

decumbent or pendent, crowded, much-

branched, sparsely hirsute; hairs to 0.5 mm

long. Leaves alternate, rarely subopposite,

elliptic, obovate or oblanceolate, becoming

predominantly oblanceolate towards the top

of the stems, 4-30 mm long, 0.8-7 mmm wide,

apex obtuse to acute, base cuneate, petiolate

for up to 2 mm, sparsely hirsute; margins entire

or irregularly toothed, slightly recurved.

Flowers solitary; pedicels 10-50 mm long,

hirsute in lower half, + glabrous in upper half,

without bracteoles. Hypanthium hemispherical,

1.5-2.2 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm diameter, glabrous.

Sepals 5, erect to slightly spreading,

linear-lanceolate, 2.5^1 mm long, 0.4-1 mm wide

at base, with scattered indumentum. Corolla

deeply campanulate, blue; puberulous inside

at base, otherwise glabrous; tube 4-5 mm long,

3-4 mm diameter, longer than the sepals; lobes

5, triangular, the apex acute, 2-3 mm long, 2-

2.2 mm wide at the base. Stamens 5, filaments

1-1.2 mm long, white; anthers 2-2.5 mm long.

Austrobaileya 5(4): 661-665 (2000)

Ovary 3-locular. Style 4-5 mm long, 3-fid,

indistinctly constricted 1/2 to 2/3 below from

the stigmatic lobes and covered with pollen

presenting hairs above the constriction; 0 or 1

gland below each stigmatic cleft; stigmatic

lobes 1.2-1.5 mm long. Capsule hemispherical,

3-5 mm long, 3-4 mm diameter, glabrous. Seeds

oblong, 0.4-0.5 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diameter,

tan-brown. Fig. 1.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland.

Leichhardt District: [all NW of Taroom] Palmgrove

N.P., Nov 1998, Forster PIF23734 & Booth (BRI,

MEL, NSW); S.F.35 [now S.F.50], upper reaches of

Sandy Creek, Nov 1998, Forster PIF23900 & Booth

(BRI); Ralphs Big Rock, S.F.34 [now S.F.50], Ruined

Castle Creek catchment, Nov 1998, Forster

PIF23934 et al. (AD, BRI, K, MEL, NSW);

Glenhaughton Gorge, Expedition N.P., Sep 1999,

Forster PIF24792 et al. (AD, BRI, MEL);

Glenhaughton Gorge, Expedition N.P., Sep 1999,

Forster PIF24829 et al. (BRI, MEL).

Distribution and habitat: Wahlenbergia

celata has been found to date at five localities

with four in close proximity in the Bigge Range

north-west of Taroom. Plants grow on heavily

weathered sandstone clifflines on large isolated

monoliths or in deeply incised gorges. The

surrounding eucalypt dominated woodland

comprises admixtures of Corymbia citriodora

(Hook.) KD.Hill & L.A.S Johnson,C. watsoniana

(F.Muell.) K.D.Hill & L. A. S. Johnson, Eucalyptus

apothalassica L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill, E.

fibrosaF.Mudl , E. tenuipes (Maiden & Blakely)

Blakely & C.T.White and Lysicarpus

angustifolius (Hook.) Druce. Species in close

Key to the fleshy-rooted, lithophytic species of Wahlenbergia in Queensland and New South

Wales

1. Leaves hairy, petiolate .2

Leaves glabrous, sessile.3

2. Sepals linear-lanceolate, 2.5^1 mm long; corolla lobes triangular with acute tip,

2-3 mm long, 2-2.2 mm wide at base; stigmatic lobes 1.2-1.5 mm long.W. celata

Sepals narrow-triangular, 1.5-2.2 mm long; corolla lobes elliptic to ovate

with acute tip, 5-9 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide at base; stigmatic lobes

0.5-1.3 mm long. W. scopulicola

3. Corolla lobes 5.5-9 mm long; leaves subopposite, narrowly elliptic,

2.5^1 mm wide. W. glabra

Corolla lobes 3.5-5.5 mm long; leaves all alternate, linear, < 1.5 mm wide. W. islensis

Forster, Wahlenbergia celata

association on the rockfaces include

Conospermum sphacelatum Hook.,

Leptospermum sericatum Lindl., Logania

cordifolia Hook, and Mitrasacme oasena

Dunlop. At one locality W. celata is closely

sympatric with W. islensis but seems to be

restricted to moister microsites.

Notes: Wahlenbergia celata is perhaps most

closely allied to W. scopulicola that is endemic

to the Scenic Rim of south-east Queensland

(Forster 1994). The two species are disjunct by

c. 500 km and differ primarily in floral characters.

W. celata has sepals that are linear-lanceolate

and 2.5-4 mm long; corolla lobes that are

triangular with an acute tip, 2-3 mm long and

2-2.2 mm wide at the base; and stigmatic lobes

1.2-1.5 mm long. By comparison W. scopulicola

has sepals that are narrow-triangular and 1.5-

2.2 mm long; corolla lobes that are elliptic to

ovate with an acute tip, 5-9 mm long and 2.5-

3.5 mm wide at the base; and stigmatic lobes

0.5-1.3 mm long. Smith (1992) stated that W.

scopulicola has sepals up to 3 mm long, but I

have not seen this extreme on the available

material. Wahlenbergia celata also has

considerably less hairy foliage than plants of

W. scopulicola from the type locality (Mt

Lindesay) and an additional site at Mt Cougal.

A population of W. scopulicola at Bushrangers

Cave near Numinbah has only sparsely hairy

foliage and was initially segregated as a

separate entity (Henderson 1997), but does not

differ in other characters from the type material.

Hence the density of foliage indumentum does

not appear to be a useful character to differentiate

between W. celata and W. scopulicola.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

the Latin word celatus (concealed) and refers

to the primary habitat of this species in incised

sandstone gorges.

Conservation status: The known localities are

contained within two National Parks and one

State Forest at pristine sites unlikely to be

disturbed in the forseeable future. On present

knowledge the species is restricted in

occurrence but locally abundant. The area is

poorly explored and contains many hectares

of such habitat and it is highly likely that the

663

species will be found to be quite common in

the area. No conservation coding is

recommended.

2. Wahlenbergia glabraP.J.Sm.,Telopea 5:113

(1992). Type: Queensland Moreton

District: near the summit of Mt Cordeaux,

Dec 1973 ,PJ. Smith 55 (holo: NSWn.v.).

Recent (post 1990) specimens examined:

Queensland. Darling Downs District: The Steamers,

E of Emu Vale, May 1990, Bean 1539 (BRI, NSW);

Mt Huntley, western slopes, Oct 1992, Forster

PIF11841 et at. (BRI, MEL); Condamine Gorge, near

Paddys Knob, Mar 1993, Sparshott KS41 & Sparshott

(BRI). Moreton District: Mt Mitchell, Cunningham’s

Gap, Aug 1992, Forster PIF11097 & Reilly (BRI,

MEL, NSW); Mt Cordeaux, Aug 1992, Forster

PIF11181 & Reilly (BRI); Wilson’s Peak, Main Range

N.P., Oct 1992, Halford Q1537 (BRI); Southern

summit of Mt Doubletop, Main Range S of

Cunninghams Gap, Aug 1994, Leiper AQ632132

(BRI).

Notes: W. glabra has been found at a number

of additional localities within the range as

previously described by Smith (1992). It is

endemic to the “Scenic Rim” of south-east

Queensland (Forster 1994). Wahlenbergia

glabra does not co-occur with W. scopulicola

and is found in more westerly parts of the

Scenic Rim on trachyte substrates.

3. Wahlenbergia islensis P.J.Sm., Telopea 5:

114 (1992). Type: Queensland. Leichardt

District: near Isla Gorge, 13 Sep 1974,

P.J. Smith 132 (holo: NSWn.v.).

Recent (post 1990) specimens examined:

Queensland. Leichardt District: Robinson Gorge N.P

[now Expedition N.P], Sep 1992, Forster PIF11290

& Sharpe (AD, BRI, MEL, NSW); Robinson Gorge,

Expedition N.P, Sep 1995, Forster PIF17787 & Figg

(BRI); Bluebell Rock, S.F.34 [now S.F.50], Ruined

Castle Creek catchment, NW of Taroom, Nov 1998,

Forster PIF23927 et al. (AD, BRI, MEL, NE, NSW);

Bat Cave Gorge, Palmgrove N.P., Sep 1999, Forster

PIF24728 & Booth (BRI, MEL); Turpentine Gorge,

Palmgrove N.P., Sep 1999, Forster PIF24770 &

Booth (BRI, MEL).

Notes: W. islensis is now known from several

more easterly localities in the Expedition and

Bigge Ranges than known to Smith (1992). This

species has been found only on sandstone

clifflines. At Bluebell Rock the species is

closely sympatric with W. celata but occurs in

drier microsites.

664

Austrobaileya 5(4): 661-665 (2000)

Fig. 1 . Wahlenbergia celata. A. habit of flowering and fruiting plant. x0.5. B. single leaf showing indumentum. x5.

C. flower.x5. D. expanded corolla.x5. E. fruit.x5. F. style.xlO. A,B,E from Forster PIF23930 et al.(BRI); C,D,F

from Forster PIF23934 et al. (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

Forster, Wahlenbergia celata

4. Wahlenbergia scopulicola Carolin ex P. J. Sm.,

Telopea 5: 111 (1992). Type: Queensland/

New South Wales. Moreton/North

Coast: Mt Lindesay, 31 May 1959, R.C.

Carolin 964 (holo: NSWn.v.).

Wahlenbergia sp. (Numinbah P.I.Forster

+PIF13868) (Henderson 1997).

Recent (post 1990) specimens examined:

Queensland. Moreton District: The Cougals,

Springbrook N.P., Mt Cougal section, Oct 1994,

Forster PIF15854 & Leiper (BRI); Above the

“Bushrangers” cave, lower slopes of Mt Wagawn, Nov

1992, Leiper AQ548270 (BRI); Bushrangers Cave, 1

km W of Numinbah Border gate, Sepl993, Forster

PIF13868 & Leiper (BRI). New South Wales. S.

face of Mt Lindesay, Nov 1990, Halford 369 (BRI,

MEL, NSW).

Notes: W. scopulicola is endemic to the Scenic

Rim of south-east Queensland (Forster 1994).

This species was known to Smith (1992) only

from Mt Lindesay, but has now been found at

two more easterly localities in the Scenic Rim.

Wahlenbergia scopulicola occurs on rhyolite

substrates and is more easterly in its distribution

than W. glabra.

665

Acknowledgements

This paper is dedicated to the late Ralph Crane

who was present when this species was first

discovered.

Thanks to W. Smith (BRI) for the

illustrations and PBostock (BRI) for translation

of the diagnosis into Latin and comments on

the manuscript. Fieldwork in the “Scenic Rim”

of Queensland in 1992 was facilitated with a

National Estate grant to study montane

heathland. Assistance with fieldwork on which

materials pertinent to this paper were collected,

was provided by R.Booth (BRI), F.Carter

(QPWS - Taroom), R.Crane, S.Figg (formerly

BRI), GLeiper, R.Reilly (formerly BRI) and

PR Sharpe.

References

Forster, P.I. (1994). Bill Tullock Memorial Lecture

1994. “Flora of the Scenic Rim”. SGAP Qld.

Region Bulletin 33: 29-36.

Henderson, R.J.F. (1997). Campanulaceae. In

Henderson, R.J.F. (ed ), Queensland Plants

Names and Distribution , pp. 41-42. Brisbane:

Department of Environment.

Smith, P.J. (1992). A revision of the genus

Wahlenbergia (Campanulaceae) in Australia.

Telopea 5: 91-175.

The Identity of Flindersia pimenteliana and F. oppositifolia

(Rutaceae): Evidence from DNA sequences

Kirsten D. Scott, Wayne K. Harris and Julia Play ford.

Summary

Scott, Kirsten D., Harris, Wayne K. & Playford, Julia. (2000). The Identity of Flindersia

pimenteliana and F. oppositifolia (Rutaceae): Evidence from DNA sequences. Austrobaileya 5(4):

667-669. Nucleotide sequencing of two independent genomic regions has shown that two Flindersia

species, F. oppositifolia F.Muell and F. pimenteliana F.Muell were genetically indistinguishable.

This coupled with supporting morphological observations by Hartley (1969) and Whiffin (1982)

has lead us to reassess the taxonomic status of the two species. The new recombination is

Flindersia pimenteliana F.Muell. forma oppositifolia (F.Muell.) K. D. Scott, W. K. Harris &

J.Playford, comb. & stat. nov.

Key words: Rutaceae, Flindersia pimenteliana, Flindersia oppositifolia DNA sequences, systematics,

Australia

Kirsten D.Scott: Centre for Plant Conservation Genetics, Military Rd, PO Box 157, Fismore

2480.

Corresponding author; email: kscott@zen.uq.edu.au

Wayne K.Harris: Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha

Road,Toowong QFD 4066

Julia Playford: Department of Botany and the Co-operative Research Centre for Tropical Rainforest

Ecology and Management, The University of Queensland, St. Fucia, Queensland 4072

Introduction

The genus Flindersia R.Br. is a predominantly

Australian group with one species in the

Moluccas, one in New Caledonia and four in

New Guinea (Hartley 1969). The genus has 17

species in total, and they are found from

rainforest through to semi-arid habitats. During

a study on the molecular phylogeny of the

genus (Scott et al. , in press) it became apparent

that F. oppositifolia and F. pimenteliana were

anomalous, in that their nucleotide sequences

in two different genomic regions were identical.

This coupled with the observations and

conclusions of Hartley (1969) that the two

species were very closely related andWhiffin’s

(1982) conclusion that F. oppositifolia

(F.Muell.) was a ‘highly derived montane form’

of F. pimenteliana F.Muell. has lead us to

reassess the taxonomic status of the two

species.

Accepted for publication 7 April 2000

Methods

DNA was extracted from 3 individuals of F.

oppositifolia and F. pimenteliana from both

fresh and herbarium material, using the

extraction protocol of Scott and Playford (1996).

PCR of both the chloroplast and the nuclear

DNA fragments was in a 25pi volume

containing: 1.5 mM MgCl 0 ,10 mM KC1,20 mM

Tris-HCl (pH8.7), 10 mM (NH 4 ), S0 4 , 5 pi of

Qmix (Qiagen, Clifton Hill), 0.2 mM each dNTP,

0.25 pM each primer (chloroplast primers e and

f; Taberlet et al. 1991: nuclear ITS-1 primers;

GN1 - Scott and Playford 1996, and C1-5’ TAC

GTT CTT CAT CGA TGC GA 3’ G.Graham

personal communication), 1.25 U Taq

polymerase (Qiagen, Clifton Hill) and 20 ng

DNA. Thermal cycling was in a FTS-1 Thermal

Sequencer (Corbett Research, Mortlake) on a

program of 94°C for 20 s, 55°C for 20 s, and

72°C for 90 s, for 35 cycles. 3 pi of each reaction

were run on a 1% TBE agarose gel to confirm

amplification. The remaining PCR product was

purified by the addition of an equal volume of

668

PEG buffer (30% Polyethylene Glycol 8000,30

mM MgClQ, followed by a 10 min centrifugation

at 15 000 g. The pellet was rinsed with 70%

ethanol, dried and resuspended in 10 pi of sterile

MQ water for sequencing. Sequencing was in

a 20 pi volume containing 8 pi of ABI dye

terminator chemistry (Perkin Elmer, Melbourne),

0.05 pM of primer and 50 ng of PCR product.

The sequencing reaction was in a FTS-1

Thermal sequencer (Corbett Research,

Mortlake) with a program of 96°C for 10 s, 50°C

for 15 s and 60°C for 4 min, for 25 cycles.

Sequences were run on an ABI 373A DNA

sequencer. Sequences were aligned using

Sequence Navigator (Applied Biosystems Inc,

Verl 1994).

Results

Two gene fragments were sequenced in both

directions for the construction of a molecular

phylogeny of Flindersia (Scott et al. , in press).

The two fragments were the ITS-1 spacer

(including 68 bp of 18S rRNA gene and 20 bp

of 5.8S rRNA) which is nuclear, and the

intergenic spacer between trnL-trnE of the

chloroplast. The ITS-1 being nuclear is

biparentally inherited, while the chloroplast

trnL-trnE would be maternally inherited, as

chloroplasts are maternally inherited in most

plants. Both DNA fragments were able to

differentiate every species within the genus,

with the exception of F. pimenteliana and

F. oppositifolia (Scott et al. in press). The ITS-1

fragment in A pimenteliana and F. oppositifolia

was 311 base pairs long. Sequence divergence

for ITS-1 ranged from 1.2-13.4% between

species pairs, with the exception of

F. pimenteliana and F. oppositifolia that were

identical. Similar studies using ITS-1 have

reported sequence divergences of 5-48.9%

between species in the genus Gentiana (Yuan

et al. 1996), and 0.7-21 % between species pairs

in Fraxinus (Jeandroz et al. 1997). Given that

the resolution of the ITS sequence data has in

this case defined all other species within the

genus, in addition to describing intraspecific

variation in five of the 17 species of Flindersia,

it would support the assertion that

F. pimenteliana and F. oppositifolia do not

constitute discrete taxa.

Austrobaileya 5(4): 667- 669(2000)

The second fragment that was

sequenced, was from the chloroplast, and was

372 base pairs long. The trn fragment, like the

ITS fragment was able to distinguish all other

species within Flindersia , with the exception

of differentiating F. pimenteliana from

F. oppositifolia. The chloroplast fragment was

less variable than the nuclear fragment with

0.25-4.2% sequence divergence between

Flindersia species pairs. Sequence divergence

between species pairs of Alnus have ranged

from 0.87-1.52% with divergence values in

Fraxinus ranging from 0.65-1.14% (Gielly and

Taberlet 1994).

The genetic evidence provided from two

independent gene fragments, would suggest

that F. pimenteliana and F. oppositifolia do

not show a level of genetic diversity which

would be indicative of species recognition

within Flindersia.

Systematics

Whilst different in habit and adult leaf form,

both Hartley (1969) and Whiffin (1982) pointed

out the similarities between F. pimenteliana

and F. oppositifolia in the characters of the

fruit, seed and seedlings and regarded both as

being closely similar and Whiffin (op. cit .)

suggested that F. oppositifolia (as unifoliata )

was a ‘highly derived montain form of

F. pimenteliana ’ and his figure four showing

the phylogeny of the genus places the two

species in the one clade. Based on the

observations of these authors and the

molecular evidence presented above, we

believe that the status of F. oppositifolia

should be reassessed and make the following

recombination.

Flindersia pimenteliana F.Muell. forma

oppositifolia (F.Muell.)K. D. Scott,W. K.

Harris & J.Playford, comb. & stat. nov.;

Hypsophila oppositifolia F.Muell., Viet.

Nat. 9:11 (1892). Type: [Queensland, Cook

District]: Mt Bartle Frere, 1892, Johnson

(lecto: MEL fide Hartley & Jessup (1982))

n.v. Flindersia oppositifolia (F.Muell.)

Hartley & Jessup, Brunonia 5:109 (1982).

Flindersia unifoliata Hartley, J. Arnold Arb.

50:498 (1969); Type: [Queensland, Cook

District]: Mt Bellenden Ker, Sayer 136,

(holo: MELw.v.).

669

Scott, Harris, Playford, Flindersia pimenteliana and F. oppositifolia

Acknowledgements

This research project was supported by a grant

from the Co-operative Research Centre for

Tropical Rainforest Ecology and Management.

We would like to thank the Queensland

Herbarium, Australian National Botanic

Gardens, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, and Trevor

Whiffin for providing plant material.

References

Gielly, L., and Taberlet, P. (1994). Chloroplast DNA

polymorphism at the intrageneric level and

plant phylogenies. C.R. Academy of Science

Paris, Sciences de la vie 317: 685-692.

Hartley, T. G. (1969). A revision of the genus

Flindersia (Rutaceae). Journal of the Arnold

Arboretum 50: 481-523.

Jeandroz, S., Roy, A. and Bousquet, J. (1997). Phylogeny

and phylogeography of the circumpolar genus

Fraxinus (Oleaceae) based on Internal

Transcribed Spacer sequences of nuclear

ribosomal DNA. Molecular Phylogenetics and

Evolution 7: 241-251.

Scott, K.D., McIntyre, C. L., and Playford, J. (in press)

Molecular analyses suggest a need for a

significant rearrangement of Rutaceae

subfamilies and a minor reassessment of species

relationships within Flindersia. Plant

Systematics and Evolution

Scott, K., and Playford, J. (1996). A DNA extraction

technique for PCR in rainforest plant species.

Biotechniques 20: 974-978.

Taberlet, P, Gielly, L., Pautou, G, and Bouvet, J. (1991).

Universal primers for amplification of three

non-coding regions of chloroplast DNA. Plant

Molecular Biology 17: 1105-1109.

Whiffin, T. (1982). Variation and evolution in the

genus Flindersia (Rutaceae). 1 review of the

genus. Australian Journal of Botany 30: 635-

643.

Yuan, Y-M., KUpfer, P., and Doyle, J. J. (1996).

Infrageneric phylogeny of the genus Gentiana

(Gentianaceae) inferred from nucleotide

sequences of the internal transcribed spacers

(ITS) of nuclear ribosomal DNA. American

Journal of Botany 83: 641-652.

Table 1: Genbank and herbarium accession numbers for ITS-1 smdtrnL-tmF

Taxon

Herbarium Accessions

ITS-1 Genbank

trnL-trnF Genbank

or sample origin

Accessions

Flindersia oppositifolia

BRIAQ 522053

BRIAQ 484238

BRI AQ 459477

AF025500*

AF026021*

Flindersia pimenteliana

BRIAQ 522064

BRIAQ 522058

Australian National

Botanic Gardens

AF025501*

AF026022*

Note that there is only a single genbank submission for the herbarium accessions, as the

sequences for each species were identical.

Cereus uruguayanus (Cactaceae) and its naturalised occurrence

in Queensland, Australia

Paul I. Forster & Miriam Schmeider

Summary

Forster, P.I. & Schmeider, M. (2000). Cereus uruguayanus (Cactaceae) and its naturalised

occurrence in Queensland, Australia. Austrobaileya 5(4):671-677. The first records of Cereus

uruguayanus Ritt. ex Kiesl. as a naturalised weed in Australia are reported. Several populations

occur in western Queensland on heavy clay soils in natural and disturbed woodland of brigalow

(Acacia harpophylla F.Muell. ex Benth.) and belah ( Casuarina cristata Miq.). Endozoochorial

dispersal is thought to be responsible for the spread of this species in natural vegetation and

eradication is recommended. It is estimated that at least 3240 individuals occur at one locality

near Glenmorgan. Size class structure of this population is described which shows a preponderance

of seedling juveniles and large mature plants. The stand is also notable for the high proportion of

fasciated (10.9%)and monstrous (20.2%) individuals that occur. This represents the first numerical

data on fasciation and monstrousity in a population, albeit naturalised, of Cactaceae.

Keywords: Cereus uruguayanus, fasciation, monstrousity, naturalised weeds

P.I. Forster & M. Schmeider, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt

Coot-tha Road,Toowong QLD 4066

Introduction

Species of Cactaceae have been remarkably

successful in colonising the Australian

continent with thirty species currently

considered as being naturalised (Forster 1996).

The majority of naturalised species are from

the genus Opuntia, although taxa from the

genera Acanthocereus , Epiphyllum , Harrisia

(syn. Eriocereus ), Hylocereus, Nyctocereus,

Pereskia and Selenicereus are also present

(Telford 1984; Hosking etal. 1988; Forster 1996).

The majority of these naturalised species

are shrubby to arborescent, spiny succulents

with Opuntia tomentosa Salm-Dyck attaining

a height of 7 m in some situations. To date,

cacti with globular (eg. Echinopsis or

Mammillaria ) or candelabra habits (eg. Cereus

and related genera) have been largely absent

from the Australian naturalised cactus flora.

Naturalisations of species such as Echinopsis

multiplex (Pfeiff) Zucc. have been localised

adventives and easily contained (Mann 1970;

Hosking et al. 1988) and were excluded from

recent listings of naturalised cacti (eg. Telford

1984; Forster 1996). In this paper we document

an extensive naturalisation of Cereus

Accepted for publication 5 January 2000

uruguayanus Ritt. ex Kiesl. encountered during

a visit in February 1997 to the property “Myall

Park” near Glenmorgan. An additional

naturalisation has also been found near Tara

and another reported from the gemfields at

Anakie (J.Higgins pers. comm. 1999).

Cereus uruguayanus is native to

Argentina, Brazil and Uruguay but has been

widely cultivated around the world since the

early 1800’s, usually under the name

C.peruvianus Mill. Kiesling (1982) established

that the name C. peruvianus was misapplied

and renamed the species as C. uruguayanus

Ritt. ex Kiesl. Hunt (1992) has referred without

justification, both the names C. peruvianus

auct. and C. uruguayanus to the synonymy of

C. hildmannianus and Taylor (1998) has

recently recombined C. uruguayanus as a

subspecies of C. hildmannianus. This latter

combination was made in a privately published

journal series that specialises in automatic

tranfers of names with often no justification to

support them. In the case of Taylor’s new

combination there is no explanation offered and

until such time as a comprehensive revision of

the genus is provided it is more appropriate to

follow the nomenclatural lead of Kiesling (1982),

a recognised authority on Argentinian cacti.

672

In his classic work on the cultivation of

cacti, Borg (1937) stated that the species [as

C. peruvianus ] was “Long known in

cultivation”. Despite its ubiquity in cultivation,

there is little ecological or taxonomic

information available about this species. Britton

& Rose (1920) in their monograph of Cactaceae

provide a brief account of both

C. hildmannianus and C. peruvianus, stating

that the former occurs in Brazil and the latter in

south-eastern South America. Benson (1982)

commented that the species (as C. peruvianus)

was commonly naturalised on Kauai in Hawaii

where it was sometimes a pest of pastures.

Most contemporary books on cacti omit

mention of the species (eg. Barthlott 1979;

Andersohn 1983) and accurately identified

illustrations are scarce and generally incomplete

lacking flowers and fruit (Taylor 1968; Hunter

1988a; Glass & Foster 1989; Innes & Glass 1991;

Silva & Sazima 1995). At a locality in south¬

eastern Brazil, C. uruguayanus is stated to

occur on rocky outcrops in both forested and

deforested areas (Silva & Sazima 1995, as

C. peruvianus ). These authors found that this

cactus was predominantly pollinated by

hawkmoths and that seasonal flowering

coincided with an activity peak for these

insects.

Fasciation and monstrosity of the stem

is common in naturalised Australian

populations ofC. uruguayanus , hence we also

report on its numerical occurrence at one

locality. Fasciation in cacti occurs when the

apical meristem divides in an abnormal manner

forming unusual fan-shaped stems (Synder &

Weber 1966; Boke & Ross 1978; Gibson &

Nobel 1986) and is thought to be due to several

factors, such as external stimuli, disease or

heredity (Synder & Weber 1966). Monstrosity

in cacti occurs where each shoot loses its

vegetative point after producing a few areoles

with new growth points produced in an irregular

manner. Such fasciated and monstrose clones

of cacti are often popular as ornamentals. To

the best of our knowledge, there are no detailed

studies of fasciation and monstrosity in natural

populations of cacti, although the occurrence

of isolated individuals in the wild is

occasionally reported as a curiosity (eg. Graham

1962; Lindsay 1962; Foster 1965; Synder &

Austrobaileya 5(4): 671 - 677 (2000)

Weber 1966; Hunter 1984; Sauleda & Sauleda

1984) and often formally named (eg. Borg 1937;

Lindsay 1963; Backeberg 1976). We believe our

study to be the first that details the numerical

occurrence of fasciation and monstrosity, albeit

in a naturalised population.

Materials and Methods

Site Description & History. The study site is

situated on the property “Myall Park” (27°12’S,

149° 39’E), near Glenmorgan some 330 km west

of Brisbane. “Myall Park” is the site of a private

botanic garden “Myall Park Botanic Garden

Ltd.” that is primarily devoted to Western

Australian species and was established in the

1940’s by the redoubtable David Gordon

(McKenzie 1995). Up until the introduction of

the moth Cactoblastis cactorum (Berg) in 1933,

the area around Glenmorgan was severely

infested with 'prickly pear’ ( Opuntia stricta

(Haw.) Haw.) and would appear to be suitable

for the persistence of different sorts of cacti.

Several other species of cacti were believed to

have been cultivated at the “Myall Park”

homestead by the late 1940’s (N.Lester, pers.

comm. 1997) and it is assumed that the

population of C. uruguayanus originates from

this time. C. uruguayanus was semi-

commercially available from nurseries by 1936

(Swinbourne 1982) and by the late 1950’s was

commonly cultivated inAustralia (Fuaux 1957;

Hayes 1958 [all as C. peruvianus]).

At “Myall Park” individuals of

C. uruguayanus (Voucher: Forster 20334 &

Watson: BRI) are concentrated (27° 12' 16 M S,

149° 39’ 35"E) in c. 6 ha of disturbed, but

reasonably intact woodland dominated by

Casuarina cristata Miq. (belah) and Acacia

harpophylla F.Muell. exBenth. (brigalow) on

heavy clay alluvium. Brigalow often occurs as

‘clumps’ as a result of the formation of‘gilgai’,

which are depressions in the soil that hold

water after heavy rain (Johnson, 1980). The

cacti are predominantly concentrated in these

clumps of brigalow. Scattered individuals occur

outside of this area, nearly always in clumps of

natural vegetation, and the furthest individual

observed was about 1 km away from the main

naturalisation (27°12'40"S, 149 o 40'14"E). A

similar distribution of individuals was also

Forster, Schmeider, Cereus uruguayanus in Queensland

673

Fig. 1 . Cereus uruguayanus. A. budding ‘normal’ stem. B. ‘monstrous’ stem. C. ‘cristate’ stem. D. fruit (whole).

E. fruit cross-section. F. seedling. All from Forster 20334 & Watson (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

674

observed in the population nearTara (Voucher:

Forster PIF24959 & Booth, BRI), except that

the brigalow community is more disturbed

being mainly regrowth.

Methodology : Ten quadrats of 10 x 5 m were

placed deliberately within the main

concentration of cacti. All individuals of cacti

in a quadrat were scored for several features of

size class and stem form.

Four size (age) classes of plants were

designated -

0-50 cm (classified as juveniles) (Fig. IE).

50-100 cm (classified as mature as they are

capable of flowering and several showed

evidence of this).

1 -2 m (generally unbranched if with normal stem

morphology).

> 2m (generally branched and with a candelabra

habit).

Three classes of stem organisation were

recognised -

‘normal’ stems (Fig. 1 A) where the 5-7 ribs are

not sinuately indented between areoles

and are more or less straight.

‘monstrous’ stems (Fig. IB) where 7 or more

ribs are present with marked indention

between areoles and the ribs are rarely

straight.

‘cristate’ stems (Fig. 1C) where it is not possible

to accurately ascertain the rib number due

to the form of apical cell division where

many areoles are densely concentrated

and the ribs are never straight.

Spiral stems as illustrated by Hunter (1988a)

were not observed nor were cristate flowers as

described and illustrated by Muller (1988).

Results: Two hundred and sixty-seven

individuals of C. uruguayanus were recorded

from the 10 quadrats with an average of twenty-

seven individuals per plot. Based on this

average it is estimated that the total population

could be in excess of 3240 individuals.

Collectively there was a preponderance of

immature seedlings and large (> 1 m) individuals

(Fig. 2).

Austrobaileya 5(4): 671 - 677 (2000)

‘NormaF individuals make up the bulk of the

total population surveyed (68.9%), followed by

those with cristate stems (20.2%) and

monstrous stems (10.9%) (Fig. 3). ‘Cristate’

individuals are more frequent in the smaller size

classes and for plants over 2 m in height make

up only 9.3% of the population (Fig. 2).

Discussion

Natural History

There are few detailed studies available of size

class structure in cacti and none for natural

populations of Cereus uruguayanus. As

indicated in the materials and methods, the

cacti were noticeably concentrated in natural

vegetation of brigalow clumps. In South Africa,

Taylor & Walker (1984) found that the closely

related C. jamacaru DC. [as C.peruvianus but

see Glen 1997 for correct nomenclature] could

only establish on fine-textured soils with a high

density of shade trees. The requirement of

“prey refugia” and “nurse” plants that create a

suitable microclimate for establishment of

succulent plants is now well known

(Steenbergh & Lowe 1969; Nobel 1988;

McAuliffe 1984). The clumped distribution of

C. uruguayanus at “Myall Park” indicates that

a similar process is occurring, but it is likely to

be mainly due to “nurse” plant availability

rather than “prey refugia”. Most of the

seedlings observed were not hidden in dense

natural vegetation, and predation was

noticeably absent on individuals that were

otherwise readily accessible. Brigalow clumps

may act as a “nurse” plant for C. uruguayanus

by providing microclimatic conditions suitable

for seedling establishment and by acting as

foci for seed dispersal.

This cactus is dependent on cross¬

pollination between different individuals for

fruit to be produced (Silva & Sazima 1995). The

resultant fleshy fruit with numerous seeds (Fig.

ID) appears suited for endozoochorial dispersal

by birds (Bregman 1988). Most of the cacti that

are serious pests in Australia are thought to

have fruit (and hence seed) that are eaten and

dispersed by birds and mammals (Hosking et

al. 1988). If this is the case forC. uruguayanus ,

it would be worth observing birds that utilise

675

Forster, Schmeider, Cereus uruguayanus in Queensland

Size classes

Fig. 2. Total size class distribution for 267 individuals of C. uruguayanus in 10 quadrats at “Myall Park”.

brigalow clumps for roosting to determine those

that feed on these fruit and whether they

disperse seed over any distance.

As yet this naturalisation is relatively localised,

but isolated plants up to a kilometre away would

indicate successful endozoochorial dispersal

is occurring. The brigalow belt, although

widespread in eastern Australia, is now

endangered due to clearing for intensive

agriculture and cattle grazing and has about

2.2% of its original occurrence conserved in

reserves (Young et al. 1999). Given the scale of

the naturalisation of C. jamacaru in South

Africa by 1984 (c. 3000 ha), and the success of

other cacti as agricultural and environmental

weeds in Australia (Hoskingef al. 1988; Forster

1996), particularly in brigalow communities

(McFadyen 1984), it is important that it be

successfully controlled.

The size class distribution of individuals at

“Myall Park” is different to that found by Taylor

& Walker (1984) for C. jamacaru as there is a

greater preponderance of seedlings and large

mature individuals in relation to intermediate

sized plants. Such a ‘bell’ shaped distribution

was implied by Taylor & Walker (1984) to

indicate unstable populations where stand

structure had not yet stabilised and

competition between individuals was not

restricting seedling establishment. At “Myall

Park”, seedlings were generally well scattered,

although in instances where they were closely

situated competition for resources would had

to have been a factor. Once established, growth

of seedlings of C. uruguayanus is rapid and

maturity is reached within 3 or 4 years (pers.

obs. 1978-1997 on cultivated plants at Didcot).

Prior to 1996 the area near Glenmorgan had

experienced over 5 years of periodic drought

and this may have been responsible for a lack

of intermediate sized plants that would have

established in that period. The only way to

determine these sorts of trends would be to

establish permanent plots with tagged

individuals; however, in the current situation it

would be better if the population was

eradicated.

monstrous

cristate 11%

Fig. 3. Total percentage of ‘normal’, ‘cristate’ and

‘monstrous’ individuals of 267 C. uruguayanus

plants in 10 quadrats at “Myall Park”.

676

Fasciation

Fasciation and monstrosity in C. uruguayanus

was first documented by de Candolle in 1800

for cultivated material and various infraspecific

taxa have been named to encompass these

forms (Britton & Rose 1922, Borg 1937; Kiesling

1982). These infraspecific taxa have been

mainly described under C. peruvianus and

none have been transferred to C. uruguayanus

to date and most discussion of the species still

persists under the misapplied name (eg. Hunter

1988a,b; Muller 1988, Machado et al. 2000).

This current study demonstrates that fasciation

and monstrosity may arise continuously within

a population indicating a genetic tendency for

this to occur. It has been speculated that

somatic cross-overs are a possible mechanism

for inducing this variation (Machado et al.

2000). Some ‘normal’ individuals of

C. uruguayanus were also noted as having the

occasional ‘monstrous’ or ‘cristate’ branch,

hence there is no justification for recognition

of such teratological forms as infraspecific taxa

as undertaken by Britton & Rose (1922) or

Backeberg (1976). Rather, if such forms have to

be provided with a name, then selected clones

should be designated as cultivars. Given the

confused history and doubtful typification of

the infraspecific taxa for fasciated individuals

described under C. peruvianus (Kiesling 1982),

it would be wise to arrive at a totally new set of

names for such forms of C. uruguayanus if so

required.

Fasciated individuals of cacti occur rarely in

nature (eg. Graham 1962; Lindsay 1962,1963;

Synder & Weber 1966) or cultivation, but seem

to be very commonly recorded for

C. uruguayanus^ Kiesling 1982; Hunter 1988a;

Muller 1988; Glass & Foster 1989, Machado et

al. 2000). In the case of the monstrous forms of

Lophocereus schottii (Englem.) Britt. & Rose

described by Lindsay (1963), both were

thought to be clones that reproduced

vegetatively. Both Graham (1962) and Lindsay

(1962) stated or inferred that some populations

of cacti tended to have a greater tendency for

fasciation than others, but apart from

mentioning some localities, did not document

numerical occurrence in the wild. This

Austrobaileya 5(4): 671 - 677 (2000)

naturalised population of C. uruguayanus is

probably unusual for the relatively high

percentage of such plants but may be a result

of the founding individual or individuals

carrying genes for this abnormality. Hunter

(1988b) stated that seedlings from fruit of the

‘monstrose’ form of C. uruguayanus will be

nearly 100% true to fonn. In the current example,

juveniles or small adults of both ‘cristate’ and

‘monstrous’ individuals were more common

than large mature individuals over 2 m in height.

Acknowledgements

Thanks are due to W. Smith for the drawings in

Fig. 1, to A.Wood for translation of Kiesling

(1982), to N.Lester and D.Gordon for snippets

of Myall Park history, to C.C.Walker for a copy

of Taylor (1998) and to G.N.Batianoff and

P.D.Bostock for reviewing the manuscript.

References

Andersohn, G. (1983). Cacti and Succulents. Wakefield:

EP Publishing Limited.

Backeberg, C. (1976). Cactus Lexicon. 3rd ed. Poole:

Blandford Press Ltd.

Barthlott, W. (1979). Cacti. Cheltenham: Stanley

Thornes (Publishers) Ltd.

Benson, L. (1982). The Cacti of the United States and

Canada. Stanford: Stanford University Press.

Boke, N.H. & Ross, R.G. (1978). Fasciation and

dichotomous branching in Echinocereus

(Cactaceae). American Journal of Botany

65:522-530.

Borg, J. (1937). Cacti. London: Macmillan & Co.

Ltd.

Bregman, R. (1988). Forms of seed dispersal in

Cactaceae. Acta Botanica Neerlandica

37:395-402.

Britton, N.L. & Rose, J.N. (1920). The Cactaceae.

Descriptions and Illustrations of Plants of the

Cactus Family. The Carnegie Institute of

Washington, Publication 248, Vol. 2.

Washington.

Forster, PI. (1996). Naturalised succulents in the

Australian flora. Haseltonia 4:57-65.

Foster, R. (1965). A tortuous form of Machaerocereus

gummosus. Cactus & Succulent Journal (Los

Angeles) 37:158-159.

677

Forster, Schmeider, Cereus uruguayanus in Queensland

Fuaux, L. (1957). Questions & Answers. Cactus &

Succulent Journal of New South Wales 1(3):32.

Gibson, A.C. & Nobel, P.S. (1986). The Cactus Primer.

Cambridge: Harvard University Press.

Glass, C. & Foster, R. (1989). Dear Abbey Garden

Press. Cactus & Succulent Journal (Los

Angeles) 61:39-40.

Glen, H.F. (1997). Cactaceae. In Smith, G.F. et al.

(eds.): List of Southern African Succulent

Plants, pp. 49-50. Pretoria: Umdaus Press.

Graham, D. (1962). In quest of crests. Cactus &

Succulent Journal (Los Angeles) 34:156-158.

Hayes, R. (1958). Editor’s Medallion. Cactus &

Succulent Journal of New South Wales 1(7):91.

Hosking, J.R., Mcfadyen, R.E. & Murray, N.D. (1988).

Distribution and biological control of cactus

species in eastern Australia. Plant Protection

Quarterly 3:115-123.

Hunt, D.R. (1992). Cites Cactaceae Checklist. Kew:

Royal Botanic Gardens.

Hunter, M. (1984). Another look at fasciating cacti.

Cactus & Succulent Journal (Los Angeles)

56:40-42.

Hunter, M. (1988a). Spiralling cactus. Cactus &

Succulent Journal 60:87-88.

Hunter, M. (1988b). Collecting crested and monstrose

Euphorbias. Euphorbia Journal 5:20-25.

Innes, C. & Glass, C. (1991). Cacti. New York:

Portland House.

Johnson, R.W. (1980). Studies of a vegetation transect

through brigalow ( Acacia harpophylla) forest

in central Queensland. Australian Journal of

Ecology 5:287-307.

Riesling, R. (1982). Problemas nomenclaturales en el

genero Cereus (Cactaceae). Darwiniana

24:443-453.

Lindsay, G (1962). Giant crests. Cactus & Succulent

Journal (Los Angeles) 34:172-174.

Lindsay, G. (1963). The genus Lophocereus. Cactus &

Succulent Journal (Los Angeles) 35:176-192.

Machado, M.F.P.S, Mangolin, C.A. & Collet, S.A.O.

(2000). Somatic crossing-over can induce

isozyme variation in somaclones of Cereus

peruvianus Mill. (Cactaceae). Haseltonia 7:77-

80.

Mann, J. (1970). Cacti naturalised in Australia and

their control. Brisbane: Department of Lands.

Mcauliffe, J.R. (1984). Prey refugia and the

distributions of two Sonoran Desert cacti.

Oecologia (Berlin) 65:82-85.

Mcfadyen, R.E. (1984). Alien weeds. In A.Bailey (ed.):

The Brigalow Belt of Australia, pp. 177-182.

Brisbane: The Royal Society of Queensland.

Mckenzie, B. (1995). One Man’s Dream. David

Gordon and Myall Park Botanic Garden.

Glenmorgan: B.McKenzie & Myall Park

Botanic Garden Ltd.

Muller, H. (1988). Cristata-blute bei Cereus

peruvianus (Linne) Miller. Kakteen und andere

Sukkulenten 39:111.

Nobel, P.S. (1988). Environmental Biology of Agaves

and Cacti. Cambridge: Cambridge University

Press.

Sauleda, R.P. & Sauleda, D.K. (1984). A crested form

cf Echinocereus chloranthus (Engelm.)

Rumpler var. chloranthus from Texas. Cactus

& Succulent Journal (Los Angeles) 56:243.

Silva, W.R. & Sazima, M. (1995). Hawkmoth

pollination in Cereus peruvianus , a columnar

cactus from south-eastern Brazil. Flora

190:339-343.

Swinbourne, R.F.G. (1982). The history of cacti and

succulents in Australia, 1787-1981. Calandrinia

2: 36-41.

Synder, E.E. & Weber, D.J. (1966). Causative factors

of cristation in the Cactaceae. Cactus &

Succulent Journal (Los Angeles) 38:27-32.

Taylor, N.P (1998). Nomenclatural adjustments in

various genera of Cactaceae (subfam.

Cactoideae). Cactaceae Consensus Initiatives

6: 15-16.

Taylor, R. (1968). Cactus growers guidelines. Cactus

& Succulent Journal (Los Angeles) 40:131.

Taylor, S.E. & Walker, B.H. (1984). Autecology of

an invading population of the cactus Cereus

peruvianus (Queen of the night) in the central

Transvaal. South African Journal of Botany

3:387-396.

Telford, I.R.H. (1984). Cactaceae. In A S.George (ed.):

Flora of Australia 4:62-80. Canberra: Australian

Government Publishing Service.

Young, P.A.R., Wilson, B.A., Mccosker, J.C., Fensham,

R.J., Morgan, G. & Taylor, P.M. (1999).

Brigalow Belt. In P.Sattler & R. Williams (eds.):

The Conservation Status of Queensland’s

Bioregional Ecosystems. Brisbane:

Environmental Protection Agency, Queensland

Government.

A revision of Eucalyptus normantonensis Maiden & Cambage

(Myrtaceae) and its allies

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (2000). A revision of the Eucalyptus normantonensis Maiden & Cambage (Myrtaceae)

and its allies. Austrobaileya 5(4): 679-685. Descriptions, distribution maps and an identification

key are provided for the four species comprising the E. normantonensis group, including one new

species (E. provecta) and one new combination (E. tardecidens). All species occur in northern

Queensland, with one extending to the Northern Territory.

Keywords: Eucalyptus, Eucalyptus normantonensis, Eucalyptus provecta , Myrtaceae, Queensland,

taxonomy, new species, key

A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road,

Toowong, Queensland, 4066

Introduction

The box-group of eucalypts, i.e. species with

scaly, short-fibred, persistent bark, reniform

cotyledons, petiolate juvenile leaves, adnate

anthers and tenninal, paniculate inflorescences

was distinguished by Blakely (1934) as

Eucalyptus ser. Buxeales Blakely This natural

grouping is still recognised today. Within the

box-group, members of theft, normantonensis

group share the following characteristics:

rough grey bark at least on lower stems; adult

leaves narrow-lanceolate, concolorous, green

to grey-green; juvenile leaves ovate to

lanceolate, grey-green; fruits 3-5.5 mm long,

hemispherical, ovoid or cylindrical, valves

included.

E. normantonensis was named by Maiden

and Cambage in 1919, and was initially known

only from Normanton in north-western

Queensland. Subsequently, the name was

applied to a wide range of trees and mallees

extending from near the east coast of

Queensland to the extreme east of Western

Australia (Hall & Brooker 1974). Johnson &

Hill (1991) recognised the distinctiveness of

some of these populations by naming

E. persistens with two subspecies, from eastern

Queensland.

The closest affinity of E. normantonensis , and

hence of the group as a whole, has never been

Accepted for publication 17 February 2000

clear. Maiden originally considered it to be a

form of E. gracilis F.Muell., a species from

southern Australia, which differs fundamentally

because of its bisected cotyledons and smaller

sub versatile anthers. Blakely (1934) placed ft.

normantonensis close to E. microtheca

F.Muell. and E. rummeryi Maiden. Pryor and

Johnson (1971) placed it next to E. largeana

Blakely and E. lucasii Blakely. Chippendale

(1988) placed it next to E. tectifica F.Muell. and

E. chlorophylla Brooker & Done. A

phylogenetic analysis of the ‘box’-group will

be necessary to determine more precisely, the

relationships between the constituent taxa.

Herbarium material of the

E. normantonensis group is very similar to

E. largiflorens F.Muell., however

E. largiflorens is readily distinguished in the

field by the linear juvenile leaves, completely

rough almost-black bark and alluvial soil

habitat. Furthermore, the distribution of E.

largiflorens does not overlap with any member

of the E. normantonensis group.

Of the species occurring in the same

geographic area, herbarium material of

E. microtheca and E. chlorophylla has been

misidentified as E. normantonensis , and vice-

versa. E. microtheca differs by its smaller and

thinner-walled fruits, while E. chlorophylla

differs by the larger obconical fruits and very

glossy leaves.

680

The individual members of the

E. normantonensis group (E. normantonensis,

E. persistens, E. tardecidens and E. provecta)

often cannot be distinguished in the herbarium

if material is incomplete. Nevertheless the

differences between the taxa are significant and

not merely quantitative (as outlined in the key).

All taxa are allopatric, allowing placement of

incomplete specimens with accompanying

locality data.

Taxonomy

Eucalyptus normantonensis Maiden &

Cambage, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South

Wales 52:489 (1919). Type: Queensland.

Burke District: Normanton, [17°4-‘ S

141° 0-‘ E],August 1913, R.H. Cambage

3930 (holo: NSW; iso: BRI).

E. bicolor var. xanthophylla Blakely, Key

Eucalypts 232 (1934); E. largiflorens var.

xanthophylla (Blakely) Cameron, Victoria

Naturalist 63: 42 (1946). Types:

Camooweal, Qld, 26 June 1922, S.A. White

s.n. (syn: ?, n.v.); Barrow Creek, N.T., 3

May 1922, S.A. White 244 (syn: NSW;

isosyn: AD).

Mallee 2-8 metres high, lignotuberous. Bark

box-type on lower stems, mottled light and dark

grey, closely adhering; smooth, grey to bronze-

coloured above. Juvenile leaves alternate,

petiolate, broadly lanceolate to ovate, up to

8x3 cm, dull (internally glaucous). Adult leaves

narrowly lanceolate, 8-11.5x0.6-1.4 cm,

alternate, leathery, concolorous, dull-yellow to

shiny-green; penninerved, lateral veins at 35-

50° to the midrib; reticulation dense, incomplete,

oil glands intersectional; petioles 0.6-1.0 cm

long. Inflorescences pseudo-terminal,

paniculate, umbellasters 7-flowered; peduncles

thick, more or less terete, 4.5-8 mm long at

anthesis. Mature buds obovoid to ellipsoidal,

3.0-4.0 mm long, 2-2.5 mm in diameter, pedicels

1.5-4 mm long. Hypanthium unribbed;

operculum scar present; outer operculum shed

long before anthesis; inner operculum

hemispherical, with or without umbo, smooth,

thin; stamens white, in about 4 whorls; inner

whorls inflexed, fertile, 0.8-2.0 mm long; outer

whorls irregularly flexed, 2.0-3.0 mm long,

without anthers. Anthers ovoid, adnate,

Austrobaileya 5(4): 679-685 (2000)

basifixed, opening by pores. Style terete, 1.6-

2.0 mm long, stigma blunt. Ovary 3-4-locular,

ovules in 4 longitudinal rows. Fruits

hemispherical, hemispherical or shortly

cylindrical, 3.0-4.0(-4.5) mm long, 3.0-4.0 mm in

diameter, thick-walled, disc annular,

descending, valves obtuse, enclosed. Seeds

ellipsoidal, finely and evenly reticulate, 0.9-1.2

mm long, not toothed, dark brown; chaff

irregular in shape, smaller than seeds, pale

brown.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Burke District:

Normanton, Aug 1936, Blake 12477 (BRI); 27.9 km

S of Croydon turnoff on Cloncurry road, S of

Normanton, Mar 1990, Brooker 10425 (BRI, CANB,

DNA, NSW); 14.9 km from Mt Isa on Camooweal

road. Mar 1990, Brooker 10433 (BRI, CANB, MEL);

40 km W of Mt Isa on Barkly Highway, Aug 1984,

Hill 1041 et al. (BRI, CANB, NSW); 20 miles [32

km] SW of Normanton, Aug 1953, Perry 3944 (BRI,

CANB); 64 miles [102 km] SE of Burketown, Jul

1954, Speck 4774 (BRI) Gregory North District: 7.7

km W of Dajarra, on road to Mt Isa, Jul 1988, Bean

890 (BRI); 122 km W of Winton, W of Cadell Creek,

Mar 1990, Brooker 10435 (BRI, DNA, MEL, NSW);

Bladensburg N.P., S of Winton, Opalton road. Mar

1998, Forster PIF22187 & Booth (AD, BRI, CANB,

DNA, MEL, NSW); on Standish Ranges, 1 km W of

Ibis Bore, 13 km SW of The Monument, Oct 1984,

Neldner 1524 (BRI); 28 km NNW of ‘Pathungra’,

Sep 1977, Purdie 1032 (BRI). Mitchell District: 32

km S of Stonehenge on road to Jundah, Aug 1978,

Dick WQ187 (BRI). Northern Territory. 20 km SW

of Barrow Ck, May 1994, Albrecht 5864 (BRI, CANB,

DNA, NSW, NT); NW of Mt Strezleckii, May 1952,

Bateman 327 (BRI); 16 miles [26 km] E of Coniston

HS„ Feb 1955, Chippendale 1236 (BRI); near Redbank

Gorge, Macdonnell Ranges, Sep 1958, Chippendale

4884 (BRI, DNA); Ormiston Gorge, north ridge, Jun

1972, Dunlop 2627 (BRI, DNA); Central Mt Stuart,

Jun 1969, Maconochie 714 (BRI, DNA); 7 miles [11

km] N of Tennant Creek, Apr 1948, Perry 570 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: E. normantonensis

is distributed in parts of western Queensland

as far south as Jundah, and in central parts of

the Northern Territory (Map 1). It grows on

ridges (sometimes lateritised) with shallow

gravelly soil.

Phenology: Flowers are recorded mainly from

March to August.

Notes: E. normantonensis has the ability to

produce flowers and fruits while the leaves are

still in an intermediate stage of ontogeny. This

accounts for the small proportion of disparately

broad-leaved specimens in herbaria.

Bean, Eucalyputus norm ant onensis and allies

Buds and fruits of some Northern

Territory material are larger than the

Queensland material, but the difference is not

considered to be sufficient to warrant any

taxonomic recognition. Similarly for difference

in leaf colour; in plants from the type area they

are green and rather glossy, while from inland

areas they are glaucous or yellowish and not

as glossy.

681

throughout, grey, mottled light and dark grey,

closely adhering. Juvenile leaves alternate,

petiolate, lanceolate to broadly lanceolate, up

to 12x3.5 cm, dull (internally glaucous). Adult

leaves lanceolate to narrowly lanceolate, 8-

13x0.8-1.7 cm, alternate, leathery, concolorous,

dull; penninerved, lateral veins at 35-50°to the

midrib; reticulation dense, incomplete, oil

glands intersectional; petioles 1.0-1.7 cm long.

Inflorescences pseudo-terminal, paniculate,

Fig. 1. Eucalyptus provecta. A. mature bud, with operculum scar x 5. B. fruit, showing enclosed valves x 5. C.

longitudinal section of flower, showing inner fertile stamens and outer staminodes x7. D. seed x 20. All from

Bean 12245.

Conservation status: Not considered to be rare

or threatened.

Eucalyptus provecta A R Beansp. nov. afFinis

E. normantonensi a qua habitu arboris,

cortice ubique persistenti, petiolis

longioribus, filamentis staminalibus in

verticillo extimo 4.5-5.5 mm longis differt.

Typus: Queensland. Cook District: 4.8 km

south of ‘Wirra Wirra’, via Forsayth, 18°

38’S 143°43’E, 7August 1997 ,A.R.Bean

12245 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB, MEL, NSW,

QRS).

Tree to 12 metres high, rarely a mallee,

lignotuberous. Bark box-type, persistent

umbellasters 7-flowered; peduncles thick, more

or less terete or somewhat flattened, 4-8 mm

long at anthesis. Mature buds ovoid to

obpyriform, 3.5-5.0 mm long, 2.0-3.0 mm in

diameter, pedicels 3-6 mm long. Hypanthium

unribbed; operculum scar present; outer

operculum shed long before anthesis; inner

operculum hemispherical, with or without

umbo, smooth, thin; stamens white, inner

whorls inflexed, fertile, 1.5-2 mm long, outer

whorls irregularly flexed, 4.5-5.5 mm long,

without anthers. Anthers ovoid, adnate,

basifixed, opening by pores. Style terete, 1.7-2

mm long, stigma tapered. Ovary 3^1-locular,

ovules in 4 longitudinal rows. Fruits ovoid-

682

truncate to obconical, 3.5-5.5 mm long, 3.5-5.0

mm in diameter, thick-walled, disc annular,

valves obtuse, enclosed. Seeds ellipsoidal,

finely reticulate, 0.9-1.5 mm long, not toothed,

dark brown; chaff irregular in shape, smaller

than seeds, pale brown. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Burke District:

Chudleigh Park station, upper reaches of Stawell

River, May 1995, Forster PIF16503 & Figg (BRI,

CANB, NSW). Cook District: 21.8 km from Forsayth

towards Einasleigh, Jun 1987, Bean 606 (BRI);

Bulleringa N.P., 80 km NW of Mount Surprise, Oct

1992, Bean 5119 (BRI, CANB, MEL); 0.5 km E of

‘Wirra Wirra’ FIS., east of Forsayth, Aug 1997, Bean

12249 (BRI); just S of Beverley Hills HS, SW of

Einasleigh, Aug 1998, Bean 13765 & Fox (BRI,

CANB); crest of Newcastle Range, Jul 1954, Blake

19525 (BRI); Gulf Development road, c. 15 km W of

Mt Surprise, Aug 1979, Clarkson 2534 & Byrnes

(BRI); Mopata H ‘Beverley Hills’, edge of Red plateau,

W of head of Robertson River, Sep 1994, Godwin

EU589C (BRI, CANB, DNA, NSW); c. 20 km S of

Robin Hood station on track to Percy Vale, Aug 1982,

Hill 1062 & Johnson (BRI, CANB, NSW); NW of

Werrington Stn, NW of Hughenden, Oct 1978,

Martens r 1246 (BRI, CANB); 12 miles [19 km] E of

Forsayth township, Jul 1953, Perry 3848 (BRI); 39

miles [62 km] S of Forsayth township, Jul 1953, Perry

3852 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: E. provecta extends

from Bulleringa National Park (north of Mt

Surprise) to Chudleigh Park station north of

Hughenden (Map 1).

Phenology: Flowers are recorded from May to

August.

Affinities: E. provecta is most closely related

to E. normantonensis, but differs by the tree

habit, bark persistent throughout, petioles 1.0-

1.7 cm long (0.6-1 cm for normantonensis ),

filaments in outer whorl 4.5-5.5 mm long (2-3

mm fox normantonensis) and the mostly larger

fruits. E. provecta differs from E. tardecidens

by the flowers with staminodes, the often

shorter buds, and slightly longer style.

E. provecta differs from E. persistens by the

flowers with staminodes, the style 1.7-2 mm

long (2.5-3 mm long for persistens ) and the

larger fruits.

Conservation status: Not considered to be rare

or threatened.

Austrobaileya 5(4): 679-685 (2000)

Etymology: From the Latin provecta -

advanced, carried forward, extended; in

reference to the rough bark extending

throughout, in contrast to E. normantonensis.

Eucalyptus persistens L A S.Johnson &

K.D.Hill, Telopea 4(2): 336 (1991);

Eucalyptus persistens L. A.S. Johnson &

K.D.Hill subsp .persistens, Telopea 4(2):

336 (1991). Type: Queensland. South

Kennedy District: 4.8 km NE of

Shuttleworth bore, ‘Lou Lou Park’

Station, 22° 15’S 146°09’E, 21 August

1984, K.D. Hill 1182 & LA.S. Johnson

(holo: NSW; iso: BRI, CANB, MEL).

Tree to 12 metres high, or sometimes a mallee,

lignotuberous. Bark box-type, mottled light and

dark grey, closely adhering; persistent

throughout. Juvenile leaves alternate, petiolate,

ovate, up to 10x4 cm, dull. Adult leaves

narrowly lanceolate, 7.5-13x0.9-2 cm, alternate,

leathery, concolorous, somewhat shiny;

penninerved, lateral veins at 35-50° to the

midrib; reticulation dense, incomplete, oil

glands intersectional; petioles 0.8-1.7 cm long.

Inflorescences pseudo-terminal, paniculate,

umbellasters 7-flowered; peduncles thick, more

or less terete, 4-8 mm long at anthesis. Mature

buds ovoid to obovoid, 4-6 mm long, 2-3 mm

in diameter, pedicels (2-)4-6 mm long.

Hypanthium unribbed; operculum scar absent;

inner operculum conical, smooth, thin; stamens

white, inner whorls inflexed, fertile, 1-2 mm

long; outer whorls irregularly flexed, 4-5 mm

long, fertile. Anthers ovoid, adnate, basifixed,

opening by pores. Style terete, 2.5-3 mm long

at anthesis, stigma blunt to tapered. Ovary 3-

4-locular, ovules in 4 longitudinal rows. Fruits

ovoid-truncate to cylindrical, 3—4.5 mm long,

3-3.5 mm in diameter, thick-walled, unribbed;

disc annular; valves obtuse, enclosed. Seeds

ellipsoidal, finely reticulate, 1.2-1.5 mm long,

not toothed, dark brown; chaff irregular in

shape, smaller than seeds, pale brown.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Burke District: W

of “Warang”, White Mountains N.P., Jun 1992, Bean

4624 (BRI, MEL). North Kennedy District: “Upsan

Downs”, 2.5 km S of Greenvale, Apr 1990, Batianoff

900428 (BRI, CANB, NSW); near Bogie River at

“Etonvale”, WSW of Bowen, Mar 1992, Bean 4245

(BRI, NSW); Flinders Highway, 18.4 km W of Charters

Towers, Aug 1997, Bean 12291 (BRI, CANB); Valley

Bean, Eucalyputus normantonensis and allies

of Lagoons, 57 km SW of Mt Garnet, May 1989,

Brooker 10186 (BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW);

between Wairuna and Minnamoolka, Sep 1996,

Cumming 15124 (BRI); 2 miles S of Middle Ck, Mt

Garnet, Jun 1971, Hyland 5073 (BRI, QRS); Charters

Towers-Clermont road, 45 miles [72 km] from

Charters Towers, May 1960, Johnson 1855 (BRI); 1

mile [1.6 km] S of Niall Station, Jul 1954, Lazarides

4632 (BRI, CANB); 6 miles ESE of Conjuboy Station,

Jul 1953, Perry 3745 (BRI). South Kennedy District:

19 miles [30 km] WNW of “Scartwater” station. May

1964, Adams 977 (BRI, CANB); 1.5 miles [2.4 km]

W of Carmichael Station, Jul 1964, Adams 1175 (BRI,

CANB); “Cairo”, c. 35 miles [56 km] N of Clermont,

Feb 1962, Besset E322 (BRI); NNW of Clermont,

between Miclere and Brown Creeks, Apr 1945, Blake

15688 & Webb (BRI); Mt Coolon-Collinsville road,

0.7 km SW of Caves Ck, Jan 1996, Champion 1302

& Pollock (BRI, CANB, NSW); near the homestead

on Moonoomoo Station, Oct 1983, Henderson

H2788 et al. (BRI); 12.4 km W of Eungella Dam, Aug

1976, Kleinig DK297 (BRI, CANB); 3 miles [5 km] S

of Cape River on Charters Towers-Clermont road,

Jun 1966, Pedley 2128 (BRI); Mitchell District: 137

km S of Torrens Creek on road to Aramac, May 1994,

Brooker 11918 (BRI, CANB); Berricania, Apr 1919,

White s.n. (BRI); S of Mannya N.P., Aug 1994,

Fensham 1796 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: E. persistens

extends from the White Mountains area to just

north of Clermont, and east to Woodstock and

Collinsville (Map 2). It often grows on the

slopes of lateritic ridges, on pale infertile soils.

It may also grow in deep sands or loams in

undulating terrain.

Phenology: Flowers are recorded mainly from

May to October.

Affinities: It differs from the rest of the group

by the persistent outer operculum.

Conservation status: Not considered to be rare

or threatened.

Eucalyptus tardecidens (L A S. Johnson &

K. D.Hill) A.R.Bean comb, et stat. nov.

Eucalyptus persistens subsp.

tardecidens L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill,

Telopea 4(2): 337 (1991). Type:

Queensland. Cook District: 5.0 km S of

Mt Carbine on Mareeba road, 16°33’ S 145°

09’E, 12 August 1984, K.D. Hill 1066,

L. A.S.Johnson & D.F. Blaxell (holo:

NSW; iso: BRI, CANB, MEL).

Mallee or tree to 7 metres high, lignotuberous.

Bark box-type, mottled light and dark grey,

683

closely adhering, persistent throughout.

Juvenile leaves alternate, petiolate, broadly

lanceolate, c. 8.5x3.0 cm, dull. Adult leaves

lanceolate or narrowly lanceolate, 7.5-15x0.8-

2.1 cm, alternate, leathery, concolorous, green,

dull to shiny; penninerved, lateral veins at 35-

50° to the midrib; reticulation dense, incomplete,

oil glands intersectional; petioles 1.0-1.5 cm

long. Inflorescences pseudo-terminal,

paniculate, umbellasters 7-flowered; peduncles

thick, more or less terete or somewhat flattened,

4-9 mm long at anthesis. Mature buds obovoid

to obpyriform, 4.5-6 mm long, 2.5-3 mm in

diameter, pedicels 3.5-6 mm long. Hypanthium

ribbed; operculum scar present; outer

operculum shed long before anthesis; inner

operculum conical to almost hemispherical,

smooth, thin; stamens white, inner whorls

inflexed, 1-2 mm long, fertile; outer whorls

irregularly flexed, 4.5-5 mm long, fertile. Anthers

ovoid, adnate, basifixed, opening by pores.

Style terete, 2-2.5 mm long at anthesis, stigma

blunt. Ovary 3-4-locular, ovules in 4

longitudinal rows. Fruits ovoid-truncate to

cylindrical, 4.5-5.5 mm long, 4-4.5 mm in

diameter, thick-walled, faintly longitudinally

ribbed; disc annular; valves obtuse, enclosed.

Seeds ellipsoidal, finely reticulate, 0.9-1.2 mm

long, not toothed, dark brown; chaff irregular

in shape, smaller than seeds, pale brown.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook District: 9.4

miles [15 km] by road N of Palmer River towards

Cooktown, Aug 1973, Brooker 4023 (BRI, CANB);

25.3 km from Mt Molloy towards Mt Carbine, Nov

1992, Brooker 11330 (BRI, CANB, NSW); 11.7 km

SE of Mt Janet, on survey road along the Dividing

Range, Sep 1984, Clarkson 5508 (BRI, CANB, NSW,

QRS); 7.2 km E of the Peninsula Development road

on a track to the West Normanby River, Sep 1984,

Clarkson 5532 (BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW); 14.7

km N of Lakeland Downs on track to Bob’s Hut, Oct

1993, Clarkson 10151 & Neldner (BRI, CANB, NSW);

2 km S of Mt Carbine on Mareeba road, Nov 1995,

Forster PIF18126 & Spokes (BRI, QRS); Campbell

Creek on Curraghmore Holding, Nov 1971, Hyland

5694 (BRI, QRS); 16 km S of Lakeland Downs, Nov

1989, Jobson 986 & Lum (BRI, DNA, CANB, MEL);

Mt Carbine, Oct 1976, Knowlton 58 (BRI, QRS); 16

miles WNW of Mt Carbine, Jun 1968, Pedley 2601

(BRI); near Kelly St George River, c. 58 miles [93

km] NW of Mareeba, Oct 1962, Smith 12053 (BRI);

Desailly Range, Jun 1971, Stocker 745 (BRI, QRS).

Distribution and habitat: E. tardecidens has

a restricted distribution in northern

684

Austrobaileya 5(4): 679-685 (2000)

Map 1. Distribution of Eucalyptus provecta A, E. normantonensis •

Map 2. Distribution of Eucalyptus tardecidens A, £. persistens •

Bean, Eucalyputus normantonensis and allies

Queensland, extending from Lakeland Downs

to south of Mt Carbine (Map 2).

Phenology: Flowers are recorded mainly from

October to February.

Affinities: E. tardecidens has the largest fruits

of the group. It differs from E. persistens by its

ribbed hypanthium, shorter style, longer and

broader fruits and presence of an operculum

scar.

685

Conservation status: Although the

geographical extent of this species is small, it

is very common within its area of occurrence.

No conservation coding is recommended.

Key to the species in the Eucalyptus normantonensis group

1. Stamens all fertile. 2

Outer whorl of stamens without anthers.3

2. Outer operculum shed very early; fruits 4.5-5.5x4-4.5 mm. E. tardecidens

Outer operculum retained until anthesis; fruits 3-4.5x3-3.5 mm. E. persistens

3. Mallees; bark rough at base, smooth above; outer filaments 2-3 mm

long; petioles 0.6-1.0 cm long. E. normantonensis

Trees; bark rough throughout; outer filaments 4.5-5.5 mm long;

petioles 1.0-1.7 cm long. E. provecta

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Will Smith for the illustrations,

to Les Pedley for the Latin diagnosis, and to

the Director of NSW for access to that

Herbarium.

References

Blakely, W.F. (1934). Sydney: A Key to the Eucalypts.

1st edition. Sydney: The Worker Trustees.

Chippendale, G.M. (1988). Myrtaceae - Eucalyptus,

Angophora in Flora of Australia , Volume 19.

Canberra: Australian Government Publishing

Service.

Hall, N. & Brooker, M.I.H. (1974). Forest Tree Series

Leaflet No. 160. Canberra: Australian

Government Publishing Service.

Johnson, L.A.S. & Hill, K.D. (1991). Systematic studies

in the eucalypts - 4. New taxa in Eucalyptus

(Myrtaceae), Telopea 4(2): 321-49.

Pryor, L.D. & Johnson, L.A.S. (1971). A Classification

of the Eucalypts. Canberra: Australian National

University.

Homoranthus coracinus (Myrtaceae), a new species from

Queensland

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (2000). Homoranthus coracinus (Myrtaceae), a new species from Queensland.

Austrobaileya 5(4): 687-689. A new and rare species of Homoranthus with black petals is described

and illustrated, and compared to related species.

Key words: Homoranthus, Homoranthus coracinus , taxonomy, Queensland flora, Myrtaceae

A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road,

Toowong, Qld, 4066

Introduction

Byrnes (1981) named a number of new taxa in

Darwinia Rudge and Homoranthus A.Cunn.

ex Schauer, distinguishing Homoranthus

mainly by the presence of laciniate sepals. The

circumscription of Homoranthus was changed

by Craven and Jones (1991), who placed an

emphasis on placentation and ovule number.

The species described here conforms to their

concept of Homoranthus. Because of the

laciniate sepals, it also fits into Homoranthus

sensu Byrnes.

The genus contains a high proportion of

rare species of restricted distribution, on acidic

substrates with little or no soil development.

Two such species were described by Hunter

(1998) from New South Wales.

Homoranthus coracinus A.R.Bean sp. nov.

afifinis H. darwinioidi autemconflorescentia

3-6 flora, foliis applanatis, petalis atris,

stylo infra stigma pilis tantum aliquot

praedito differt. Typus: Queensland.

Leichhardt District: Mt Mooloolong, Ka

Ka Mundi National Park, via Springsure,

7 May 1999,A.R. Bean 14843 (holo: BRI

(1 sheet + spirit); iso: CANB, MEL, NSW,

distribuendi).

Prostrate to semi-prostrate shrub, to 0.3 m high

and to 1.2 m diameter. Bark grey, fibrous, slightly

furrowed. Leaves narrowly-obovate to

Accepted for publication 11 January 2000

obovate (as seen when viewed perpendicular

to branchlet axis), 3.0-5.5 mm long, c. 0.4 mm

wide, and 1.0-1.6 mm thick, mucronate, green

or grey-green, margins entire; oil glands

scattered, rather obscure. Petioles c. 0.5 mm

long. Conflorescence terminal, anauxotelic, 3-

6-flowered. Bracteoles cymbiform, 6-7 mm long,

2.4-2.7 mm wide, gland-dotted, apex obtuse,

persistent at least until anthesis, enclosing

hypanthia; pedicels (anthopodia) absent;

peduncles thick, 2-3 mm long. Hypanthium

cylindrical, 5.3-6 mm long, 2.8-3.3 mm diameter;

puncticulate, yellow, with 4 indistinct

longitudinal ribs basally; smooth, pink to red

and unribbed distally. Sepals 5, laciniate, 3.2-

4.3 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide, erect, white, with

2-5 acute linear lobes, each 1.0-1.9 mm long.

Petals broadly obovate, 2.7-3.0x2.2-2.7 mm,

black, margin entire. Stamens 10, alternating

with staminodes. Staminodes scarcely adnate

to the adjacent stamen. Filaments c. 0.8 mm

long, terete, tapering. Anthers globose, white,

basifixed, dehiscing by small pores. Style 13-

16 mm long, glabrous except for a few spreading

hairs below the stigmatic area; stigma

unexpanded, papillose. Ovules 7-8, collateral

in two vertical rows. Fruit indehiscent, not

enlarging after anthesis. Fig. 1.

Additional specimen examined: Queensland.

Leichhardt District: Ka Ka Mundi section of Carnarvon

N P., Apr. 1999, Neill, Bouchard & Neill s.n. (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Known only from

the north-western slopes of Mt Mooloolong

Austrobaileya 5(4): 687-689 (2000)

Fig. 1. Homoranthus coracinus. A. flowering branchxl. B. exterior view of flower at anthesis with one

bracteole removedx4. C. longitudinal section of flowerx8. all from Bean 14843.

in Ka Ka Mundi National Park, SW of

Springsure. It grows on a sloping shelf of

quartzose sandstone with skeletal soil,

supporting only scattered shrubs and stunted

trees. The associated species include

Eucalyptus trachyphloia F.Muell.,

Leptospermum lamellatum Joy Thomps.,

Leucopogon flexifolius R.Br. and Homoranthus

zeteticorum Craven & S.R. Jones.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded in

April and May.

Affinities: H. coracinus differs from all other

Homoranthus spp. (and perhaps from all other

Bean, Homoranthus coracinus

Myrtaceae) by its petals, which are quite black

in both fresh and dried material. It is most

closely related to H. darwinioides and H.

porteri , both of which also have large

persistent bracteoles and laciniate sepals. H.

coracinus differs from H. darwinioides by its

3-6-flowered conflorescence, flattened leaves,

black petals and style with only a few hairs

below the stigma. H. coracinus differs from H

porteri by the much shorter leaves, the fewer

sepal laciniae, the black petals and the longer

hypanthia.

689

Conservation status: Less than 100 plants are

known from the type locality. It is possible that

more populations will be found, but its habitat

(extensive treeless areas on sandstone slopes)

is not common. Applying the guidelines of the

IUCN (Anon. 1994), a status of‘endangered’ is

recommended (Criterion D).

Etymology: From the Latin ‘ coracinus ’

meaning raven-black, in reference to the petals.

To accommodate H. coracinus , the key given

in Craven & Jones (1991) should be adjusted

as follows:

4. Leaves 3-5.5 mm long

Conflorescence 3-6-flowered; petals black; sepals with 2-5 laciniae.H. coracinus

Conflorescence 2-flowered; petals white; sepals with 6-10 laciniae.H. darwinioides

4. Leaves 4.5-17 mm long (if less than 6 mm long then sepals with fewer than 5 laciniae)

Acknowledgements

I am grateful for the assistance of Bob Campbell,

Queensland Parks and Wildlife Service, to Will

Smith for the illustration and to Les Pedley for

the Latin diagnosis. Thanks also to Greg Neill

and David Bouchard for directions to the site.

References

Anonymous (1994). IUCN Red List Categories.

International Union for Conservation of

Nature and Natural Resources: Switzerland.

Byrnes, N.B. (1981). Notes on the genus Homoranthus

(Myrtaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya 1(4):

372-5.

Craven, L.A. & Jones, S.R. (1991). ATaxonomic review

of Homoranthus and two new species of

Darwinia (both Myrtaceae, Chamelaucieae).

Australian Systematic Botany 4: 513-33.

Hunter, J.T. (1998). Two new rare species of

Homoranthus (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae)

from the Northern Tablelands of New South

Wales. Telopea 8(1): 35-40.

Two new species of Apatophyllum McGillivray (Celastraceae)

from Queensland

A.R. Bean and L.W. Jessup

Summary

Bean A.R. & Jessup L.W. (2000). Two new species of Apatophyllum McGillivray (Celastraceae)

from Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(4): 691-697. Apatophyllum teretifolium and A. flavovirens,

both endemic to Queensland, are newly described and illustrated. The distribution, habitat and

conservation status of each is discussed. Generic distinctions between Apatophyllum and Maytenus

are discussed, including a comparison of the stomatal types possessed by the two genera. A key to

all known species of Apatophyllum is presented.

Keywords: Apatophyllum, Maytenus , Gymnosporia , Apatophyllum teretifolium , Apatophyllum

flavovirens, Celastraceae, key, taxonomy, stomata, new species, Australian flora, Queensland.

A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha road,

Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia

L.W. Jessup, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane

Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia

Introduction

The genus Apatophyllum was described by

McGillivray (1971), comprising two species,

both rare, from easternAustralia. Since then, a

further species has been named from Western

Australia (Cranfield & Lander, 1992).

Apatophyllum is closely related to both

Psammomoya Diels & Loes. and Maytenus

Molina.

Apatophyllum has been adequately

compared and contrasted with Psammomoya

(McGillivray loc. cit.; Cranfield & Lander, loc.

cit.). However, no previous comparisons have

been made between Apatophyllum and

Maytenus Molina, except McGillivray’s report

of an examination of wood structure by C.R.

Metcalfe (loc. cit.) where he states that “a

comparison [of Apatophyllum ] with two

sclerophyllous Australian species of Maytenus

did not reveal any ... significant similarities”.

Apatophyllum has been distinguished

from Maytenus (Jessup 1984) by its solitary

inflorescence. The discovery of a species with

cymose 1-3 flowered inflorescence has

therefore somewhat blurred the generic

boundary between these genera. Maytenus

Accepted for publication 7 April 2000

Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha road.

undoubtedly contains a rather heterogeneous

assemblage of species, and this is evidenced

by the recent reinstatement of Gymnosporia

(Wight &Arn.) Hook.f. by Jordaan & vanWyk

(1999). A review of the whole of Maytenus and

its allies is needed to establish the phylogenetic

relationships of the group, but we feel that the

maintenance of Apatophyllum as a genus is

justified, because of differences in

inflorescence structure, leaf venation and

stomatal type.

C.R. Metcalfe (in McGillivray loc. cit.)

reported paracytic stomata for Apatophyllum

and Psammomoya, which was the first recorded

occurrence of that type of stoma for the family

Subsequently Den Hartog & Baas (1978)

reported paracytic stomata from several

Celastraceae genera, but from only two

Australian species ( Hedraianthera

porphyropetala F.Muell. and Euonymus

globularis Ding Hou). We have examined the

stomata of several species of Apatophyllum

and Maytenus s.L. The results are reported

below.

Apatophyllum differs from Australian

Maytenus by its inflorescences formed strictly

in the axils of true leaves, usually solitary; the

well developed peduncles and the greatly

692

Austrobaileya 5(4): 691 - 697 (2000)

reduced primary inflorescence axis; paracytic

stomata; and the parallel leaf venation and

pungent leaf apices. Maytenus, by contrast,

often has inflorescences borne in the axils of

small bracts or prophylls; the primary axis is

well-developed, giving rise to a pseudo-

racemose inflorescence (or, in the case of

M fasciculiflora Jessup, both peduncle and

primary axis are greatly reduced), usually

several-flowered; stomata laterocytic or

cyclocytic; and the leaf venation reticulate,

even in the narrowest leaves, and leaf apices

never pungent.

To accommodate the two new species

described below, the generic description for

Apatophyllum given in Jessup (1984) needs to

be amended as follows: leaves opposite,

subopposite or alternate, inflorescences 1-3

flowered, cymose, axillary, bisexual; sepals 4

or 5, petals 4 or 5, stamens 4 or 5; ovary +

immersed in disc, 2 or 3-locular.

Jordaan and van Wyk (1999) reinstated

the genus Gymnosporia (Wight & Arn.)

Hook.f. We accept this change and agree that

the names Maytenus emarginata (Willd.)

DingHou, Gymnosporia emarginata (Willd.)

Theu. andG senegalensis(Lam.) Loss, should

not be applied to Malesian and Australian

specimens sensu Hou (1962) and Jessup (1984).

We consider that these specimens (including

Brass 6229 which was cited by Den Hartog &

Baas (1978)), should rightly be called

Gymnosporia inermis Merr. & Perry.

Stomata

Microscope slides of cleared cuticle were

prepared for 4 species of Apatophyllum

(A. teretifolium, A. flavovirens, A. constablei

McGillivray, A. olsenii McGillivray) and 3

species of Maytenus (M silvestris Lander &

L.A.S.Johnson, M. cunninghamii (Hook.)

Loes., M. disperma (F.Muell.) Loes. and

for G. inermis.

Stomatal types were classified using the

terminology given in Dilcher (1974), Den Hartog

& Baas (1978) and Inamdar et al. (1986). All of

the Apatophyllum species examined were

found to possess paracytic stomata,

characterised by the consistent presence of

two subsidiary cells adjacent to the guard cells

and with the same orientation (Fig. 3A-C).

Maytenus silvestris and Gymnosporia inermis

were found to possess laterocytic stomata,

according to the terminology of Den Hartog

& Baas (1978), where three or more subsidiary

cells border onto the lateral sides of the

guard cell pair. In Maytenus disperma and

M cunninghamii the stomata are apparently

cyclocytic, where the subsidiary cells are not

all arranged laterally to the guard cells. In both

the laterocytic and cyclocytic types examined,

the subsidiary cells are partially submerged,

so that they are not plainly visible when the

rest of the epidermis is in sharp focus.

Species

Stomatal type

Voucher

Maytenus silvestris

laterocytic

Halford Q1551 (BRI)

Maytenus cunninghamii

cyclocytic

GrimshawPG473 (BRI)

Maytenus disperma

cyclocytic

Forster 3235 et al. (BRI)

Gymnosporia inermis

laterocytic

Brass 6229 (BRI)

Apatophyllum olsenii

paracytic

Forster 16341 & Thompson (BRI)

Apatophyllum teretifolium

paracytic

Bean 1401 (BRI)

Apatophyllum flavovirens

paracytic

Bean 2225 (BRI)

Apatophyllum constablei

paracytic

Constable & McGillivray 3061

(BRI)

Bean & Jessup, Apatophyllum in Queensland

Taxonomy

Apatophyllum teretifolium A.R.Bean & Jessup

sp. nov. affinis A. constablei autem

stipulis brevioribus, fructibus

longioribus, floribus pro parte maxima 4-

meris, petalis brevioribus differt. Typus:

Queensland. Leichhardt District:

Lonesome National Park, NNE of Injune,

6 May 1999, A.R.Bean 14832 (holo: BRI;

iso: AD, K, MEL, MO, NSW, PERTH,

distribuendi)

Apatophyllum sp. (Expedition Range E.J.

Thompson AQ440723) in Henderson

(1997).

Densely branched rounded shrub 25-40 cm

high, glabrous. Leaves sessile, opposite to sub¬

opposite or occasionally alternate, linear, (6-)

8-12 x 0.3-0.5 mm, elliptical in cross-section;

venation obscure, longitudinal; apex acute to

acuminate, pungent-pointed. Stipules linear,

0.9-1.5 mm long, brown, persistent, mostly

broad-based and with 2 or 3 short lateral lobes;

apex acute to acuminate. Inflorescence axillary,

reduced to a single flower, with 1 or sometimes

2 pairs of empty pherophylls shortly distal to

the base of the axis. Anthopodia 1.7-2.5 mm

long. Pherophylls cymbiform, 0.9-1.5 mm long,

apex acute, margins denticulate. Perianth 4 or

5-merous. Sepals debate, 0.6-0.7 mm long,

persistent on mature capsule; apex acuminate,

margins denticulate. Petals debate, 0.9-1.2 mm

long, 0.7-0.9 mm wide at base, white, somewhat

persistent beyond anthesis; apex acute, margins

entire. Stamens 4 or 5, equal in number to petals,

inserted on margin of disc; filaments tapering,

0.4-0.5 mm long, somewhat persistent beyond

anthesis; anthers basifixed, 0.3-0.4 mm long

and c. 0.4 mm across. Disc fleshy, shallowly

cupular. Ovary ovoid, 2-locular, almost

completely immersed in disc; ovules 2 per

loculus. Style 0.6-0.7 mm long. Capsule

compressed obovoid, 2-valved, 5.2-6 x 2.0-

2.8 mm, surface smooth or minutely papillose.

Seeds ellipsoidal, c. 3.2 mm long, c. 1.4 mm in

diameter; testa dark brown, smooth but with

fine transverse markings; aril white, clasping

base of seed. Fig. 1, 3C.

693

Specimens examined: Queensland. Leichhardt

District: Lonesome N.P., north-east of Injune, Mar

1990, Bean 1401 (BRI); Expedition Range, c. 30 km

WSW of Bauhinia Downs, Mar 1984, Thompson s.n.

(BRI). Burnett District: near Panda Lane, Waaje, NW

corner of Barakula S.F., via Chinchilla, Mar 1998,

Bean 13138 (BRI, CANB, NSW, MEL).

Distribution and habitat: A. teretifolium is

known from 3 localities; the Expedition Range,

Lonesome National Park, and the Barakula State

Forest near Chinchilla (Map 1). It grows in

Eucalyptus dominated woodland to low open

woodland with a heathy understorey, on

shallow sandy soils.

Phenology: Flowers and fruits are recorded for

March and May.

Notes: A large proportion of seeds are evidently

destroyed by caterpillars. Insect predation is

likely to be a limiting factor for regeneration of

this species.

A. teretifolium differs from A.

constablei by the shorter stipules, longer fruits,

the predominantly 4-merous flowers and the

shorter petals.

Conservation status: Three populations of A.

teretifolium have been recorded. Applying the

IUCN guidelines (Anon. 1994), a category of

‘vulnerable’ is proposed (Criterion D2).

Etymology: From the Latin teretifolius ,

meaning ‘withterete leaves’.

Apatophyllum flavovirens A.R.Bean & Jessup

sp. nov. affinis A. olsenii autem foliis

latioribus, stipulis longioribus,

inflorescentiis cymosis, pedunculis

anthopodiis longioribus, ovario 3-

loculari, petalis longioribus differt. Typus:

Queensland. Leichhardt District: Bull

Creek Gorge, 15 km W of ‘Castlevale’, W

of Springsure, 4 September 1990, A.R.

Bean 2225 (holo: BRI; iso: AD, DNA, MEL,

NSW, PERTH).

Apatophyllum sp. (Bull Creek A.R.Bean

2225) in Henderson (1997).

694

Austrobaileya 5(4): 691 - 697 (2000)

Fig. 1. Apatophyllum teretifolium. A. fertile branchlet x 2. B. flower (with one petal removed) and prophylls

20. C. fruit x 10. D. seed x 10. A-C, Bean 14832; D, Bean 1401.

Bean & Jessup, Apatophyllum in Queensland

695

Fig. 2. Apatophyllum flavovirens. A. fertile branchlet x 0.8. B. oblique view of flower x 8. C. fruit x 5. D. seed

x 10. all from Bean 2225.

696

Branched rounded shrub 100 cm high,

glabrous. Petioles 0.5-1 mm long. Leaves

alternate, narrowly lanceolate, 9-21 x 1.6-3.0

mm, flat; venation parallel, longitudinal; apex

acute to acuminate, pungent-pointed. Stipules

linear, 0.3-0.7 mm long, white or yellowish,

persistent, entire to obscurely lobed; apex

acute. Inflorescence axillary, dichasially cymose

with up to 3 flowers or reduced to a single

flower, with 1-several pairs of pherophylls.

Anthopodia 2.0-4.0 mm long at anthesis.

Pherophylls cymbiform, 0.8-1.3 mm long, apex

acute, margins entire. Peduncles 2-3.5 mm long.

Perianth 5-merous. Sepals deltate, 0.6-0.9 mm

long, persistent; apex acute, margins entire.

Petals deltate, 1.7-2.0 mm long, 1.1-1.2 mm wide

at base, yellow, persistent; apex acute, margins

entire. Stamens 5, inserted on margin of disc;

filaments tapering, c. 0.4 mm long; anthers

dorsifixed, c. 0.3 mm long and c. 0.3 mm across.

Disc fleshy, flat. Ovary ovoid, 3-locular, partially

immersed in disc; ovules 2 per loculus. Style

0.5-0.6 mm long. Capsule obovoid, 3-valved,

8-9.5 x 6-7 mm, surface smooth. Seeds

cylindrical, c. 4.0 mm long, c. 1.7 mm in diameter;

testa brown, longitudinally striate; aril white,

clasping base of seed. Fig. 2, 3B.

Additional specimen examined: Queensland.

Leichhardt District: Bull Creek Gorge, S of Springsure-

Tambo road, Sep 1999, Bean 15370 (BRI, K, MO,

NSW).

Austrobaileya 5(4): 691 - 697 (2000)

Distribution and habitat: A. flavovirens is

known only from the type locality (Map 1),

where it grows on a skeletal sandstone slope

(west facing) in open woodland with

Eucalyptus decorticans, Corymbia

hendersonii and Acacia shirleyi. Associated

understorey species include Micromyrtus

leptocalyx, Triodia mitchellii, Grevillea

longistyla and Acacia spp.

Phenology: Flowers and fruits are recorded for

September.

Affinities: A. flavovirens differs from A. olsenii

by the leaves 1.6-3 mm wide (0.7-1.5 mm for A.

olsenii ), stipules longer, 0.3-0.7 mm long (vs.

0.2-0.3 mm long for A. olsenii), cymose

inflorescence, longer peduncles and pedicels,

3-locular ovary (2-locular for A. olsenii ) and

the longer and wider petals.

Conservation status: A. flavovirens is known

from only 19 individuals at the type locality.

No further plants were discovered during a three

day field trip to the area in September 1999.

Applying the IUCN guidelines (Anon. 1994), a

category of‘critically endangered’ is proposed

(Criterion D).

Etymology: From the Latin flavovirens ,

meaning yellowish green, in reference to the

leaf colour.

Key to the species of Apatophyllum

1. Leaves linear, to 0.6 mm wide, terete or almost so .2

Leaves linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, 0.7-3 mm wide, flat.4

2. Perianth 5-merous; petals 1.2-3.5 mm long.3

Perianth predominantly 4-merous; petals 0.9-1.2 mm long. A. teretifolium

3. Petals 1.2-1.5 mm long, margins entire.A. constablei

Petals 2-3.5 mm long, margins fimbriate. A. macgillivrayi

4. Leaves 1.6-3 mm wide; inflorescence cymose; ovary 3-locular. A. flavovirens

Leaves 0.7-1.5 mm wide; inflorescence solitary; ovary 2-locular. A. olsenii

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to Will Smith for the illustrations

and map, to Wayne Harris for assistance in

preparing the stomatal slides and for

photographing them, to Phil Sharpe for a

German translation, to Keith McDonald for

assistance in the field, and to Les Pedley for

the Latin diagnoses.

Bean & Jessup, Apatophyllum in Queensland

697

Fig. 3. Stomatal patterns in Apatophyllum. A. Apatophyllum olsenii x 500. B. Apatophyllum flavovirens x 500.

C. Apatophyllum teretifolium x 300. A, Forster 16341 & Thompson ; B, Retm 2225; C, iterw 1401 (all BRI).

References

Anonymous (1994). IUCN Red List Categories.

International Union for Conservation of

Nature and Natural Resources: Switzerland.

Cranfield, R.J. & Lander, N.S. (1992). Apatophyllum

macgillivrayi (Celastraceae), a new species from

south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 8(2):

191-4.

Den Hartog, R.M. & Baas, P (1978). Epidermal

Characters of the Celastraceae sensu lato. Acta

Botanica Neerlandica 27: 355-88.

Dilcher, D.L. (1974). Approaches to the Identification

of Angiosperm leaf remains. The Botanical

Review 40: 1-157.

Henderson, R.J.F. (ed.) (1997). Queensland Plants,

Names and Distribution. Brisbane: Department

of Environment.

Inamdar, J.A., Mohan, J.S.S. & Subramanian, R.B.

(1986). Stomatal Classifications - a review.

Feddes Repertorium 97: 147-60.

Jessup, L.W. (1984). Celastraceae, in Flora of Australia,

Volume 22. Canberra: Australian Government

Publishing Service.

Jordaan, M. & Wyk, A.E. van (1999). Systematic

studies in subfamily Celastroideae (Celastraceae)

in southern Africa: reinstatement of the genus

Gymnosporia. South African Journal of Botany

65: 177-81.

McGillivray, D.J. (1971). Apatophyllum'. An interesting

new Australian genus in the family Celastraceae.

Kew Bulletin 25: 401-6.

Hou, D. (1962). Celastraceae I, in Flora Malesiana

ser. 1, 6: 227-91.

Jasminum domatiigerum subsp. australis (01eaceae),a new

subspecies from north Queensland

Wayne K. Harris & William J. McDonald

Summary

Harris, Wayne K. & McDonald, William J (2000). Jasminum domatiigerum subsp. australis

(01eaceae),a new subspecies from north Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(4):699-703. Jasminum

domatiigerum subsp. australis from north Queensland is described as new and is illustrated and

compared with other related species from Australia. Previous records of this species are from New

Guinea where it occurs in similar habitats. This is the first reported occurrence from Australia.

Notes are provided on its distribution, habitat and conservation status. A key to the Australian and

New Guinea trifoliolate species of Jasminum is provided.

Key words: Oleaceae, Jasminum domatiigerum, Jasminum domatiigerum subsp. australis ,

Queensland, New Guinea, systematics, ecology, distribution.

Wayne K.Harris & William J.McDonald: Queensland Herbarium, Mt Coot-tha Botanic Gardens,

Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong 4066

Introduction

The genus Jasminum L. in Australia consists

of ten species and a number of subspecies and

was most recently revised by Green (1984).The

genus is widely distributed throughout eastern

and northern Australia and two species extend

further westwards. J. calcareum F.Muell.

extends from central Australia through to

Western Australia. J. didymum subsp .lineare

(R.Br.) P.S. Green is the most widespread

extending west from the Great Divide in eastern

Australia through central Australia and into the

northern parts of Western Australia south of

the Kimberley. Jasminum Section Trifoliolata

DC. is represented by two species and three

subspecies. Lingelsheim (1927) described nine

species from Papua New Guinea of which two

belong to section Trifoliolata and one of these

is recorded from Australia. Jasminum

domatiigerum Lingelsh. has a limited

distribution in northern Queensland where it

occurs as a scrambling climber in the wetter

regions in complex notophyll and mesophyll

vine forests.

Jasminum domatiigerum Lingelsh. subsp.

australis W.K. Harris & W. J.McDonald

subsp. nov. Subspecies Jasminii

domatiigeri a typo foliolis petiolulisque

majoribus, pedicellis longioribus et

Accepted for publication 5 January 2000

floribus majoribus (8-15 mm long.)

differens; ad North Queensland restricta

est. Typus: Queensland. Cook District:

Forrester Road Malanda, 17°2LS 145°

34’E; 20 Jul. 1998,7?. Jensen 0 0 8 8 8:

(holo: BRI).

Description: Evergreen scrambling or twining

shrub to about 4 m; stem pubescent to

tomentose with orange-brown simple hairs.

Leaves opposite, trifoliolate; petioles 8-20 mm

long channelled on the upper surface,

pubescent; lamina coriaceous, ovate to broadly

ovate, glabrous to sparsely pubescent on the

adaxial surface, glossy, sparsely pubescent on

the abaxial surface, slightly discolorous,

terminal leaflet (5.5—)6.6—8.0(—8.5) cm long by

(3.6-)4.0-5.0(-5.5) cm broad,petiolule(1.3-)

1.4-1.9(—2.2) cm long, lateral leaflets (2.6-)3.4-

4.0(-4.5) cm long and (1.7—) 1.8—2.6(—3.6) cm

broad, petiolules (2-)3.0-5.0(-6.0) cm long;

margins entire not thickened, slightly recurved;

apex acute to acuminate; base cordate; venation

simple, pinnate, on upper surface depressed,

on lower surface prominently raised with 3 or 4

secondary veins each side of the midrib.

Inflorescences to 90 mm long, on axillary side

shoots, sub-umbellate, (1—) 3 (-7)-flowered,

flowers perfumed, bracts linear subulate,

puberulent 3-6 mm long; pedicels 2-9 mm long,

pubescent. Calyx pubescent, tube 2-7 mm long

700

and 2-2.5 mm in diameter, with 4-5 linear to

triangular teeth, 0.8-2.0 mm long. Corolla

hypocrateriform, white to cream on the outside,

white to cream internally, tube 8-15 mm long

with 4-6 lanceolate or narrow lanceolate acute

lobes, 5-7 mm long. Stamens 2; anthers 3.5^1

mm long, on filaments 1.5-2 mm long, attached

about midway along the corolla tube, not

exerted. Ovary 0.8-1.0 mm long; style about 10

mm long, not exerted, heterostyly not observed;

stigma slightly bilobed about 1.5 mm long. Fruit

spherical to slightly ovoid, often paired (or

single by abortion), 8-10 mm long by 6-8 mm

broad, purple-black. Fig 1,2.

Phenology: Flowering occurs from May

through to July, fruits appearing September to

November. Flowers are sweetly fragrant.

Specimens Examined : Queensland. Cook District:

Daintree R headwaters. Black Mountain area, Daintree

NP, [16°23’S 145°12’E], May 1998, P.I. Forster +

PIF 22968 , (BRI); Herberton Range, SF 194, Mt

Baldy, [17°18’S 145°24’E], Oct 1997, P.I. Forster

PIF 21854 (BRI). North Kennedy District: Arthur

Bailey Road S of Ravenshoe, [17°40’S 143°31’E],

Jun 1995, P.I. Forster PIF 16749 , (BRI, QRS, MEL

,K); Mt Fox, [18°49’S 145°51’E], Oct 1949, F. Mull,

s.n. [AQ 073283] (BRI); South Kennedy District:

Broken River Track, Eungella NP, Nov 1998, W.J.

McDonald + 4484 (BRI); Rd along Clarke Range, SF

679 Teemburra c. 8km S of Crediton township, Jun

1994, W.J. McDonald + 5970 (BRI); Diggings Road

Eungella NP, 20°5-’S 148°3-’E, without date, S.

Pearson SP465 (BRI); Broken River, Eungella NP,

21°1-’S 148°3-’E, May 1985, M.D. Pearson s.n. [AQ

398226] (BRI).

Austrobaileya 5(4): 699-703 (2000)

Distribution and habitat : J. domatiigerum

subsp. australis has been recorded from the northern

regions of Queensland from the Daintree River

to the Eungella National Park in the south (Map

1). The species is associated with complex

mesophyll and notophyll vine forests where it

is a slender scrambling climber. Soil types are

red and usually derived from granite.

Diagnostic Features: J. domatiigerum

subspecies australis is readily distinguished

from the type of the species by its larger flowers

(corolla tub 9-12 mm long), longer pedicels (up

to 9 mm long), larger leaflets (up to 8 mm long)

and longer petiolules (lateral petiolule up to 5

mm long).

Affinities : J. domatiigerum has close affinities

with J. didymum and J. dallachii. It differs from

the former in having densely pubescent to

tomentose branches, petioles and calyces and

hairy domatia. J. dallachii has smaller leaflets,

fewer flowers on a shorter inflorescence and

domatia which are formed at the vein

intersections by a flap of tissue between the

primary and the secondary veins.

Conservation Status: By IUCN (1994) criteria

the taxon is Data Deficient (DD).

Etymology : Latin meaning ‘of the south’ in

reference to its occurrence in Australia.

Key to Jasminum sect. Trifoliolata species in Australia and New Guinea

1. Stems, petioles and leaves pubescent-tomentose.2

Stems, petioles and leaves glabrous or minutely puberulent.5

2. Terminal leaflets mostly less than 6cm long, inflorescences

short, less than 3 cm long mostly 1-5- flowered. J. dallachii

Terminal leaflets greater than 6 cm long, inflorescence greater

than 3 cm long, mostly 5-7- flowered.3

3. Leaves without domatia. J. gilgianum

Leaves with domatia.4

4. Corolla tube 6-8 mm long .

Corolla tube 9-12 mm long

J. domatiigerum subsp. domatiigerum

. . . J. domatiigerum subsp. australis

Harris, McDonald, Jasminum domatiigerum subsp. australis 701

5. Terminal leaflet lanceolate to ovate.6

Terminal leaflet linear to narrow lanceolate. J. didymum subsp. lineare

6. Terminal leaflet more than 4 cm long

Terminal leaflet less than 4cm long .

. J. didymum subsp. didymum

J. didymum subsp. racemosum

Acknowledgements

We thank Dr. G.P. Guymer for provision of

facilities at BRI. Peter Bostock provided the

Latin diagnosis.

References

Green, P.S. (1984). A revision of Jasminum in

Australia. Allertonia 3(6): 403-438.

Lingelsheim, A. (1927). 111. Die Oleaceen Papuasiens.

in Lauterbach L., Beitrage zur Flora von

Papuasien. ser. xiv: 1-22.

Anon (1994). IUCN Red List Categories. International

Union for Conservation and Nature, Gland,

Switzerland. 2 lp.

Map 1 . Distribution of J. domatiigerum subsp.

australis in North Queensland

Fig 1 . Adaxial leaf surface showing prominent domatia

along major veins and at vein intersections. Leaf is c.

3.5 cm broad. PI. Forster PIF 16749 (BRI)

702

Austrobaileya 5(4): 699-703 (2000)

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)

Brisbane Australia

537154

AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL HERBARIUM

ATHERTON (QRS) csmo d™ 0 m a „ t

Jasminum dallachii

NOT

. fragrant.

— • Queensland Herbarium (BRI)

CC^ct ^

^5,

do^ah

SSyt. £XLtS A-a.l/f

nalc(-n

iTKi>

Fig 2. Jasminum domatiigerum subsp. australis W.K. Harris & W.J. McDonald. Photograph of holotype at

BRI. (Approx, half natural size.)

Harris, McDonald, Jasminum domatiigerum subsp.- australis

703

PLANTAE PAPUANAE

Botanical Collections of the Department of Forests

Papua and New Guinea

J.S. Weiners ley .Q.F.9M+-9 April 1957

Jasminum

HERBARIUM OF THE UNIVERSITY OF

NEW ENGLAND (HE)

Jasmin-urn domatiigerum Lingelsh.

Jet. R.Kiew 9.8.81

Mt. Kum, near Mt. Hagen Western Highlands, T.N.G.

Alt. c. 7,000 ft. Lat.5 SO 5. Long. 144 IS E.

OE&^CEril

JASMINUM

Climber over low shrub3 in montane

forest. Flowero: white, scented.

Collected Mt, Kuni, near Mt,Hagen,

T.N.G. 6500'.

J.S. WOMEESliEY. 9.5.57.

ENGLAND

Hj; i; [i A p | UM

272147

Fr is a a nF

BRt LOAN

;

Fig 3. Jasminum domatiigerum subsp. domatiigerum Lingelsh. J.S. Womersly N.G.F. 9449, Mt Kum, PNBG.

(BRI). (Approx, half natural size)

A new species and lectotypification in Campanulaceae:

Lobelioideae

DavidAlbrecht

Summary

Albrecht, D.E. (2000). A new species and lectotypification in Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae.

Austrobaileya 5(4):705-709. Pratia puberula Benth. is lectotypified and Lobelia leucotos Albr.

described and illustrated, with notes on distribution, habitat and relationships with other species of

Lobelioideae.

Keywords: Pratia puberula ; Lobelia leucotos ; Campanulaceae; Lobelioideae; Queensland.

David Albrecht, Northern Territory Herbarium, Parks & Wildlife Commission of the Northern

Territory, PO Box 1046, Alice Springs, N.T., Australia 0871

Introduction

A taxonomic treatment of Australian

Lobelioideae by the author is progressing.

However, it may be some time before

completion due to the unresolved problem of

generic limits and to species complexes

requiring further detailed study. Nevertheless,

some undescribed taxa within this subfamily

present few problems, and it seems sensible to

expedite publication of names for them so that

they are available for use. This paper validates

the name of a new species from Queensland.

A specimen of this taxon, apparently collected

at Cooper’s Creek, South Australia was cited

by Bentham (1868) as a syntype of Pratia

puberula Benth. In order to extricate this

specimen from Pratia puberula sensu stricto

so that the entity that it represents can be

described without confusion, Pratia puberula

is here lectotypified.

Floral measurements are based on fresh, spirit

or rehydrated material.

Typification of Pratia puberula

Pratia puberula Benth., FI. Austral. 4: 133

(1868). Type: Victoria, marshes at Cobra

[Cobberas Mountains],A Mueller (lecto:

K, here selected); probable isolecto:

Cobra, Jan 1854, F. Mueller (MEL [MEL

1592621]).

Accepted for publication 10 March 2000

In the protologue of Pratia puberula , Bentham

(1868) cited the following three collections:

New South Wales, Glendon (Leichhardt);

Victoria, moist, grassy, and marshy places at

Cobra and Mount Barkly (F. Mueller); and

South Australia, Cooper’s Creek (Bowman).

Mueller’s cited collection from Victoria actually

consist of three specimens, two from the

Cobberas Mountains (K and MEL [MEL

1592621 ]) and one from Mount Barkly Ranges

(MEL [MEL 1592622]).

Bentham’s protologue includes a description

of the fruit and seeds of this species, both

critically diagnostic in the Lobelioideae, and

as Mueller’s specimens from the Cobberas

Mountains are the only syntypes with fruit

and seed, albeit rather immature, one of them

has been selected here as lectotype. Bentham

does not appear to have examined Mueller’s

specimen housed at MEL and must have based

his fruit and seed description on the K specimen

which is, therefore, here selected as lectotype.

There have been various applications of the

name Pratia puberula and much confusion

between it and P. pedunculata (R.Br.) Benth.

has resulted. The lectotypification of Pratia

puberula as undertaken here maintains the

prevailing concept of P. puberula in South

Australia (Toelken, 1986) and in Victoria, where

P. puberula is regarded as a synonym of P.

pedunculata (Willis 1973, Albrecht 1999).

Further study of the P. pedunculata - P.

puberula complex is required to determine

706

whether or not more than a single taxon warrants

recognition within it. Clarification of the

typification of P. pedunculata is also required.

Whilst all of Mueller’s specimens cited by

Bentham represent the one entity here defined

as Pratiapuberula, Bentham’s other syntypes

of this name are not of this species. Leichhardt’s

specimen from Glendon (MEL 1592620) is

Pratia purpurascens (R.Br.) E.Wimm., while

Bowman’s specimen is of the species described

here as Lobelia leucotos. There is some

uncertainty about the origin of Bowman’s

collection as the specimen has two labels. The

smaller of the two labels gives the location

“Cooper Creek” and is numbered 228, while the

larger label gives the location “Capes River” in

Mueller’s hand with a further annotation by

J.H. Willis indicating the collector as ‘Bowman’.

It is highly unlikely that Bentham’s citation

“South Australia, Cooper’s Creek” is correct

for this specimen as Lobelia leucotos is not

known to occur in this part of Australia. There

is a Cooper Creek, west-south-west of Mackay,

Queensland, which is closer to, but still slightly

to the south of, the known range ofZ. leucotos.

The most likely location of collection of

Bowman’s specimen is Cape River, Queensland.

This location is to the south of Charters Towers

and within the known range of Lobelia leucotos

(Cumming9589 (BRI) is from near this location).

Bowman collected specimens of other species

(e.g. Eremophila debilis (Andrews) Chinnock

and Rhynchospora pterochaeta F. Muel 1.) from

the Cape River area of Queensland (J. Clarkson

pers. comm.).

Taxonomy

Lobelia leucotos Albr., sp. nov. Lobeliae

stenophyllae Benth. affinis sed floribus

unisexualibus, lobis corollae in latitudine

subequalibus, tubo corollae fisso

profundiore, hypanthio puberulo dense,

alveolis seminibus elongata plerumque

differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook District:

Mareeba on the property of J. Clarkson

on La Spina Road, 17°01’S, 145°24’E, 9

March 1993, J.R. Clarkson 9788 (holo

(functionally male): BRI [AQ 580063]; iso:

DNA, K, L, MBA, MEL; para (functionally

female): ditto, J.R. Clarkson 9787, BRI

Austrobaileya 5(4): 705-710 (2000)

[AQ 580062]; iso para: DNA, K, L, MBA,

MEL, MO, NSW, PERTH).

Herbaceous dioecious perennial. Stems

prostrate or decumbent, puberulous, rarely

almost glabrous, rooting at the nodes. Leaves

distichous, sometimes purple-tinged below,

lanceolate or elliptic to ovate or obovate, 4^14

mm long, 2-15 mm wide, puberulous, with

margins toothed, apex acute to obtuse, and

base cuneate or occasionally obtuse; petiole

ill-defined or rarely to 3mm long. Flowers

solitary, axillary. Bracteoles 0.1-0.6 mm long.

Pedicels 3-35 mm long, puberulous or rarely

almost glabrous. Hypanthium obconic,

ellipsoid or obovoid and 1-2.5 mm long in

functionally male flowers, ovoid to obovoid and

2-4.5 mm long in functionally female flowers,

puberulous externally. Calyx lobes erect,

triangular, 1-2.2 mm long, puberulous, at least

some toothed towards base. Corolla

zygomorphic, 2-lipped, 4.5-8 mm long, generally

slightly smaller on female plants, white

throughout or occasionally with a slight green

or purplish tinge externally, + puberulous

externally; lobes lanceolate-triangular to

narrowly elliptic, glabrous on inner surface,

acute; upper lobes two, 3.5-5 mm long, 0.6-1.2

mm wide, slightly more deeply cut than the

lower lobes, erect; lower lobes three, 2.5-4 mm

long, 0.6-1.3 mm wide, spreading or recurved,

with a green zone at the base; tube 2-4 mm

long, split to within 0.8-1.5 mm of the base,

puberulous internally. Stamens with filaments

2.5-4 mm long, adnate to the corolla tube for

0.5-1.5 mm above the distal edge of the

hypanthium, distally connate for up to c. 0.5

mm, the dorsal three evenly tapered, green

becoming purplish distally, glabrous or

puberulous on inner surface, the ventral two

distally broad, thickened and white tinged

purple (these features less pronounced in

functionally female flowers), tapering rather

abruptly to a narrower green lower part,

puberulous on inner surface. Anther tube 1.4-

2 mm long in functionally male flowers, 0.8-1.4

mm long in functionally female flowers,

glabrous on the exterior surface, two ventral

anthers each with a seta 0.15-0.3 mm long,

dorsal anthers lacking apical setae. Style

glabrous to puberulous; stigma protruding from

the orifice of sterile anther tube in mature

Albrecht, Lobelioideae

functionally female flowers. Capsule ovoid to

ellipsoid, slightly compressed, 4-9.5 mm long,

3-5 mm diameter, puberulous; apical valves

raised 0.5-1.5 mm above base of calyx lobes.

Seeds brown, ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid,

sometimes asymmetrical, slightly compressed,

0.4-0.6 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide; testa

reticulate, alveolae all elongate or elongate and

+ isodiametric. Fig. 1A-G

Specimens examined: Queensland. Burke District

16.4 km N of Hughenden, Sep 1988, Ingleby QHW

38 (NSW). Cook District: c. 50 m N of Barron Falls

railway station, Jan 1993, Albrecht 5210 & Jobson

(MEL); E Side of Kennedy Hwy, c. 1.5 km S of

Mareeba, Jan 1993, Albrecht 5211 & Jobson (MEL);

Black Rock (Lynd), Apr 1988, Horsup 89 (BRI);

Mareeba, Apr 1962, McKee 9066 (BRI, CANB, NSW);

Goldmine Creek, 19 km from Mareeba towards

Kuranda along Hwy, May 1972, Wrigley & Telford NQ

272 (CBG). North Kennedy District: Cape River, no

date. Bowman [MEL 1592619](MEL); Mt Fox, Dec

1949, Clemens [AQ 417048] (BRI); 22 km N of Burra

microwave tower, towards Poison Valley, W of

Pentland, Apr 1990, Cumming 9589 (BRI);

Herberton, Jan 1936, Flecker 1317 (AD); Hellhole

Creek, near Taravale Homestead, 15km along

Taravale road from Ewan road turnoff. May 1994,

Jobson 2990 & Dixon (MEL); Herberton, Jan 1912,

Kenny [AQ 27373] (BRI); Nigger Creek, Herberton,

no date, Kenny [AQ 27374] (BRI); c. 45 miles SE of

Mt Garnet, Jan 1968, Morain 282 (BRI); Herberton,

Jun 1905, Ringrose [AQ 27380] (BRI); “Lansdown”,

c. 25 miles S of Townsville, Mar 1971, Robertson

T211 (BRI); Townsville, no date, Simmons 283 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Lobelia leucotos is

endemic in north Queensland. The species is

known from scattered populations in the Cook

and North Kennedy Pastoral Districts and from

a single collection in the Burke Pastoral District.

The known latitudinal range of the species is

from approximately 16 °S to 21°S. Most

collections have been made in grassy

woodlands on heavy basalt-derived soils, with

fewer collections on sandy or skeletal

substrates. Some populations are likely to

experience regular burning (J. Clarkson pers.

comm.).

Phenology: Flowering specimens have been

collected between January and June. Fruiting

specimens have been collected in March and

April.

Notes: Without supplementary water plants die

back during dry periods and resprout after

707

rains. Plants are known to occur in gardens

and under such conditions will remain leafy

throughout the year (J. Clarkson pers. comm.).

Lobelia leucotos and L. stenophylla Benth.

(s. str., which occurs from southern

Queensland to northern New South Wales)

share two diagnostic character states that are

absent or extremely rare in other Australian

Lobelioideae. In both species, the two ventral

staminal filaments are broad and thickened

distally, and narrow and attenuate proximally

(Fig. 1C). InL. leucotos these features are more

accentuated in functionally male flowers than

in functionally female flowers. The two ventral

anthers in both species also lack penicillate

hairs at the apex, though each have a single

apical seta (Fig. ID). This feature is otherwise

known only in Hypsela tridens E.Wimm.

Lobelia leucotos differs from L. stenophylla in

a number of important floral features set out in

the following synopsis:

L. leucotos'. Flowers functionally unisexual;

corolla lobes white on inner surface, subequal

in width or occasionally the upper pair slightly

narrower; corolla tube split to within 0.8-1.5

mm from its base; hypanthium densely

puberulous externally; seed alveolae

predominantly elongate.

L. stenophylla'. Flowers bisexual; corolla lobes

white, blue or mauvish on inner surface, the

upper pair less than half the width of the lower

3 lobes; corolla tube split to within 2^1 mm

from its base; hypanthium glabrous or rarely

sparsely puberulous externally; seed alveolae

predominantly + isodiametric.

Lobelia leucotos occurs in coastal and inland

locations between the latitudes of c. 16°S to c.

21°S, whilst L. stenophylla occurs

predominantly in near-coastal areas and has a

more southerly distribution between c. 20°S and

c. 32°S.

Specimens of Lobelia leucotos have previously

been determined as Lobelia quadrangularis

R.Br., Pratiapurpurascens (R.Br.) E.Wimm. or

P. puberula Benth. All those three species differ

from Lobelia leucotos in having penicillate hairs

subtending the seta at the apex of the ventral

two anthers, and in having all staminal filaments

708

Austrobaileya 5(4): 705-710 (2000)

Fig. 1. Lobelia leucotos: A. Habit, x 1. B. Functionally male flower, x 8.C. Androecium of functionally male

flower showing anther tube, two ventral staminal filaments and one of three dorsal staminal filaments, x 10. D.

Anther tube orifice of functionally male flower, x 40. E. Fruit, x 6. F. Seed, x 50.G. Seed ornamentation showing

elongate alveolae, x c. 400 A-G - drawn from cultivated material originating from type locality, J. Clarkson s.n.

Albrecht, Lobelioideae

evenly textured and tapering more or less

gradually from apex to base. L. quadrangnlaris

also differs from L. leucotos in having bisexual

flowers with blue to mauve corollas and anther

tubes with short fine hairs on the dorsal exterior

surface. P. purpurascens also differs from L.

leucotos in having glabrous or almost glabrous

hypanthia, the upper corolla lobes markedly

narrower than the lower lobes, and larger seeds

>0.7 mm rather than< 0.6 mm long. P. puberula

also differs from L. leucotos in having more

deeply split corolla tubes split to <0.7 mm rather

than 0.8—1.5 mm from the base and indehiscent

rather than dehiscent fruit.

Specimens of L. leucotos show considerable

variation in leaf size, shape and prominence of

marginal toothing. Corolla size and plant

indumentum, on the other hand, exhibit low

variability within the species. Very few ripe fruit

of this species have been preserved in

herbarium specimens. In those studied, the

narrow summit of the fruit expands to 0.5-1.5

mm above the distal edge of the hypanthium

and separates into two valves when fully

mature. The calyx lobes persist and remain

erect, often obscuring the summit of the fruit

(Fig. IE). This cryptic dehiscence is similar to

that found in L. darlingensis (E.Wimm.)Albr.

(Albrecht, 1994).

Conservation status: This taxon is not

considered rare or threatened.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

Greek leucon-, white-, and Otion, auricle or little

ear, in reference to the upper corolla lobes in

this species, which bear some resemblance to

erect rabbit ears.

709

Acknowledgements

I am most grateful to John Clarkson for

collecting live material of Lobelia leucotos and

for providing information on habitat and

collecting localities; to Peter Jobson for his

generous help with fieldwork; to the nursery

staff of the Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne,

and Alice Springs Desert Park for their attentive

care of cultivated plants; to Neville Walsh for

the Latin diagnosis; to Philip Short and Don

Foreman for checking types at K and BM for

me; to Clyde Dunlop for comments on the

manuscript; to the Directors of BRI, NSW, SYD

and MEL for loans and access to their

collections; and to Sally Mumford for preparing

the illustration.

References

Albrecht, D.E. (1994). A new combination in Lobelia

L. (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae). Telopea 5:

791-792.

Albrecht, D.E. (1999). Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae.

In N.G. Walsh & T.J. Entwisle (eds). Flora of

Victoria 4: 563-578. Port Melbourne: Inkata

Press.

Bentham, G. (1868). (Pratia in Campanulaceae, Flora

Australiensis: a Description of the Plants of the

Australian Territory ) 4: 133. London: L. Reeve

& Co.

Toelken, H.R. (1986). Campanulaceae - Pratia. In

J.P Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds). Flora of South

Australia III: 1374-1376. Adelaide: South

Australian Government Printing Division.

Willis, J.H. (1973). A Handbook to Plants in Victoria

2: 630. Carlton: Melbourne University Press.

Chamaesyce ophiolitica (Euphorbiaceae), a new and endangered

species endemic to serpentine vegetation in central Queensland

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster, Paul .1. Chamaesyce ophiolitica P.I.Forst. (Euphorbiaceae), a new and endangered species

endemic to serpentine vegetation in central Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(4):711—714 (2000).

The new species Chamaesyce ophiolitica is described and illustrated. Information is provided on

its distribution, habitat and conservation status. Its affinities are with the C. drummondii complex.

C. ophiolitica is restricted to serpentine soils north of Rockhampton in central Queensland. The

species is known from three extant localities and fulfils the criteria to be listed as an Endangered

species.

Keywords: Chamaesyce ophiolitica, Euphorbiaceae, serpentine.

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong,

Queensland 4066, Australia.

Introduction

Revisions of the Australian species of

Chamaesyce S.F.Gray and Euphorbia L. were

undertaken by Hassall (1977a), although only

the latter was formally published (Hassall

1977b). New combinations in Chamaesyce were

published by Hassall (1976) and for some

additional Queensland species by Forster &

Henderson (1995) to enable use of the generic

name in the most recent census of Queensland

plants (Forster & Henderson 1997).

Unfortunately no overall revision of the

Australian species of Chamaesyce has been

published.

The species that is the subject of this

short paper was first collected in 1920 by Bill

Francis at the Warren State Farm north of

Rockhampton and his specimen was annotated

by Hassall as being of affinity to Chamaesyce

petala (Ewart & L.R.Kerr) P.I.Forst. &

R.J.F.Hend., a species that occurs in northern

Australia in the Northern Territory. Apart from

a collection in 1960, this plant was only really

brought to attention with a number of

collections in the late 1980’s that coincided with

an increase in attention to the floristics and

vegetation communities that occur on

serpentine soils and rocks in central

Queensland (Batianoff & Specht 1992;

Batianoff etal. 1990,1991,1997,2000).

At least eighteen species of plants are

endemic to the serpentine vegetation of central

Queensland with a number of these being of

significance for conservation and listed as rare

or threatened taxa (Batianoff et al. 2000). The

species described here has been rarely collected

and is directly threatened by changes to the

serpentine landscape due to mining and

agriculture. It is formally named in this paper to

expedite efforts to ensure its conservation and

to draw attention to an otherwise obscure

existence.

Taxonomy

Chamaesyce ophiolitica P.I.Forst., sp. nov., a

Chamaesyce petala (Ewart & L.R.Kerr)

P.I.Forst. & R.J.F.Hend. folii lamina

cordato-elliptica usque obovata

(adversum laminam oblongam), cyathii

bracteis truncatis usque oblongo-

truncatis (adversum bracteas

spathulatas), stipulis infirme evolutis et

sparse ramosis (adversum stipulas bene

evolutas et valde fimbriatas) et seminibus

multo majoribus (1.7-1.8 mm longis x 1-

1.1 mm latis x 1 - 1.1 mm crassis contra

circa 1 x 0.7 x 0.7 mm) differt. Typus:

Queensland. Port Curtis District: west

of Canoona, 1 March 1994, P.I.Forster

PIF15042 ScA.RBean (holo: BRI; iso: AD,

DNA, MEL).

Accepted for publication 31 May 2000

712

Herbaceous annual, monoecious, of prostrate

habit and up to 5 cm high and 20 cm across,

with white latex. Stems branching divaricately,

lower stems up to 2 mm diameter, upper leaf¬

bearing stems up to 1 mm diameter, glabrous or

with sparse to dense erect trichomes to 0.3 mm

long; interpetiolar stipules deeply divaricate to

subulate, 0.4-0.8 mm long, glabrous. Leaves

discolorous; petioles 0.8-1 mm long, 0.3-0.4

mm wide, channelled on top, glabrous or with

sparse trichomes; lamina cordate-elliptic to

obovate, often unequal at base, 2-12 mm long,

1.3-11 mm wide, glabrous, or with scattered to

sparse trichomes on upper surface and sparse

to dense trichomes on the lower surface,

glaucous blue-green above, paler below;

margins entire or very weakly serrulate; apex

acute to rounded; base unequal, cordate to

lobate. Cyathia solitary or occasionally paired;

peduncles 0.2-1.5 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm

diameter, glabrous or with scattered to dense

trichomes. Cyathium 2-2.5 mm diameter; bracts

4 or 5, truncate to oblong-truncate, irregularly

fimbriate, 0.4-0.8 mm long, 0.9-1 mm wide,

white; glands 4 or 5, elliptic to oblong-reniform,

0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide, green;

trichomes sparse to dense and up to 0.5 mm

long. Male flowers: filament 1.5-1.7 mm long,

c. 0.3 mm wide, flattened, anther reniform, c. 0.4

mm long and 0.3 mm wide. Female flower: ovary

trilobed, up to 1 mm long and 1.2 mm diameter,

with dense trichomes; styles 3,0.5-1 mm long,

bilobed for 0.2-0.5 mm with the tips recurved,

with sparse trichomes. Fruit trilobed, c. 3 mm

long and 3 mm diameter, with dense trichomes.

Seeds obconical-trigonous, 1.7-1.8 mm long,

1-1.1 mm wide and 1-1.1 mm thick, fissure 1.5-

1.6 mm long, pale brown. Fig. 1.

Other specimens examined. Queensland. Port Curtis

District South Percy Island, 50 km NE of Arthur

Point, Shoalwater Bay, Oct 1989, Batianoff 11422 et

al. (BRI); W of Canoona, Jan 1988, Forster PIF3393

(BRI); Warren State Farm, Mar 1920, Francis

AQ202944 (BRI); On Rockhampton - Marlborough

road. May 1960, Johnson 1720 (BRI); Mt Wheeler,

Rockhampton, Jan 1989, Specht 3 & Reeves (BRI).

Notes: Chamaesyce ophiolitica is compared

to C. petala which appears to be the most

similar species on morphological characters.

C. ophiolitica differs from C. petala in the

leaves being cordate-elliptic to obovate (versus

oblong), the cyathial bracts more truncate to

Austrobaileya 5(4): 711 - 714 (2000)

oblong-truncate (versus spathulate), the

poorly developed stipules are little-branched

(versus well developed stipules that are

fimbriate) and much larger seeds (1.7-1.8x1-

1.1 x l-l.l mm versus c. 1 x 0.7 x 0.7 mm).

A comparison may also be made to the

widespread C. drummondii (Boiss.)

D.C.Hassall which differs in the oblong leaves,

well developed stipules (0.8-2 mm long), poorly

developed stipules with an uneven margin and

smaller seeds (c. 1 x 0.7 x 0.7 mm).

The whole species complex which

includes Chamaesyce drummondii is in need

of a critical biosystematic revision. This was

undertaken in part by Hassall (1977a) but is

now in need of updating. The distribution of

C. ophiolitica is allopatric to that of C. petala

and it is perhaps more likely that the new

species is derived from the widespread

C. drummondii.

There is some interesting variation in

the limited material to hand of C. ophiolitica.

Within the same population it is possible to

obtain individuals that are either glabrous or

with dense coverage of trichomes on the foliage

and some floral parts. These individuals appear

to grow in close proximity to one another and

further study is required to ascertain whether

this is a simple case of a single character switch

or is correlated with more fundamental

differences. Serpentine soils present a relatively

severe environment for plants and it has been

demonstrated elsewhere that morphologically

distinct races of the same species can coexist

and maintain their distinctive nature over time

(Rajakaruna & Bohm 1999).

Distribution: Chamaesyce ophiolitica has

been collected from four localities in central

Queensland north of Rockhampton. However,

only three of these collections occurred within

the last 40 years.

Habitat: This new species is restricted to upper

slopes and sides of low ridges on soils derived

from serpentine rocks and occurs in stony

situations in open woodland dominated by tree

species such as Eucalyptus fibrosa subsp.

(Glen Geddes M.I.Brooker 10230) and

Corymbia xanthope (A.R.Bean & Brooker)

K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson . These serpentine

Forster, Chamaesyce ophiolitica

713

Fig. 1. Chamaesyce ophiolitica. A. habit of flowering shoot, x 2. B. undersurface of glabrous leaf. *4. C.

undersurface of pubescent leaf. x8. D. cyathium from above.x 16. E. cyathium and fruit from side. x8. F. female

flower from side. xl6. G. cyathium with cyathial bracts and glands removed showing male flowers. xi6. H. face

view of fruit. x8. I. side view of seed. xl6. J. ventral view of seed. xl6. All from Forster 15042 (BRI). Del. W.

Smith.

714

Austrobaileya 5(4): 711 - 714 (2000)

landscapes cover c. 1000 km 2 in central

Queensland (Batianoff et al. 2000).

Conservation Status: Chamaesyce ophiolitica

is currently known from only three localities,

one (South Percy Island) that is National Park.

Using the IUCN Red List categories this

species can be classified as Endangered on the

criteria - B. Extent of occurrence estimated to

be less than 5000 km 2 or area of occupancy

estimated to be less than 500 km 2 , and estimates

indicating any two of the following:

1. Severely fragmented or known to exist at

no more than five locations.

2. Continuing decline, inferred, observed or

projected, in any of the following: (a) extent

of occurrence, (b) area of occupancy, (c)

area, extent and/or quality of habitat, (d)

number of locations or subpopulations.

C. Population estimated to number less than

2500 mature individuals and either: 1. An

estimated continuing decline of at least 20%

within 5 years or 2 generations, whichever is

longer.

C. ophiolitica is a very insignificant

annual herb and it is likely that further

populations may be found. As yet, the effects

of fire and other disturbances on its ecology

are unknown. It should be noted that the

vegetation on serpentine soils has now been

intensively studied (work of Batianoff and

collaborators) and that this species has been

shown to be sparsely distributed in the area. A

relevant comparison may be made with the

recently described Bursaria reevesii L.Cayzer

& M.D.Crisp, a small shrub that is only known

from a handful of localities on the serpentine

(Cayzeretal. 1999).

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the

occurrence of this species on soils derived from

serpentine.

Acknowledgements

Thanks to Will Smith for the illustrations, to

George Batianoff for the latest information on

the serpentine vegetation of central

Queensland and to Peter Bostock for

translation of the diagnosis into Latin and for

comments on the manuscript.

References

Batianoff, G.N., Reeves, R.D. & Specht, R.L. (1990).

Stackhousia tryonii Bailey. A nickle-

accumulating serpentinite endemic species of

central Queensland. Australian Journal of

Botany 38: 121-130.

Batianoff, G.N., Specht, R.L. & Reeves, R.D. (1991).

The serpentinite flora of the humid subtropics

of eastern Australia. Proceedings of the Royal

Society of Queensland 101: 137-157.

Batianoff, G.N., Reeves, R.D. & Specht, R.L. (1997).

The effects of serpentine on vegetation

structure, species diversity and endemism in

Central Queensland. In T.Jaffre et al. (eds.) The

Ecology of Ultramafic and Metalliferous Areas.

“Proceedings of the Second International

Conference on Serpentine Ecology”, Noumea,

New Caledonia, July 31-August 5, 1995.

Noumea: Center ORSTOM, BP A5, 98848.

Batianoff, G.N., Neldner, V.J. & Singh, S. (2000).

Vascular plant census and floristic analysis of

serpentine landscapes in central Queensland.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland

109:1-30.

Cayzer, L.W., Crisp, M.D. & Telford, I.R.H. (1999).

Bursaria (Pittosporaceae): a morphometric

analysis and revision. Australian Systematic

Botany 12: 117-143.

Forster, P.I. & Henderson, R.J.F. (1995). New

combinations in Chamaesyce (Euphorbiaceae)

from Queensland, Australia. Novon 5: 323-324.

Forster, P.I. & Henderson, R.J.F. (1997).

Euphorbiaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.)

Queensland Plants Names & Distribution , pp.

69-76. Brisbane: Department of Environment.

Hassall, D.C. (1976). Numerical and cytotaxonomic

evidence for generic delimitation in Australian

Euphorbieae. Australian Journal of Botany 24:

633-640.

Hassall, D C. (1977a). Systematic studies in Australian

Euphorbieae (Euphorbiaceae). Ph D thesis,

University of Queensland.

Hassall, D.C. (1977b). The genus Euphorbia in

Australia. Australian Journal of Botany 25:

429-453.

Rajakaruna, N. & Bohm, B.A. (1999). The edaphic

factor and patterns of variation in Lasthenia

californica (Asteraceae). American Journal of

Botany 86: 1576-1596.

Clausena smyrelliana (Rutaceae: Aurantioideae), a new and

critically endangered species from south-east Queensland

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster, Paul.I. (2000). Clausena smyrelliana (Rutaceae: Aurantioideae), a new and critically

endangered species from south-east Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(4): 715-720. Clausena

smyrelliana is described and illustrated. Information is provided on its distribution, habitat,

phenology and conservation status. The species is currently known from one extant individual

in the wild and a conservation status of Endangered is recommended.

Keywords: Clausena, Clausena brevistyla, Clausena smyrelliana, Rutaceae

P I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong,

Queensland 4066, Australia

Introduction

In 1992 Greg Smyrell, then of Maryborough,

brought to my attention a single individual of a

small Rutaceous tree that he had encountered

in a remnant patch of littoral microphyll

vineforest near Dundowran north of Hervey

Bay in south-east Queensland. Subsequent

collections of flowers and fruit led to the

conclusion that this individual could be

classified in the genus Clausena and the

material was allocated a code name, segregated

in the holdings at BRI in November 1995 and

listed in the census of plants for Queensland

(Forster 1997). All of this material was sent on

loan to NSW in 1996 for examination by

D.J.Mabberley who has prepared an account

of this group of Rutaceae for the Flora of

Australia. On return of this loaned material in

1997, some of the specimens were redetermined

as Micromelum minutum (G.Forst.) Wight &

Arn. and one as Anacardiaceae indeterminate.

Admittedly the Clausena species does

resemble Euroschinus falcata Hook.f.

superficially, and examination of the BRI

holdings of this species did reveal a further

collection of Clausena. However, if a more

than cursory examination of material is made,

then the Rutaceous nature of the material

(obvious oil glands in the foliage) is evident.

A monograph of the genus Clausena

Burm.f. has been recently published wherein

some fifteen species were recognised with

C. brevistyla Oliver native to Australia (Molino

Accepted for publication 7 April 2000

1994). Only C. brevistyla var. brevistyla was

considered to occur in Queensland, with both

C. brevistyla var. brevistyla and C. brevistyla

\M.papuana (Lauterb.) J.F.Molino considered

to occur in New Guinea and parts of Indonesia.

The Queensland distribution of C. brevistyla

var. brevistyla is from the tip of Cape York south

to the Goodnight Scrub National Park west of

Booyal. The other species of Clausena grow

in Africa, mainland Asia and other parts of

Malesia. Clausena brevistyla was included in

Clausena section Clausena together with

C. excavata Burm.f. from Malesia and Asia,

C. kanpurensis J.F.Molino from India,

C. harmandiana (Pierre) Pierre ex Guillaumin

from south-east Asia, C. lansium (Lour.) Skeels

from southern China and C. poilanei

J.F.Molino from Vietnam.

Several species of Clausena have

economic significance. Clausena lansium

(“Wampi”) from southern China is commonly

cultivated for the large edible faiit. Some species

such as C. anisata (Willd.) Hook.f. ex Benth.

from Africa and C. heptaphylla (Roxb.) Wight

& Arn. ex Steudel from India have aromatic

foliage rich in essential oils (Lockwood 1984;

Okunade & Olaifa 1987). The foliage and roots

of C. anisata are also used for a range of folk

remedies (Coates Palgrave 1977; Beentje 1994).

Other species such as C. sanki (Perrottet)

J.F.Molino are also occasionally cultivated (as

C. anisum-olens : Merrill 1912; Madulid 1995).

In Queensland there are records of cultivated

plants of C. lansium , but otherwise no

additional species have been recorded.

716

Examination of the essential oils of the

leaves of the Clausena species from

Dundowran revealed similarities to the oils

found in Clausena brevistyla as found in

Queensland, and total dissimilarity to that

found in Micromelum minutum (J.J.Brophy

unpubl.). The leaf essential oils of both

Clausena brevistyla and the species from

Dundowran are predominately monoterpenoid

in content with less than 10% of sequiterpenes,

whereas that of Micromelum minutum is

predominately sequiterpenoid in content with

less than 10% of monoterpenes. The Clausena

species from Dundowran (Voucher: P.I.Forster

PIF17928) has a leaf essential oil mainly

composed of alpha-pinenene (73%), beta-

caryophyllene (9%) and caryophyllene oxide

(4%). Clausena brevistyla (Vouchers:

PI.Forster PIF25985, PIF21850, PIF25006

respectively) has a leaf essential oil composed

mainly of alpha-pinene (67-73%), beta-pinene

(5-13%), beta-caryophyllene (4-7%),

bicyclogermacrene (2-3%), or 3-carene (7-31 %)

and limonene (56-84%), or purely alpha-pinene

(91%).

Seedlings of the Clausena species from

Dundowran are reputedly dissimilar to those

of Clausena brevistyla (G.Smyrell pers. comm.

1995) with the two taxa easily distinguished on

leaf characters. While it was obvious that an

additional species of Clausena was represented,

it was also necessary to determine if more than

a single individual was extant and to collect

adequate material of flowers and fruit to enable

comparison with the taxa enumerated by Molino

(1994).

Visits during 1999 and 2000 to both Mon

Repos Conservation Park (last sighting 1984)

and the Baffle Creek district (last sighting 1920)

were unsuccessful in relocating populations

of the Clausena, however, these historical

records reinforce the existence of this taxon in

natural vegetation at more than a single locality.

Nearly all of the suitable vegetation type

(Regional ecosystem 12.2.2.: Mixed microphy 11/

notophyll rainforest on Quaternary coastal

dunes and beaches) in these areas has been

destroyed for housing or agriculture and is

considered as endangered (Young & Dillewaard

1999). A relatively intensive survey of this

Austrobaileya 5(4): 715-720 (2000)

vegetation type and similar vegetation on basalt

has been undertaken in the Bundaberg area

and around Hervey Bay (mostly unpublished

since the compilation of Forster et al. 1991) and

the Clausena has not been located in any of

the fifteen additional localities examined.

The recent collection of flowering

material of the Clausena at the Dundowran

locality has enabled its status to be assessed.

Based on the keys and sectional descriptions

of Molino (1994), this material can be placed in

Clausena section Clausena. It does not appear

to correspond to any of the six described

species in this section and is formally described

herein.

Clausena smyrelliana PI Forst. sp. nov.;

Clausenae brevistylae affinis, foliolis

superne nitidis marginibus integris

(adversum foliola obscure viridia

marginibus dentatis usque crenatis),

floribus 5-meris (adversum flores 4- rare

5-meros), alabastris oblongis (adversum

alabastra globosa), petalis lanceolatis

(adversum petala ovata usque

lanceolato-ovata) et staminibus 10

(adversum 6 vel 8 rare 10) differt.Typus:

Queensland. Wide Bay District:

Dundowran, 8 Nov 1999, P.I.Forster

PIF25182 (holo: BRI [1 sheet + spirit]; iso:

A, K, F, MEF, QRS).

Shrub or small tree to 4 m high. Bark smooth,

greenish-brown with irregular longitudinal

strips of cream-yellow lenticels; blaze yellowish

with strong citrus-scent; wood yellow-straw.

Feaves alternate, pinnate; rachis up to 170 mm

long; leaflets 6-10, alternate, conspicuously

dotted with oil glands and with a slight citrus-

like scent when crushed, petiolules 4—7 mm long,

yellow to pink; blades elliptic or ovate, often

unequal, 20-100 mm long, 10-68 mm wide,

glossy above, dull and somewhat glaucous

below; lateral veins 7-9 per side of midrib and

visible on both surfaces, interlateral veins more

visible below; apex acute-retuse or acuminate-

retuse, rarely mucronate; base obtuse to

oblique; margin entire, glandular, glabrous.

Inflorescences a terminal panicle, up to 90 mm

long. Flowers 5-merous, c. 10 mm long and 10

mm in diameter; pedicels 3-4 mm long, 0.8-1

Forster, Clausena Smyrelliana

mm in diameter, with conspicuous oil glands

and dense uniseriate trichomes; calyx 5 lobed,

1.1-1.5 mm long, irregularly ciliate; petals 5,

imbricate in bud, lanceolate and strongly

recurved, 7-7.5 mm long, 1.8-2 mm wide,

glabrous, cream. Stamens 10, filaments dilated

basally, 4-6 mm long; anthers c. 1 mm long and

1 mm wide, longitudinally dehiscent; style c. 6

mm long and 1.2 mm in diameter with an obtuse

tip; gynophore well developed, but not

markedly distinct from the ovary, c. 1 mm long

and 1 mm diameter; ovary 4-5 locular, c. 1 mm

long and 1 mm in diameter, ovules 2 per locule.

Fruits baccate, depressed-globose, soft-fleshy,

8-9 mm long, 10-11 mm in diameter, white, with

conspicuous oil-glands. Fig. 1.

Other specimens examined. Queensland. Port Curtis

Creek District: Baffle Creek District, Apr 1920,

C.T. White AQ152118 (BRI). Wide Bay District:

Dundowran, Oct 1995, Forster PIF17928 & Smyrell

(BRI); ditto, Jan 2000, Forster PIF25307 (BRI, MEL,

QRS); ditto. May 1992, Smyrell AQ542962 (BRI);

ditto, Nov 1992, Smyrell AQ563892 (BRI); ditto,

Sep 1991, Telford 11337 (BRI; BISH, CANB, NSW

n.v.[distributed as Euroschinus falcata ]); Mon Repos

Environmental Park [now Conservation Park] s.dat.

[71984], Randall 409 (BRI).

Notes: Clausena smyrelliana is compared to

C. brevistyla , the only other species in this

genus in Australia. The two species are easily

distinguished by the dentate-margined, dull

green foliage of the latter and the entire-

margined glossy green foliage of the former.

Other differences include C. smyrelliana

having yellow to pink petiolules, 5-merous

flowers, oblong buds, lanceolate petals and 10

stamens, whereas C. brevistyla has green

petiolules, 4-merous flowers (although 5 have

been rarely noted by Molino 1994), globose

buds, ovate to lanceolate-ovate petals and (6)

8 (10) stamens.

Clausena smyrelliana may possibly be

confused with Micromelum minutum and this

species is present in two of the localities that

the former has been recorded from.

M. minutum has dull green foliage with

irregularly crenate margins to the leaflets,

yellowish lateral nerves on the underside of

the leaf, linear-subulate filaments and on

maturity has orange-red hard-fleshy, ovoid

fruit, whereas C. smyrelliana has glossy green

foliage with entire margins to the leaflets, green

717

lateral nerves on the underside of the leaf,

basally dilated filaments and on maturity has

white, soft-fleshy, depressed-globose fruit.

C. smyrelliana may also be confused with

Euroschinus falcata Hook.f. (Anacardiaceae);

however, the former has conspicuous oil glands

in the leaf which are lacking in the latter.

The single individual of C. smyrelliana

at Dundowran has flowered and fruited

profusely nearly every year since 1992

(G Smyrell pers. comm. 1999 & pers. obs.). The

fruits contain viable seeds and many hundreds

of seedlings have been propagated from these.

The seedlings produce saplings that are

indistinguishable from the parent tree, although

their own potential viability is as yet unknown.

Presumably this species is bird dispersed and

why it is not more common both at Dundowran

and throughout the species range is a mystery.

Perhaps it is one of these species that requires

an exceptionally wet year for seedlings to

establish, as this also seems to be the case for

Alectryon ramiflorus where recruitment in the

wild is infrequent. Most of the 1990’s were

drought effected in south-east Queensland and

may have influenced the establishment of

seedlings of many vineforest plants.

Distribution: Three localities have been

recorded for Clausena smyrelliana , over a

longitudinal distance of 110 km between Baffle

Creek in the north and Dundowran in the south.

Only the Dundowran locality is currently known

to have an extant population.

Habitat: Clausena smyrelliana grows in

littoral microphyll vineforest within close

proximity to the sea (100-200 m distance). The

canopy of the vineforest at the type locality is

uneven, but more or less closed with no

emergents. Common canopy species include

Alectryon coriaceus, Argyrodendron sp. (Kin

Kin W.D.Francis AQ81198), Cleistanthus

cunninghamii , Diospyros fasciculosa and

Sterculia quadrifida.

Phenology: Clausena smyrelliana has been

recorded in flower from November to January

and ripe fruits have been collected in May.

Conservation Status: Clausena smyrelliana

may be regarded as critically endangered under

the IUCN categories ofA. Population reduction

718

Austrobaileya 5(4): 715-720 (2000)

Fig. 1. Clausena smyrelliana. A. branch with immature fruit. x0.4. B. undersurface of leaf showing lateral and

interlateral venation. x0.8. C. flower from side, x 4. D. bud from side, x 4. E. stamen, x 8. F. upper part of

pedicel, calyx and gynostegium. x8. G cross-section of gynophore and ovary showing ovules, x 8. H. fruit from

side, x 3. I, fruit from above, x 3. J. cross-section of immature fruit showing 5 locules. x 4. A & J from Forster

PIF25307 (BRI); B from Forster 17928 & Smyrell (BRI); C-G from Forster PIF25182 (BRI); H & I from

Smyrell AQ542962 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

Forster, Clausena Smyrelliana

in the form of either of the following: 1. An

observed, estimated, inferred or suspected

reduction of at least 80% over the last 10 years

or three generations, whichever is the longer,

based on (and specifying any of the following:

occurrence and/or quality of habitat. B. Extent

of occurrence estimated to be less than 100

km 2 or area of occupancy estimated to be less

than 10 km 2 , and estimates indicating any two

of the following: 1. Severely fragmented or

known to exist at only a single location. D.

Population estimated to number less than 50

individuals. It is recommended that the

conservation coding of Endangered is given

to this species and that a Recovery Program is

initiated to conserve the species.

Clausena smyrelliana may be the most

threatened vascular plant species in

Queensland at this time. At least two other

rainforest species in south-east Queensland are

in similar, although less dire straits. Alectryon

ramiflorus S.T.Reynolds from the Childers area

(slightly inland from the localities for

C. smyrelliana) is known from 37 trees in the

wild (Barry & Young 1997) and Acronychia

littoralis T.Hartley & J.B.Williams from littoral

rainforest further south, is known from less than

20 trees in the wild in Queensland

(W.McDonald, pers. comm. Feb 2000). In both

instances, concerted searches in recent years

have added further localities and individuals

to the known populations of both these species.

It would be worthwhile to search for further

individuals of C. smyrelliana throughout the

known range of the species, and perhaps

further to the north around Deepwater and

Eurimbula National Parks where similar

vegetation is still extant.

Etymology: The species is named for Greg

Smyrell, an enthusiastic amateur botanist with

a long standing interest in rainforest

conservation, who brought this species to

attention.

719

Economic Uses: The leaf essential oil of

Clausena smyrelliana is unlikely to have

economic potential (J.J. Brophy pers. comm.

Jan 2000). Clausena smyrelliana is an

attractive shrub or small tree and has potential

as a garden plant, especially because of the

prolonged fruiting period.

Acknowledgements

Thanks to Greg Smyrell for persisting with his

belief in the validity of this species, Maureen

Schmitt for assistance in the surveys around

Bundaberg, Mon Repos and Baffle Creek, Peter

Bostock for comments on the manuscript and

translation of the diagnosis into Latin, Will

Smith for the illustrations, Aileen Wood for

some French translation and Joe Brophy for

unpublished data on the leaf essential oils.

References

Barry, S.J. & Young, P.A.R. (1997). Species Recovery

Plan. Alectryon ramiflorus S.Reynolds

Sapindaceae. Unpublished Report, Queensland

Department of Environment.

Beentje, H.J. (1994). Kenya Trees, Shrubs and Lianas.

Nairobi: National Museums of Kenya.

Coates Palgrave, K. (1977). Trees of Southern Africa.

Cape Town/Johannesburg: C.Struik Publishers.

Forster, PI. (1997). Rutaceae. In R.J.F.Henderson (ed.)

Queensland Plants Names and Distribution , pp.

184-188. Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium,

Department of Environment.

Forster, PI., Bostock, P.D., Bird, L.H. & Bean, A.R.

(1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South-east

Queensland. Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium.

Lockwood, G.B. (1984). The essential oil from leaves

of Clausena heptaphylla. Fitoterapia 55: 123—

124.

Madulid, D.A. (1995). A Pictorial Cyclopedia of

Philippine Ornamental Plants. Manila:

Bookmark.

Merrill, E.D. (1912). A Flora of Manila. Manila:

Bureau of Printing.

Austrobaileya 5(4): 715-720 (2000)

720

Molino, J.F. (1994). Revision du genre Clausena

Burm.f. (Rutaceae). Bulletin du Museum

National d’Histoire Naturelle 4 e series. Section

B Adansonia 16: 105-153.

Okunade, A.L. & Olaifa, J.I. (1987). Estragole: an acute

toxic principle from the volatile oil of the leaves

of Clausena anisata. Journal of Natural

Products 50: 990-991.

Young, P.A.R. & Dillewaard, H.A. (1999). Southeast

Queensland. In P.S.Sattler & R.D.Williams

(eds.). The Conservation Status of Queensland’s

Bioregional Ecosystems , Chapter 12. Brisbane:

Environmental Protection Agency.

The first botanical record for Australia

John F. P. Windolf

Summary

Windolf J.F.P. (2000). The first botanical record for Australia. Austrobaileya 5(4): 721-723.

Notes on the first identification and written record of a botanical species, Ximenia americana, in

the Commonwealth of Australia on 21st September 1606, probably at Long Island, Torres Strait,

as well as the historical background of the circumstances of its notation.

Key words: Prado, Ximenia americana , Torres Strait, Queensland, Australia

J.F.P. Windolf, 53 Pandanus Avenue, Coolum Beach, Queensland, 4573, Australia

Introduction

Throughout the botanical world the initial

record of a particular species in any defined

geographical or ecological region is a matter of

some importance, from both the scientific and

historical point of view. When such an event

relates to the first record of any kind for an

entire continent it takes on a much more

significant role. Australia is fortunate in that

many of the log books and diaries of early

European expeditions to this continent have

been preserved, and that their writers were men

of sufficient intellect to take a genuine interest

in the area’s natural science and to record what

they saw.

Historical background

The first proven European sighting of what is

now known as Australia was made by the

Dutchman Willem Jansz and his crew in March

1606 on the west coast of Cape York Peninsula.

Although a map relating to their activities is

still in existence, and we know from secondary

sources that they landed in several places and

explored a considerable section of coastline,

there is no known contemporary written

account of the expedition (Sharp 1963:17 &

Whittaker et. al. 1975:196), and it is necessary

to examine subsequent voyages to determine

who was the first to leave a record of his exploits

in the Australian region.

Some six months after Jansz, in September

1606, the Spanish navigator Luis Vaez de Torres

Accepted for publication 31 May 2000

traversed the strait separating Australia and

New Guinea, now named in his honour. Torres

was originally the second-in-command to

Pedro Fernandez de Quiros in what is generally

referred to as the 1606 Spanish South Seas

Expedition. The prime purpose of the

expedition was to continue the search for the

supposed southern continent then believed to

exist in the South Pacific. After crossing the

Pacific from Callao, Peru, and spending some

time in Espiritu Santo, Vanuatu, the fleet

became separated. Quiros returned to

Acapulco, Mexico, in the San Pedro y San Pablo

while Torres set out for Manila in the Philippines

with the other two ships, the San Pedro and a

smaller vessel called Los Tres Reyes, during

which time he sailed along the south coast of

New Guinea, discovering the strait now named

after him in the process.

There are two extant manuscripts

describing this section of the expedition: a

formal letter thatTorres wrote to King Philip III

of Spain soon after his arrival in Manila on 22

May 1607, and an extensive relation penned

by an entretenido, or “gentleman volunteer”,

named Don Diego de Prado y Tovar (Don Diego

de Prado y Tovar orig. ms.. Stevens 1930 &

Windolf in prep.) who was on board the San

Pedro during this period, and it is in this

account that we find the first record of an

identifiable botanical species from what is now

Australia. Prado had no known officially

designated capacity on board, but he was an

astute observer of many aspects of the natural

world, and made numerous notes on his

observations.

722

Dating and location of the observation

The expedition had entered what is now

Australian territory on or about 11 September

1606 (Gregorian dating). They spent the next

three weeks finding a way through the maze of

islands, reefs and sandbars that fill Torres Strait

before exiting into theArafura Sea on 4 October

1606. This dating is based on the date in Peru

carried westward without any correction for

crossing the International Date Line, and as

such is one day behind Australian Eastern

Standard Time (AEST). It can be independently

verified due to an eclipse of the moon, which

Prado recorded. The details of this eclipse have

been calculated, and it occurred on 16

September GMT, or 15 September Ship Time

(Kelly 1966:255). It is a relatively simple matter

to assign dates to their day-to-day activities at

this time in relation to this eclipse, and we find

that the relevant botanical discovery took place

in the late afternoon of Thursday 21 September

1606AEST.

Several researchers have attempted to

plot the expedition’s route through the strait,

but due to a variety of reasons no universal

consensus has been arrived at. Prado named

the island concerned Isla de Vulcan (Volcan)

Quemado, because of the amount of pumice

stone that they saw there, the English

translation of the Spanish name being “Island

of Extinct Volcano”. (Stevens 1930:163 &

Windolf in prep.). Unbeknown to them, this

pumice had nothing to do with the geology of

the island itself, having been borne there on

ocean currents. The best known attempt to

identify individual islands is that by Brett Hilder

(Hilder 1980), who thought that Volcan

Quemado was probably Long Island (Hilder

1980:81). However, because of the

topographical similarities between many of the

islands in central Torres Strait, and the often

less than comprehensive description of their

appearance given by Prado, the present author

considers that the exact identification ofVolcan

Quemado remains unresolved. Identification of

the general area, however, presents no problem,

and there is no doubt that the site of the

observation is well within the boundaries of

the State of Queensland.

Austrobaileya 5(4): 721-723 (2000)

The species

The species noted by Prado is identified as

Ximenia americana L. It is widespread in

tropical regions (Willis 1973:1232) and in the

Americas is often referred to as the Nicaraguan

Plum. This is an important point in its

identification when relying on Prado’s own

words describing the plant:

...hallamos...muchos arboles de siruelas que

llaman de nicaragua, son de grande guesco y

poco carne.

(Prado, orig. ms. & Stevens 1930:162).

This is translated as: “...we found...many plum

trees that are named after Nicaragua: they have

large stones and little flesh.” (Windolf in prep.).

Ximenia americana is a scrambly shrub

or small tree up to 5 m tall, the fruit being a

typical plum-like, pyriform or globular drupe,

yellow in colour. On islands, and near the coast,

it tends to grow on sand dunes and in forests

on the landward side of mangroves (George

1984:15-16).Longlsland(10 02’S 142 51’E)

itself is generally low and swampy, but heavily

wooded. The main island lies on the

northwestern end of the Long Island Reefs

complex and there are a number of small

mangrove-covered islets along the northern

and northeastern sides of the reefs (NP15

1973:233). The species has been collected from

three islands in Torres Strait (Dauan, Yorke and

Murray) in modern times as well as from

numerous localities in tropical Queensland and

New Guinea (Pers. comm. Queensland

Herbarium).

The fruit is considered edible, but is

reported as sometimes being purgative. It

contains appreciable quantities of oil rich in

ximenic acid (George 1984:16). Cribb states that

the fat extracted from the seeds is used as a

substitute for ghee in parts of India (Cribb

1982:46). It is not known whether it was used

for this purpose in the Americas, or whether

the Torres Strait Islanders or Australian

Aborigines used it as a food source.

723

Windolf, First Botanical Record for Australia

The genus is named after Francisco Ximenes,

a Spanish naturalist who wrote extensively on

the subject of medicinal plants in the early

sixteen-hundreds.

This species is relatively common in tropical

America and Prado was probably familiar with

it there. Given the confidence of his statement,

the correlation between his description and the

actual appearance of the fruit, and the ecological

and geographical affinity with sites where

Ximenia americana is known to occur, there

seems no reason to question the correctness

of his identification.

Conclusions

It is considered proven that the first recorded

identification of any botanical species in the

Commonwealth of Australia was that of

Ximenia americana L., made by Don Diego de

Prado y Tovar on Thursday 21 September 1606

AEST (Gregorian dating) in Torres Strait,

possibly on Long Island, in the botanical

district of Cook, Queensland.

Acknowledgements

Acknowledgement is due to the Director and

staff of the Queensland Herbarium and to Philip

Sharpe for providing details of Ximenia

americana , and to my dear wife Frances for

her reading of the text and useful suggestions.

References

Admiralty Chart 2321. Torres Strait and Approaches.

Cribb, A.B. & J.W. (1981). Useful Wild Plants in

Australia. Sydney: Collins.

George, Alexander S (Ed.). (1984). Flora of Australia.

Volume 22. Canberra: Aust. Gov. Pub. Serv.

Heeres, J.E. (1899). The Part Borne by the Dutch in

the Discovery of Australia 1606-1765. London.

Hilder, Brett. (1980). The Voyage of Torres. Brisbane:

University of Qld. Press.

Kelly, Celsus O.F.M. (1966). LaAustrialia del Espiritu

Santo. Cambridge: Cambridge Uni. Press.

NP15. (1973). Australia Pilot. Volume III. Sixth

Edition. Hydrographic Department. Taunton.

Prado y Tovar, Don Diego de. Relacion Summaria de

Don Diego de Prado y Tovar. Original

Manuscript, Safe l/73a, Mitchell Library,

Sydney.

Sharp, A. (1963). Discovery of Australia. Oxford Uni.

Press.

Stevens, Henry N. (ed.) and Barwick (trans.). (1930).

New Light on the Discovery of Australia as

revealed by the Journal of Don Diego de Prado

y Tovar. Hakluyt Soc. Ser. II, no. 64. Cambridge:

Cambridge Uni. Press.

Willis, J.C. (1973). (Revised by Airy Shaw). A

Dictionary of the Flowering Plants and Ferns.

Cambridge: Cambridge Uni. Press.

Whittaker, J.L., Gash, N.G., Hookey, J.F., Lacey, R.J.

(1975). Documents and Readings in New

Guinea History. Prehistory to 1889. Brisbane:

The Jacaranda Press.

Windolf, John F. P. (in prep). The Life and Travels of

Don Diego de Prado y Tovar.

Rediscovery of Dischidia torricellensis (Schltr.) P.I.Forst., an

unusual epiphytic asclepiad from New Guinea

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster, PI. (2000). Rediscovery of Dischidia torricellensis (Schltr.) PI.Frost., an unusaul

epiphytic asclepiad from New Guinea. Austrobaileya 5(4):725-728. An amplified description

and illustrations are provided for Dischidia torricellensis (Schltr.) P.I.Forst.. The first collection

in over 60 years is reported from a new locality in Chimbu Province in Papua New Guinea.

Keywords: Dischidia torricellensis, Asclepiadaceae, New Guinea.

P I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong,

Queensland 4066, Australia

Introduction

Many of the Asclepiadaceae that occur in

Papuasia are poorly known, having been

collected only once or not more than a few

times. At least 192 species are considered to

naturally occur in the region, with some 164

endemic species (Forster 1996). A great number

of these have yet to be adequately illustrated

and patterns of variation remain to be

rigorously documented for nearly every single

species. One such poorly known species is

Dischidia torricellensis{ Schltr.) P.I.Forst. last

collected in 1939 (Forster 1990).

Much of the early documentation of the

asclepiad flora of New Guinea was undertaken

by the remarkable Rudolf Schlechter (Nicholas

1992). Many of the plants that he found and

later described are still only known from his

original collections or have been rarely

collected since. Schlechter went to the then

German New Guinea to search for sources of

rubber or rubber substitutes, but spent much

of his time collecting plant specimens,

particularly of Orchidaceae, but also of other

plants including Asclepiadaceae. InApril 1902

Schlechter was in the Torricelli Mountains of

northeastern New Guinea (now in Madang

Province of Papua New Guinea). His collection

numbered 14445 represented an unusual

epiphytic subshrub and he subsequently

described it as the new genus and species

Accepted for publication 7 April 2000

Spathidolepis torricellensis Schltr. (Schlechter

1905). Schlechter considered his new plant to

be allied to Dischidia but differing in the small

coronal lobes and thin, leathery leaves.

In more recent times I came to examine

his work and this particular species and made

the conclusion that S. torricellensis could be

adequately accommodated within Dischidia

R.Br. (Forster 1990). There is considerable

variation in Dischidia s.l. and while there are

recent regional accounts for the Malay

Peninsula (Rintz 1980) and Australia (Forster

& Liddle 1996), there is no monograph available

for the group. Despite this, the basic patterns

of morphological variation are reasonably well

known. Perhaps having overlooked the transfer

of Spathidolepis into Dischidia , Johns (1995)

listed Spathidolepis as being one of two

endemic genera of Asclepiadaceae present in

New Guinea.

Dischidia torricellensis is an unusual

species within Dischidia for a number of

reasons. Firstly the leaves are herbaceous

(Fig. 1 A), whereas most species have fleshy to

succulent leaves. Secondly the corolla lobes

are distinctive in the way the edges are strongly

reflexed (Fig. 1C). Thirdly the pollinaria are not

typical for the majority of Dischidia species in

the + unwinged nature of the caudicles (Fig.

IF); however, at least one other species

(D. superba Rintz) also has this feature (Rintz

1979).

726

A recent (1997) excellent collection

(including spirit material) of D. torricellensis

has enabled re-examination of the floral

structure (Fig. 1) and prompted the present

contribution. Data from this collection have

confirmed my previous conclusions as to the

generic placement of this species but have

enabled a few additional observations to be

made. Firstly the staminal corona lobes of

D. torricellensis are not particularly small (as

mentioned by Schlechter 1905), but can be quite

well developed and markedly fleshy structures

(Fig. 1D,E). They are not similar to the staminal

corona lobes found in many species of

Dischidia that are generally membranous and

with incurved upper lobes (e.g. D. bengalensis

Colebr. or D. subulata Warb.). On the other

hand they are somewhat similar, albeit fleshier,

to those illustrated forD. parvifolia Ridl. from

Malaysia (Rintz 1980). Many species of

Dischidia have very poorly developed staminal

coronal lobes (e.g. D. imbricata (Blume)

Steud.), thus demonstrating that there is not

only considerable variation in this feature, but

that it varies from being virtually non-existent

to well developed. Such a gradation is repeated

in other asclepiad groups (e.g. Marsdenia R.Br.

s.l. Forster 1995; or various Stapelieae) and can

be interpreted as being more useful at the

specific level rather than generic. Rintz (1980)

has quite clearly illustrated that there is a

complete gradation from those species where

the staminal coronal lobes are poorly developed

to those where the lobes are prominent and

often incurved, hence Schlechter’s justification

for recognition of Spathidolepis on the basis

of the small coronal lobes is unwarranted.

Dischidia torricellensis also is

unusual within the genus in not being an

obvious climber or twiner. In the previous

description (Forster 1990) it was stated that the

species was a ‘liana’, presumably based on the

“small root climber” label data of Brass 12915.

The collection of Takeuchi 11736 dispels this

notion. This species seems to have a habit

akin to that found in some species of the closely

allied genus Hoya R.Br. where a small number

Austrobaileya 5(4): 725-728 (2000)

of species have either pendent non-twining

stems, or erect, non-twining stems as opposed

to the majority that are twiners (Forster et al.

1998) or in the allied MicholitziaN .E.Br. from

south-east Asia (Goyder & Kent 1994).

The arrangement of the hairs in the

corolla tube ofD. torricellensis fits the pattern

of Group C (corolla throat only pubescent) of

Rintz (1980). Whether or not Rintz’s groups

based on the arrangement of hairs on the corolla

are natural remains to be seen. Certainly in

terms of foliage and pollinaria, D. torricellensis

does not closely resemble the Malayan species

of Rintz’s Group C and its position within the

genus must be viewed as being isolated. These

hairs are antrorse near the corolla mouth but

retrorse just above the staminal column. In

D. torricellensis , these hairs effectively block

access to the staminal column and nectar

source at the base. This arrangement tends to

indicate that a specialised pollination syndrome

is involved and that D. torricellensis is similar

to the majority of Dischidia species in this

respect. Pauw (1998) has recently speculated

that this type of asclepiad flower (a closed tube

with access restricted by hairs) is adapted to

bird pollination, based on this syndrome being

observed in the morphologically similar flowers

of Microloma species from southern Africa.

To date there are no available observations on

the pollinators of any species of Dischidia.

Similar sized, but open mouth campanulate

flowers in Marsdenia cymulosa Benth. are

visited and possibly pollinated by small

chloropid flies (Forster 1992) and perhaps

similar sized insects, rather than birds pollinate

flowers of Dischidia.

Dischidia torricellensis (Schltr.) P.I.Forst.,

Austrobaileya 3: 288 ( 1 990).

Spathidolepis torricellensis Schltr., in

K.Schum. & Lauterb., Nachtrage FI.

Schutzgeb. Stidsee 356 (1905). Type:

Papua New Guinea [Kaiser-Wilhemsland].

Madang Province: Torricelli-

Gebirges, April 1902 , R.Schlechter

14445 (lecto: K (photo atBRI!); isolecto:

BO!), fide Forster (1994: 515).

Forster, Dischidia torricellensis

Epiphytic subshrub, branches up to 50 cm long

and with white latex; indumentum on foliage

comprising simple, uniseriate trichomes. Stems

cylindrical, up to 3 mm diameter, with antrorse

indumentum; internodes up to 90 cm long.

Leaves petiolate, herbaceous, lanceolate-

elliptic, 3-9 cm long, 1-3.2 cm wide; apex

caudate to cuspidate, obtuse at tip; base

cuneate; lateral venation comprising 16 to 18

veins per side of the midrib, largely indistinct,

interlateral venation reticulate and largely

indistinct; upper surface medium green, midrib

sunken, glabrous; lower surface glaucescent,

midrib raised, glabrous or with scattered,

antrorse indumentum on margins and midrib;

colleters 2 at lamina base. Inflorescence

persistent, an umbelliform raceme up to 8 mm

long; bracts triangular, 0.5-1 mm long, 0.5-1

mm wide, with sparse indumentum; peduncle

up to 10 mm long and 2 mm diameter. Flowers

urceolate, (3) 4-5.5 mm long, (2) 4-5 mm

diameter at base and (2.5) 3-4.5 mm diameter at

mouth; pedicels 2-4 mm long, 0.5-1 mm

diameter, with sparse to dense indumentum;

sepals oblong to obtuse-ovate, 0.7-2 mm long,

0.9—1 mm wide, ciliate and with 1 or 2 glands at

base of each sinus. Corolla fleshy, green when

immature, white at anthesis; tube (2) 3.5^1 mm

long, (2) 4-5 mm diameter, externally glabrous

or minutely papillose, internally glabrous or

with a few isolated hairs; lobes erect, triangular-

ovate, fused for two-thirds of length, each

strongly jointed in middle and with margins

strongly reflexed, 1.8-2 mm long, 2-2.2 mm wide,

externally glabrous, internally with dense hairs

to 1 mm long blocking entrance to tube.

Staminal corona (1) 2-2.5 mm long, (2) 3-3.5

mm diameter, attached at bottom of staminal

column and comprising 5 separate lobes; each

lobe spathulate-obovate and recurved or

winged towards base on either side, the entire

lobe (0.75) 2-2.5 mm long, (0.75) 1.5-1.7 mm

wide, the wings (0.3) 0.4—0.6 mm wide. Staminal

column 1.5-2 mm long, 1-2 mm diameter; anther

appendages oblong-obtuse, 0.5-0.8 mm long,

0.2-0.3 mm wide; fissure between anther wings

0.6-0.8 mm long. Style-head oblong-conical,

0.7-0.8 mm long; ovaries 1-1.5 mm long,

glabrous. Pollinaria c. 0.6 mm long and 0.4 mm

wide; polliniaheld erect, oblong, 0.35-0.4 mm

long, 0.1-0.2 mm wide, yellow; corpusculum

727

oblong, 0.2-0.3 mm long, 0.1-0.2 mm wide;

caudicles somewhat winged near pollinia, 0.15-

0.18 mm long, c. 0.1 mm wide. Follicles fusiform

(immature), 110-120 mm long, c. 2 mm diameter,

glabrous. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined: West Papua. Jayapura: 6 km

SW of Bernhard Camp, Idenburg River [3° 28’S, 139°

08’E], Feb 1939, Brass 12915 (BRI; A n.v.); Rouffaer

River [not localised], Sep 1926, Docters van Leeuwen

10275 (BO, L). Papua New Guinea. Chimbu

Province: Crater Mountain Wildlife Management area,

east of Haia Village, 6°43’S, 145° 00’E, Mar 1997,

Takeuchi 11736 (BRI; LAE n.v.).

Typification: Schlechter’s original collection

of this plant would have been deposited at B

although he did not specify this (Schlechter

1905, 1913). This particular specimen is not

extant having been destroyed in the

firebombing of B in World War II. A duplicate

of his number 14445 present at K was selected

as lectotype and a further duplicate at BO as

an isolectotype for the name (Forster 1994).

Further duplicates of this number have not been

located in the herbariaA, CANB, L, MEL, NSW,

SING, WRCL where some New Guinean

Schlechter material is extant.

Distribution: Dischidia torricellensis has now

been recorded from four places. Three of these

collections predate 1940. One of these is

obscure and the type locality is very broadly

defined. The Takeuchi collection confirms the

continued existence of this species in the wild

after an interval of 60 years and extends the

range considerably eastwards. It is not

inconceivable that this species has a broad

distribution in suitable habitats between 700

and 1200 m over much of upland New Guinea.

Habitat: This plant has been collected from

midmontane rainforest at altitudes between 700

and 1200 m. It occurs as an epiphyte on

branches.

Acknowledgements

Thanks to Wayne Takeuchi for the specimens,

Peter Bruyns for the illustrations and Peter

Bostock for comments on the manuscript.

Various herbaria have allowed access to

collections in situ or on loan over an extended

period of time.

728

Austrobaileya 5(4): 725-728 (2000)

References

Forster, P.I. (1990). Notes on Asclepiadaceae, 2.

Austrobaileya 3: 273-289.

Forster, P.I. (1992). Insects associated with the

flowers of Marsdenia cymulosa Benth.

(Asclepiadaceae) and their possible role in

pollination. Australian Entomological

Magazine 19: 45-47.

Goyder, D.J. & Kent, D.H. (1994). Micholitzia

obcordata N.E.Br. (Asclepiadaceae:

Marsdenieae) reinstated. Asklepios 62: 13-19.

Johns, R.J. (1995). Malesia - an introduction. Curtis’s

Botanical Magazine 12: 52-62.

Nicholas, A. (1992). The Asclepiadaceous works of

Rudolf F. Schlechter (1872-1925). Willdenowia

22: 215-264.

Forster, P.I. (1994). Type collections of

Asclepiadaceae at Herbarium Bogoriense (BO).

Australian Systematic Botany 7: 507-519.

Forster, P.I. (1995). Circumscription of Marsdenia

(Asclepiadaceae - Marsdenieae) with a revision

of the genus in Australia and Papuasia.

Australian Systematic Botany 8: 703-933.

Forster, P.I. (1996). A checklist of the Asclepiadaceae

of Papuasia. Science in New Guinea 22: 15-

22 .

Forster, P.I. & Liddle, D.J. (1996). Dischidia and Hoya

(Asclepiadaceae). In A.G.Wilson (ed.). Flora

of Australia 28: 231-240. CSIRO Publishing,

Melbourne.

Forster, PI., Liddle, D.J. & Liddle, I.M. (1998).

Diversity in the genus Hoya (Asclepiadaceae:

Marsdenieae). Aloe 35: 44-48.

Pauw, A. (1998). Pollen transfer on birds’ tongues.

Nature 394: 731-732.

Rintz, R.E. (1979). Three new species of

Asclepiadaceae from Peninsular Malaya.

Blumea 25: 225-231.

Rintz, R.E. (1980). The peninsular Malayan species

of Dischidia (Asclepiadaceae). Blumea 26: 81-

126.

Schlechter, R. (1905). Asclepiadaceae. In K. Schumann

& K. Lauterbach, Nachtrage zilr Flora der

Deutschen Schutzgebiete in der Siidsee.

Leipzig: Gebruder Borntrager.

Schlechter, R. (1913). Die Asclepiadaceen von

Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Botanische Jahrbucher

fiir Systematik, Pflanzengeschichte und

Pflanzengeographie 50: 81-164.

Fig. 1. Dischidia torricellensis . A, flowering branch. B, bud. C, side view of flower. D, side view of dissected

flower. E, side view of staminal column and staminal corona with one corona-lobe removed. F, pollinarium.

Scale bars: A, 10 mm; B, C, 1 mm (at B); D, 1 mm; E, 0.5 mm (at B); F, 0.25 mm (at D). All from Takeuchi

11736 (BRI). Del. P.V.Bruyns.

Austrobaileya 5(4): 729 (2000)

Note

Cryptolepis papillata P.I.Forst. & Sarcolobus porcatus P.I.Forst.

(Asclepiadaceae), newly recorded from West Papua

Systematic collection of the flora of the Birds

Head Peninsula ofWest Papua on the island of

New Guinea is currently being undertaken by

staff of the National Herbarium of the

Netherlands, Leiden branch and the Herbarium

Bogoriense( Veldkampetal. 1997). Amongst a

number of Asclepiadaceae sent for routine

identification are two collections that represent

the first records for those particular species

from West Papua. As both species have been

rarely collected it is felt worthwhile to formally

document these records.

Cryptolepis papillataP.I.Forst., Austrobaileya

3:277(1990).

West Papua. Birds Head Peninsula, surroundings of

Ayawasi, 1°09’S, 132° 29’E, Sep 1995, Ave 4059 (BRI;

L n.v.).

Previously known from Papua New Guinea in

Morobe Province. This new collection extends

the known range considerably westward.

Three species of Cryptolepis (C. papillata , C.

perakensis (Gamble) P.I.Forst., C. lancifolia

P.I.Forst.) have now been recorded for West

Papua (Forster 1990, 1991a, 1993a, 1996).

Sarcolobus porcatusP.I.Forst., Austrobaileya

3:353(1991).

West Papua. Birds Head Peninsula,surroundings of

Ayawasi, 1°09’S, 132°29’E, Mar 1996, Ridsdale 2321

(BRI; L n.v).

Previously known from Papua New Guinea in

Morobe Province. This new collection extends

the range considerably westward. Four

species of Sarcolobus ( S. porcatus , S. retusus,

K.Schum., S. secamonoides(Sch\tr.)V.l.¥orst.,

S. vittatus P.I.Forst.) have now been recorded

for West Papua (Forster 1990, 1991b, 1993b,

1996).

Acknowledgement

Thanks to M. Polak (L) for sending the material

for identification.

References

Forster, P.I. (1990). Notes on Asclepiadaceae, 2.

Austrobaileya 3: 273-289.

Forster, P.I. (1991a). Cryptolepis lancifolia

(Asclepiadaceae: Periplocoideae), a new species

from West Papua. Blumea 35: 381-383.

Forster, P.I. (1991b). A taxonomic revision of

Sarcolobus R.Br. (Asclepiadaceae:

Marsdenieae) in Australia and Papuasia.

Austrobaileya 3: 335-360.

Forster, PI. (1993a). Conspectus of Cryptolepis R.Br.

(Asclepiadaceae: Periplocoideae) in Malesia.

Austrobaileya 4: 67-73.

Forster, P.I. (1993b). Additional records for some

species of Finlaysonia Wallich, Gymnanthera

R.Br, Heterostemma Wight & Arn. and

Sarcolobus R.Br. (Asclepiadaceae) in Melanesia

and Papuasia. Austrobaileya 4: 129-130.

Forster, P.I. (1996). A checklist of the Asclepiadaceae

of Papuasia. Science in New Guinea 22: 15-

22 .

Veldkamp, J.F., Roos, M.C. & Rifai, M.A. (eds.) (1997).

Expeditions and other fieldwork. Flora Malesia

Bulletin 12(2): 37-39.

P.LForster

Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road,Toowong, Queensland

4060

Austrobaileya 5(4): 731 (2000)

Note

A new combination in Morinda L. (Rubiaceae) for Australia

As a result of the publication of Queensland

Plants: Names and Distribution (Henderson

1997), it has come to our attention that there is

a nomenclatural problem regarding the eastern

and northern Australian species recorded

therein under Rubiaceae as Morinda acutifolia

F.Muell.

George Bentham (1867) published the name

Coprosma acutifolia for material collected by

Goodwin and Dallachy at Durandoo, New

South Wales, and sent to him in 1856 by

Ferdinand Mueller in Melbourne. This material

had been labelled Coprosma acutifolia by

Mueller.

Unfortunately, by 1867 the name

Coprosma acutifolia had already been

published by Joseph Hooker for a different

species of Coprosma from New Zealand

(Hooker 1857). Thus, Mueller’s name, when

published by Bentham, was a later homonym

and hence illegitimate under Article 53.1 of the

International Code of Botanical Nomenclature

(ICBN) (Greuter et al. 1994).

Mueller was aware of the problem with

the binomen Coprosma acutifolia F.Muell. ex

Benth. for he published (Mueller 1869) a brief

note on this and provided the new name

Coprosma canthoides F.Muell. for the

Australian species concerned.

However, he apparently overlooked this

note and combination when he named this

species in Morinda as M. acutifolia F.Muell.

(Mueller 1875). There he cited the name

Coprosma acutifolia F.Muell. ex Benth. as a

synonym but did not mention C. canthoides

F.Muell. By including Coprosma acutifolia

F.Muell. ex Benth. (as ‘F.M. in Bentham’), worn.

illeg., in his protologue, Mueller is taken as

providing a new name for the species dating

from 1875 (ICBN Art.58.3) but the type of his

name is the type of Coprosma acutifolia

F.Muell. ex Benth. (ICBN Art.7.3).

As the type of Coprosma acutifolia

F.Muell. ex Benth. is automatically the type of

C. canthoides F.Muell. (ICBN Art.7.3), and is

also the type of Morinda acutifolia F.Muell.,

according to Article 52.1 of the ICBN, Mueller

in 1875 published an illegitimate name which is

to be rejected. The name that Mueller ought to

have provided for the species he circumscribed

as Morinda acutifolia is M. canthoides.

Accordingly, the necessary new

combination is now provided.

Morinda canthoides (F.Muell.) Halford &

R.J.F.Hend. comb. nov. Coprosma

canthoides F.Muell., Fragm. 7:45 (1869);

Coprosma acutifolia F.Muell. ex Benth.,

FI. Austral. 3: 429 (1867), worn, illeg. non

Hook.f., J. Linn. Soc. 1: 128 (1857);

Morinda acutifolia F.Muell., Fragm 9:179

(1875), nom. illeg. Type: [Australia, New

South Wales.] Durandoo, undated, Hb.

F. Mueller (holo: K n.v.\ BRI, photo).

References

Bentham, G (1867) Coprosma. In Flora Australiensis

3:429-430. London: L. Reeve & Co.

Greuter, W., Barrie, F.R., Burdet, H.M., Chaloner, W.G.,

Demoulin, V., Hawksworth, D.L., Jorgensen, P.M.,

Nicolson, D.H., Silva, PC., Trehane, P. &

McNeill, J. 1994. International Code of

Botanical Nomenclature (Tokyo Code).

Regmim Vegetabile 131. Konigstein, Germany:

Koeltz Scientific Books.

Henderson, R.J.F. (ed.) 1997. Queensland Plants:

Names and Distribution. Brisbane; Department

of Environment.

Hooker, J.D. 1857. On the Botany of Raoul Island,

one of the Kermadec group in the South Pacific

Ocean. J. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 1:125-129.

Mueller, F. 1869. Fragmentia Phytographiae

Australiae 7:45. Melbourne: Victorian

Government.

Mueller, F. 1875. Fragmentia Phytographiae

Australiae 9:179. Melbourne: Victorian

Government.

Accepted for publication 8 October 2000

David A. Halford and Rodney J. F. Henderson,

Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha,Toowong, Qld 4066,Australia

Note

Austrobaileya 5(4): 733-734 (2000)

A new combination inProstantheraLabiM. (Lamiaceae)

In 1904, F.M. Bailey named Hemigenia

clotteniana , based on a specimen from

“Herberton” (Bailey 1904). He gave a detailed

description of the plant, including the following

“leaves opposite, simple, or on the branchlets

often in threes, 6 to 9 lines [12-18 mm] long,

scarcely exceeding 2 lines [4 mm] in width” and

later “calyx 2-lipped, lips entire; upper one deep

purple, about 4 lines [8 mm] long”. An

examination of the type showed that it

possesses 4 perfect stamens, each with 2 anther

cells.

In the following year (Bailey 1905), he

described Prostanthera atroviolacea, again

from “Herberton”. His description included the

following “leaves opposite, not exceeding 1

inch [25 mm] long and 2 lines [4 mm] broad”

and later “calyx silky-hairy, the upper lip 5 lines

[10 mm] long,... deep-violet outside”.

Bailey did not compare P. atroviolacea with

H. clotteniana , saying merely that “the nearest

ally of this plant \P atroviolacea] appears to

be P. lithospermoides”.

Between the years 1905 and 1999, only one

collection of either ‘species’ was added to the

Queensland Herbarium. That specimen,

collected by Michael Lockyer in 1974, was

identified as Prostanthera atroviolacea.

In April 1999, K.R. McDonald sent to BRI two

labiaceous specimens, collected from the rocky

hills west of Ravenshoe. The process of

identifying these specimens led to a closer

examination of Hemigenia clotteniana and

Prostanthera atroviolacea , and it was soon

realised that the two are synonymous. There is

some variation in the stamens; some flowers

have two perfect stamens while others have

four. This may have prompted Bailey to place

his two collections into different genera.

The correct genus is undoubtedly

Prostanthera , because the stamens always

have two perfect cells, and the calyx is 2-lobed.

Hence, a new combination is necessary, as

follows:

Prostanthera clotteniana (F.M.Bailey)

ARBeancomb. nov.

Hemigenia clotteniana F.M.Bailey,

Queensl. Agric. J. 15: 493 (1904). Type:

Herberton, undated, J. Stirling (holo:

BRI).

Prostanthera atroviolacea F.M.Bailey,

Queensl. Agric. J. 16: 190 (1905). Type:

Herberton, undated, R.C. Ringrose (holo:

BRI), syn. nov.

Illustration: F.M. Bailey, Comprehensive Cat.

ofQldPl.p. 393(1913).

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. North

Kennedy District: W of Ravenshoe, Dec 1974, Lockyer

s.n. (BRI); TR245 W of Ravenshoe, Apr 1999,

McDonald 22, 32 (BRI); TR 245 near Ravenshoe,

May 1999, Thompson & McDonald (BRI).

Conservation status: H. clotteniana was listed

as presumed extinct (X) on the schedules of

the Queensland Conservation Act, while P.

atroviolacea was listed as rare (R). A re¬

assessment of the conservation status of

Prostanthera clotteniana is now obviously

necessary. It is known only from a few rocky

hilltops in State Forest near Ravenshoe. Three

stands are known with 1,7 and 1 individuals in

each (K. McDonald pers. comm.). Applying the

criteria of the IUCN (Anon. 1994), a category

of‘critically endangered’ is proposed (Criterion

D).

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Keith McDonald whose dogged

efforts to debunk the ‘X’ status of Hemigenia

clotteniana have finally paid off.

Accepted for publication 10 March 2000

Austrobaileya 5(4): 733-734

734

References

Anonymous (1994). IUCN Red List Categories.

International Union for Conservation of

Nature and Natural Resources: Switzerland.

Bailey, F.M. (1904). Contributions to the Flora of

Queensland. Queensland Agricultural Journal

15: 491-5.

Bailey, F.M. (1905). Contributions to the Flora of

Queensland. Queensland Agricultural Journal

16: 189-93.

A.R. Bean

Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road,Toowong,

Queensland 4066

Austrobaileya 5(4): 735-736 (2000)

Note

A new combination in Corymbia ‘section Politaria’: C. citriodora

subsp. variegata (Myrtaceae).

Introduction

Hill and Johnson (1995) informally established

Corymbia section ‘ Politaria ’ to comprise four

species: Corymbia citriodora (lemon-scented

gum), C. maculata (spotted gum), C. henryi

(large-leaved spotted gum) and C. variegata

(spotted gum). However, a recent study by

McDonald et al. (2000) has shown that the

taxonomic status of C. variegata warrants

reappraisal. They presented evidence that

C. citriodora and C. variegata could not be

distinguished by either allozymes or

morphology. They found that the main attribute

distinguishing them was leaf oil composition

(citronellal is the main leaf oil in C. citriodora

and a-pinene in C. variegata ). The two

‘species’ were thus considered to represent a

single taxon comprising two chemotypes.

Following field and herbarium studies

(particularly by ARB) we concur with

McDonald et al. (2000) and here formally

subsume C. variegata under C. citriodora at

subspecies rank. This will continue to allow a

distinction between the two entities, while more

accurately reflecting the closer relationship of

C. variegata to C. citriodora than to

C. macidata.

Most phytogeographical references on

eucalypts, e.g. Blakely (1934), Boland et al.,

(1984), Chippendale (1988), Brooker et al. (1997)

and Brooker and Kleinig (1999), treated

C. citriodora subsp. variegata as the northern

extension of C. maculata ., although

Chippendale (l.c.) lists Eucalyptus variegata

as a synonym of E. citriodora. The presence

of lemon-scented leaf oils, rather than

morphological attributes, appears to have

preoccupied the taxonomic approach of these

authors. This is despite the findings of Maiden

(1920), McKern (1954) and Larsen (1965), who

also considered the two represented a single

taxon comprising two chemotypes.

Accepted for publication 14 July 2000

McDonald et al. (2000) also concluded

that the two other ‘Politaria’ species,

C. maculata (Hook.) K.D.Hill & L.A.S. Johnson

and C. henryi (S.T.Blake) K.D.Hill &

L.A.S.Johnson, represented vicariads as they

were genetically and morphologically allied,

while genetically distinct from the

C. citriodora-C.variegata alliance. However,

we consider that little would be gained by a

change to infraspecific rank for these species

as their relationship is well established and the

nomenclatural change unnecessarily

disruptive.

Taxonomy

Corymbia citriodora (Hook.) K.D.Hill &

L.A.S.Johnson subsp. variegata

(F.Muell.) A.R.Bean & M.W.McDonald

comb, et stat. nov.

Eucalyptus variegata F.Muell., J. Linn.

Soc., Bot. 3: 88 (1859); Corymbia

variegata (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill &

L.A.S.Johnson, Telopea 6: 389 (1995).

Type: Queensland. Burnett River, 1856,

F. Mueller (holo: MEL; iso: K).

Corymbia citriodora subsp. variegata extends

south of the Springsure-Maryborough region

in Queensland to near Coffs Harbour in New

South Wales and has foliage that lacks a lemon

scent when crushed. C.citriodora subsp.

citriodora extends north from the Springsure-

Maryborough region in central eastern

Queensland to the Atherton Tableland in north

Queensland and has lemon-scented foliage

when crushed. Further details on the two taxa

(as C. citriodora and C. variegata) are given

in Hill and Johnson (1995).

Within C.citriodora subsp. citriodora ,

McDonald et al. (2000) also noted

morphological differences between northern

populations (Mt Janet south to the White

Mountains region) and southern populations

(Mackay region south to the Springsure-

736

Maryborough region). The northern form

differs in having narrower and more densely

hairy juvenile leaves, narrower adult leaves and

Austrobaileya 5(4): 735-736 (2000)

bark with fewer mottles compared to the

southern form. The taxonomic significance of

these differences requires further study.

Key to taxa in Corymbia ‘section Politaria’

1 Adult leaves broad-lanceolate to lanceolate, to 4.5 cm wide . 2

Adult leaves narrow-lanceolate, to 2.8 cm wide. 3

2 Juvenile leaves to 9.0 cm wide, fruit to 2 x 1.5 cm

(from near Grafton, NSW to the Brisbane region, Qld)

Juvenile leaves to 5.5 cm wide, fruit to 1.4 x 1.1 cm

(fromTaree to Eden inNSW and Mottle Range, Vic.).

3 Leaves lemon-scented (N of Maryborough-Springsure to

Atherton Tableland, Qld). C. citriodora subsp. citriodora

Leaves not lemon-scented (S of Maryborugh-Springsure to

NW of Coffs Harbour, NSW). C. citriodora subsp. variegata

. . C. henryi

C. maculata

Acknowledgements

Ian Brooker and Andrew Slee provided useful

comments on a draft of this paper.

References

Blakely, W.F. (1934). A Key to the Eucalypts. Sydney:

The Worker Trustees

Boland, D. J., Brooker, M.I.H., Chippendale, G.M., Hall,

N., Hyland, B.PM., Johnston, R.D., Kleinig, D.A.

and Turner, J.D. (1984). Forest Trees of

Australia , 4 th . edition. Melbourne: Nelson-

CSIRO.

Brooker, M.I.H. and Kleinig, D.A. (1999). Field Guide

to Eucalypts, South-eastern Australia. Volume

1. Second Edition. Melbourne: Bloomings

Books.

Brooker, M.I.H., Connors, J.R. and Slee, A.V (1997).

EUCLID: Eucalypts of South-eastern Australia.

Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research.

Melbourne: CSIRO.

Chippendale, G.M. (1988). Eucalyptus, Angophora

(Myrtaceae), Flora of Australia 19, Canberra:

Australian Government Publishing Service.

Hill, K.D. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1995). Systematic

studies in the eucalypts. 7. A revision of the

bloodwoods, genus Corymbia (Myrtaceae).

Telopea 6: 185-504.

Larsen, E. (1965). A study of the variability of

Eucalyptus maculata Hook, and E. citriodora

Hook. Australian Forestry and Timber Bureau

Leaflet No. 95, Canberra.

Maiden, J.H. (1920). A Critical Revision of the Genus

Eucalyptus. Volume 5: 90. Sydney:

Government Printer.

McDonald, M.W., Butcher, P.A., Bell, J.C. and

Larmour, J.S. (2000). Intra- and interspecific

allozyme variation in eucalypts from the

spotted gum group, Corymbia section Politaria

(Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 13:

491-507.

McKern, H.H.G, Spie, M.C. and Willis, J.L. (1954).

The essential oils of Eucalyptus maculata

Hooker. Journal and Proceedings of the Royal

Society of New South Wales 88: 15-21.

MW. McDonald

CSIRO, Forestry and Forest Products, Australian Tree Seed Centre, PO Box E4008, Kingston,

Canberra,ACT, 2604,Australia; email: maurice.mcdonald@ffp.csiro.au

A.RBean

Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road,Toowong,

Queensland, 4066,Australia; email: tony.bean@env.qld.gov.au

Index of new names published in Austrobaileya 5(4)

Apatophyllum flavovirens A.R.Bean & Jessup, sp. nov. . 693

Apatophyllum teretifolium A.R.Bean & Jessup, sp. nov .693

Chamaesyce ophiolitica RI.Forst., sp. nov. .711

Clausena smyrelliana RI.Forst., sp. nov .716

Corymbia citriodora subsp. variegata (F.Muell.)

A.R.Bean & M.W.McDonald, comb, et stat. nov . 735

Eucalyptus provecta A.R.Bean, sp. nov .681

Eucalyptus tardecidens (L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill) A.R.Bean comb, et stat. nov .683

Flindersiapimenteliana forma oppositifolia (F.Muell.) K.D.Scott,

W.K.Harris & J.Playford, comb, et stat. nov .668

Homoranthus cor acinus A.R.Bean, sp. nov. .687

Jasminum domatiigerum subsp. australis W.K.Harris & W. J.McDonald, subsp. nov. .699

Lobelia leucotos Albr., sp. nov . 706

Morinda canthoides (F.Muell.) Halford & R. J.F.Hend., comb, nov .731

Prostanthera clotteniana (F.M.Bailey) A.R.Bean, comb, nov .733

Stylidium sect. Alsinoida(MMbr.) A.R.Bean, comb, et stat. nov .634

Stylidium sect. Biloba A.R.Bean, sect, nov .631

Stylidium sect. Tenella (Benth.) A.R.Bean, comb, et stat. nov. .619

Stylidium sect. Uniflora A.R.Bean, sect, nov .613

Stylidium accedens A.R.Bean, sp. nov .605

Stylidium aquaticum A.R.Bean, sp. nov. .622

Stylidium confertum A.R.Bean, sp. nov. .625

Stylidium divergens A.R.Bean, sp. nov .604

Stylidium ensatum A.R.Bean, sp. nov . 603

Stylidium longissimum A.R.Bean, sp. nov . 629

Stylidium oviflorum A.R.Bean, sp. nov. .624

Stylidium stenophyllum A.R.Bean, sp. nov. . 612

Wahlenbergia celata RI.Forst., sp. nov. .661

737

Referees consulted for Volume 5

Acceptance of papers has depended on the outcome of review by referees. Apart from a few

who did not wish to be listed those consulted during the past four years are listed below. Several

were consulted on more than one occasion. Sincere thanks are extended to all these people

whose expertise has helped to maintain journal standards.

Barker, R.M.

Bean,A.R.

Bergstrom, D.

Bostock, P.

Brooker, M.I.H.

Bruhl, J. J.

Jones, D.L.

Jordaan, M.

Keighery, G J.

Kodela, PG

Clayton, W.D.

Conn, B. J.

Cowie, ID.

Craven, L.A.

Cribb, P. J.

Crisp, M.D.

Lavarack, PS.

Lepschi, B. J.

Lyne,A.M.

Makinson, R.O.

May, T.

Morrison, D.A.

Dawson, J.W.

Dixon, D.

Dunlop, C.R

Duretto, M.F.

Panetta, F.D.

Pedley, L.

Playford, J.

Eggli, U.

Quinn, F.C.

Fensham, R. J.

Forster, PI.

Reynolds, S.T.

Schrire, B.

George, A. S.

Goyder, D. J.

Gross, C.L.

Guymer, GP.

Simon, B.K.

Short, PS.

Snow, N.

Toelken, H.R.

Harden, G J.

Harris,W.K.

Henderson, R. J.F.

Hill, K.D.

Holland,A.E.

Hunter, J.T.

Hyland, B.P.M.

Weiller, C.M.

Welzen, van PC.

Weston, PH.

Wiecek, B.

Wilson, Peter G.

Jacobs, S.W.L.

Jessup, L.W.

738

Notes for Authors

Austrobaileya publishes original papers in systematic botany and related fields. Preference will

be given to papers relating to the flora of Queensland or tropical Australia. All papers are refereed

and the editorial committee reserves the right to reject papers.

Manuscripts must be submitted in duplicate to The Editor, Austrobaileya , Queensland

Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld4068, Australia. They must be double-spaced typewrit¬

ten, with 2.5 cm margins in the first instance. After refereeing, the corrected manuscript should be

submitted on an MSDOS disk as an unformatted ASCII file (DOS Text F ile F ormat), and in your word

processing package format, or as a Rich Text Format file. Manuscripts may be e-mailed to the editor

as an attached file (Laurie.Jessup@env.qld.gov.au). All illustrations should be submitted with the

text. One set of proofs will be sent to authors.

For style and layout the most recent number of Austrobaileya should be followed, particularly

in the use of subheadings for distribution, etymology, etc. A detailed guide may be obtained from

the editor. Papers must be concise and illustrations should make economical use of available space.

Where possible illustrations should be submitted in a size suitable for reproduction without

reduction in size. The maximum size of a printed illustration isl3.5cmxl8.5 cm. Do not put lettering

on the illustration but indicate separately on a photocopy or overlay. Illustrations should be cited

in the text. Typed captions should be supplied on a separate page with the text and also adhered

to the overlay or photocopy of the illustration. All illustrations, both line drawings and photographs

are to be numbered as figures in a common sequence. Published illustrations remain the property

of the Queensland Herbarium.

Tables should be as simple as possible. Long and/or complicated tables should be avoided.

The tables should be numbered consecutively and each should be cited in the text.

StandardAbbreviations

Titles of journals cited in the nomenclatural sections of the text should be abbreviated according

to Botanico-Periodicum-Huntianum (Hunt Botanical Library, 1968) while names of books should

be abbreviated in accordance with F.A. Stafleu and R.S. Cowan, Taxonomic Literature , edn 2 (W.

Junk, 1976-1988). In the ‘References’ section the titles of both journals and books should be

given in full. All entries in the ‘References’ are to be referred to in the narrative text and all

references to papers or books in narrative text are to be included in the ‘References’ section.

Author abbreviations should follow the Draft Index of Author Abbreviations compiled at the

Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (HMSO, 1980). Acronyms used for herbaria cited in the

text should be in accordance with P.K. Holmgren, N.H. Holmgren and L.C. Barrett (eds), Index

HerbariorumPart 1: The Herbaria of the World. New York: New York Botanical Garden (1990).

Other abbreviations which may be used in citing specimens are S.F. (State Forest), S.F.R. (State

ForestReserve),L.A. (Logging Area), T.R. (Timber Reserve) and an AQ number. This number refers

to the computerised collection number situated on the sheet and/or on the label of specimens housed

in the Queensland Herbarium (BRI). It is distinct from the BRI number which is a framed sheet number

associated with the name ‘Queensland Herbarium Brisbane’, stamped on the sheet.

Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000)

Index

New names are in bold, all others are in italics. Page numbers in bold refer to the principal

description, those in italics refer to an illustration. Pages 369-404 do not exist in Volume 5 due to

a pagination error.

Acacia Miller 193, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 313, 316

sect. Phyllodineae DC., 307

sect. Juliflorae (Benth.) Maiden & Betche 313, 318

sect. Plurinerves (Benth.) Maiden & Betche 310

abbatiana Pedley 307, 313

arbiana Pedley 307 , 308,

argyrotricha Pedley 307, 310 , 311

armillata 311, 312

barakulensis Pedley 307, 308 , 309

burbidgeae Pedley 308, 309

burdekensis Pedley 307, 313 , 314,318

calyculata A.Cunn. ex Benth. 315, 319, 320

concurrens Pedley 317, 320

conferta A. Cunn. ex Benth. 307, 308

convallium Pedley 307, 312 , 313

crassa Pedley 318, 320

cretata Pedley 307, 318

cunninghamii Hook. 158, 317

faucium Pedley 307, 314 , 315, 318

filipes Pedley 307, 315

fodinalis Pedley 307, 316 , 318

gittinsii Pedley 308, 309

glaucescens var. leiocalyx Domin 317

gnidium Benth. 308

granitica Maiden 313

harpophylla F.Muell. ex Benth. 137, 138, 356, 671,

672

hendersonii Pedley 307, 309

ingramii Tindale 167

johannis Pedley 307, 311 , 312

johnsonii Pedley 309, 310

julifera Benth. subsp. julifera 500

lacertensis Pedley 307, 316 , 317

legnota Pedley 311, 312

leiocalyx (Domin) Pedley 307, 313, 314, 315, 316,

317,318,320

subsp. herveyensis 317

subsp. leiocalyx 317

leptostachya Benth. 313, 314, 319

longispicata Benth. 318, 320

subsp. velutina Pedley 307, 320

ommatosperma (Pedley) Pedley 311, 312

pilligaensis Maiden 309

platycarpa F. Muell. 312, 313

proiantha Pedley 307, 318

resinicostata Pedley 309

rigens 311

rubricola Pedley 307, 309 , 310

scopularum Pedley 307, 319 ,

scopulorum Pedley 587

sericata Cunn. ex Benth. 312, 313

shirleyi Maiden 251, 696

solenota Pedley 307, 319 , 320

sp. (Barakula L.A. Neilsen 15) 308

sp. (Blackdown Tableland R.J. Henderson+ HI 199)

309

sp. (Inglewood A.R.Bean 1115) 310

sp. (Mt Abbot A.R.Bean 4873) 313

sp. (Mt Mulligan J.R.Clarkson 8217) 311

sp. (Norwich Park J.Martin AQ349851) 316

sp. (Ropers Peak P.I.Forster PIF7209) 307

sp. (Torrens Creek C.T.White 8725) 314

sp. aff. A. gonoclada 317

spirorbis subsp. solandri (Benth.) Pedley 319

storyi Tindale 309

tingoorensis Pedley 307, 320

tropica Tindale 316, 317

Acanthocereus (A.Berger) Britton & Rose 671

Acanthus ilicifolius L. 652

Acmena smithii (Poir.) Merrill & Perry 536

Acronychia littoralis T.Hartley & J.B.Williams 719

Acrotriche R.Br. 163

Adelia resinosa Blanco 486

Aegiceras corniculatum (L.) Blanco 146

Aeschynomene arborea L. 223

Agaricus cantharellus Schwein. 554

conicus Schaeff. 539

niveus Scop. 549

pratensis Pers. 545

virgineus Wulfen: Fr. 549

var. niveus (Scop.) Fr. 549

Aglaia sp. 55

Albrecht, David. A new species and lectotypification in

Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae 705

Alchornea rugosa (Lour.) Muell.Arg. 488

Alectryon coriaceus 719

ramiflorus S.T.Reynolds 717, 719

reticulatus Radik. 342

Aleurites J.R.Forst. & GForst. 117

Allium L. 345

Allosyncarpia ternata S.T.Blake 187

Alnus 668

Aloaceae 118

Aloe maculata 113, 118

Alysicarpus Necker ex Desv. 235

sect. Desmodiopsis Schindl. 209, 226

campylocaulos (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Schindl. 226, 233

cheelii C.A.Gardner 209, 222, 260

parviflorus Dalzell 235

Amanoa faginea Baill. 411

ovata auct. non (Decne.) Baill. 407

tomentosa (Blume) Baill. 413

Anatherum Beauv. 503

fulvibarbe (Trin.) Keng 503, 525, 528

muricatum (Retz.) Beauv. 522, 528

zizanioides (L.) Hitchc. & Chase 522, 528

Andropogon L. 503

subgen. Chrysopogon (Trin.) Hack. 506

subsp. echinulatus (Steud.) Hack 526

acicularis Willd. 509

aciculatus Retz. 509, 528

anias Llanos 512, 528

argutus Nees ex Steud. 523, 528

aristulatus Hochst. ex Hack. 518, 528

breviaristatus Steud. 518

echinulatus Nees ex Steud. 526,

elongatus (R. Br.) Spreng. 525,

var.filipes Hack. 513

festucoides Presl 512,

fulvibarbis Trin. 525,

fulvus Spreng. 514

fiiscus Presl 527,

gryllus auct. non L. 518,

gryllus L. 524, 525, 579, 580

gryllus L. subsp. echinulatus (Nees ex Steud.) Cope

526

var. philippinensis Merr. 517,

intermedins 527

javanicus Steud. 510,

javanicus L. sect. Vetiveria (Bory) Thouars ex Benth.

506

javanicus L. subgen. Vetiveria (Bory) Benth. ex Hack.

506

lawsonii Hook.f. 515,

leptanthus Steud. 527,

montanum Roxb. 514

monticola Schult. & Schult. f. 514,

var. genuinus Hack. 514,

var. trinii (Steud.) Hook.f. 520,

muricatus Retz. 522,

var. aristatus Buse 512,

nardus Blanco 522,

nemoralis Balansa 517,

nigritanus Benth. 526,

pallidus 579

serrulatum Link 520

sprengelii Kunth 514,

squarrosus auct. non L.f. 512, 522,

squarrosus L.f. 523

var. chrysopogonoides Hack. 523,

var. genuinus auct. non Hack. 522,

var. nigritanus (Benth.) Hack. 526,

var. nigritanus auct. non Hack. 512,

strictus Host. 527

subtilis Steud. 520,

subulatus Presl 510,

trinii Steud. 520,

var. genuinus Hack. 520,

villosulus Nees ex Steud. 527,

wightianus Nees ex Steud. 518,

zizanioides (L.) Urban 522,

zizanioides auct. non Urban 512,

Angophora costata (Gaertn.) Britten 536

Anthurium Schott. 3

Apatophyllum McGillivray 691, 692, 696

constablei McGillivray 692, 693, 696

flavovirens A.R.Bean & Jessup 691, 692, 693, 695,

696

macgillivrayi R.J.Cranfield & N.S.Lander 696

olsenii McGillivray 692, 693, 696, 697

sp. (Bull Creek A. R. Bean 2225) 693

sp. (Expedition Range E.J. Thompson AQ440723) 693

teretifolium A.R.Bean & Jessup 692, 693, 694, 696

Aphelandra R.Br. 652

sinclairiana Nees 652, 653

Aphyllodium (DC.) Gagnep. 209, 210, 211, 212, 219, 225

australiense (Schindl.) Ohashi 216, 219

biarticulatum (L.) Gagnep. 210,211,212,215, 216,

217, 233

glossocarpum Pedley 209,210,211,213, 214, 215,

217, 219

hispidum (Schindl.) Ohashi 217

Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000)

latifolium Pedley 209, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216,

217

novoguineense (Schindl.) Ohashi 210, 214,217,219

parvifolium Pedley 209, 211, 212, 213, 217

schindleri Pedley 209, 211, 212, 213, 214, 216, 217,

219

sp. (Lockerbie L. J. Brass 18464) 213

stylosanthoides Pedley 209, 212, 215, 216, 217

Apiaceae 145

Araucaria cunninghamii Aiton ex D. Don 110, 342, 408, 422

Archidendropsis thozetiana (F.Muell.) I.C.Nielsen 101, 422

Argyrodendron F.Muell. 110, 719

Aristolochia elegans Mast. 35

Asclepiadaceae 53, 59

Asteromyrtus Schauer 175

Astrebla F.Muell. ex Benth. 234, 242

Astrotricha DC. 63, 65, 66

subg. Hexocenia Domin 63, 64, 65

biddulphiana F.Muell. 64, 65, 66

brachyandra A.R Bean 63, 65, 66, 67, 69

cordata A.R.Bean 63, 64, 66

floccosa 68

glabra Domin 64, 66

intermedia A.R.Bean 63, 64

latifolia Benth. 64, 68, 69

ledifolia var. glabriflora F.M. Bailey 66

longifolia Benth. 64, 66, 68

var. glabrescens 66

pauciflora A.R.Bean 64, 66

pterocarpa Benth. 63, 64

roddii Makinson 63, 65

umbrosa A.R.Bean 63, 64, 66, 67, 68

Austrobuxus Miq. 9

Austrosteenisia R.Geesink 79, 80

blackii (F.Muell.) R.Geesink 81, 83, 85,87, 89

var. astipella D.J.Dixon 79, 85, 86, 87

var. blackii 79, 84, 85

glabristyla Jessup 79, 80, 81, 87, 89, 90

mollitricha D.J.Dixon 79, 81, 87, 88, 89

stipidaris (C.T.White) Jessup 79, 81, 52,83

Babingtonia F.Muell. 157, 158, 170

angusta A.R.Bean 157, 159, 162,163, 165, 171

behrii 159

bidwillii A.RBean 157, 158, 160, 161,167, 168, 171

brachypoda A.RBean 157, 158, 159, 168, 169, 170,

171

collina A.RBean 157, 159, 160, 161, 162,163, 166,

167, 168, 171

crassa A.RBean 157, 159, 160, 166,167, 170, 171

crenulata 158

cunninghamii 158

densifolia (Sm.) F.Muell. 159, 500

granitica 159

jncunda 159

leratii (Schltr.) A.R.Bean 160

odontocalyx 159

papillosa A.R.Bean 157, 158, 159, 169,170, 171

pluriflora (F.Muell.) A.R.Bean 157, 158, 159, 163,

165, 166, 171

procera (J.W.Dawson) A.R.Bean 160

prominens 159

silvestris 159

similis A.R.Bean 157, 159, 161, 162, 163, 165, 166,

168, 171

Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000)

sp. (Atherton A.R. Bean 5707) 163

sp. (Comet P. Rowland AQ634382) 168

sp. (Townsville A.R. Bean 3424) 169

sp. (Yatala P. Grimshaw+ G525) 162

sp. (Yurol A.R. Bean 6803) 161

squarriilosa 159

tozerensis A.R.Bean 158, 169, 170

virgata (J.R.Forst. & GForst.) F.Muell. 157, 158, 159,

160, 170

virgata var. parvula 157

Backhousia kingii Guymer 35, 338, 422

myrtifolia Hook. f. & Harv. 536

Baeckea L. 157, 170, 499

obtusifolia Brongn. & Gris, 160

parvula (Labill.) DC., 160

parvula var. latifolia Brongn. & Gris 160

sp. “Clarence River” 164, 165

virgata (J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.) Andrews 157, 160, 170

var. /?arv?//aF.M.Bailey 161

var. polyandra Maiden & E.Betche 170

Baloghia inophylla (G Forst.) P.S.Green 14

marmorata C.T. White 342

Banksia L.f. 153, 351

aemula 350

integrifolia L.f. 166

spp. 66

Barklya syringifolia F. Muell. 101, 338, 422

Barleria L. 657

Baumea rubiginosa 349

Bean, A.R. & Jessup L.W. Two new species of Apatophyllum

McGillivaray (Celastraceae) from Queensland 691

Bean, A.R. (2000). Homoranthus coracinus 687

Bean, A.R. A conspectus of Astrotricha DC. (Araliaceae) in

Queensland, including two new species 63

Bean, A.R. A new combination in Prostanthera Labill.

(Lamiaceae) 733

Bean, A.R. A revision of Eucalyptus normantonensis Maiden

& Cambage (Myrtaceae) and its allies 679

Bean, A.R. A revision of Rubus subg. Malachobatus (Focke)

Focke and Rubus subg. Diemenicus A.R.Bean (Rosaceae)

in Australia 39

Bean, A.R. A revision of Stylidium sect. Debilia Mildbr., S.

sect. Floodia Mildbr. and S. sect. Lanata A.R.Bean

(Stylidiaceae) 427

Bean, A.R. A revision of Stylidium subg. Andersonia (R.Br. ex

G.Don) Mildbr. (Stylidiaceae) 589

Bean, A.R. A revision of the Babingtonia virgata (J.R.Forst. &

G.Forst.) F.Muell. complex (Myrtaceae) in Australia 157

Bean, A.R. Homoranthus coracinus (Myrtaceae), a new

species from Queensland 687

Bean, A.R. Lilaeopsis brisbanica (Apiaceae), a new species

from Queensland, Australia 145

Bean, A.R. Microcarpaea agonis (Scrophulariaceae), a new

species from south-eastern Queensland 149

Bean, A.R. Notes on Eucalyptus ser.Psathyroxyla Blakely

(Myrtaceae) andother ‘Ash group’ eucalypts 125

Bean, A.R. Ochrosperma obovatum (Myrtaceae), a new

species from south-eastern Queensland 499

Bean, A.R. Two new species of StylidiumWilld. (Stylidiaceae)

from north Queensland 323

Bergia L. 629

Bertrandia astatogala (Heim) Heim 550

Bertya opponens (F.Muell. ex Benth.) Guymer 36

pedicellata F.Muell. 36, 308

Blechum pyramidatum 652

Boronia Sm. 263, 275, 350

sect. Valvatae (Benth.) Engl. 272, 275, 277, 284,

287,291,295

ser. Valvatae Benth. 275

alulata Sol. ex Benth. 288, 291

amabilis 273

artemesiifolia F.Muell. 292

bella Duretto 275, 282, 283, 284, 285, 287, 288, 295

bowmanii F. Muell. 273, 296, 297

chartacea P.H.Weston 278

duiganiae Duretto 273, 286, 290, 292, 294, 295, 587

eriantha 274

excelsa Duretto 282, 274, 275, 283, 284, 285, 287,

288, 295

foetida Duretto 275, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286,

287, 288, 295

forsteri Duretto 274, 276, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282

glabra (Maiden & Betche) Cheel 274, 278, 282, 295

granitica 274

hoipolloi Duretto 273, 278, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292

jensziae Duretto 275, 282, 283, 284, 285, 287, 288,

295

keysii Domin 273, 274, 277, 295

lanceolata F.Muell. 274, 293, 294, 295

lanuginosa White 291,292

ledifolia (Vent.) DC. 273, 275, 277, 295

var. rosmarinifolia (A. Cunn. ex Endl.) Benth. 275

obovata 273, 294

odorata Duretto 273, 274, 277, 278, 281, 284, 285,

287, 288, 290, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296

palasepala Duretto 276, 278, 279, 280,257

quinkanensis Duretto 286, 288, 290, 291, 292

repanda 274

rosmarinifolia A. Cunn. ex Endl. 263, 274, 275, 276,

211, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 284, 285, 287

var. albiflora Cheel 277

ruppii Cheel 295

sp. (Hinchinbrook Island S.L. Everist 7786) 282

sp. (Many Peaks Range I.R. Telford CBG7702560)

287

sp. (Massy Creek R.G. Coveny+ 7174) 295

sp. (Mt Mulligan J.R. Clarkson 1) 291

sp. (Mt Walsh PI. Forster+ PIF17253) 286

sp. (Mt Windsor Tableland P.I. Forsterf PIF15225)

285

sp. (Robinson Gorge P.I. ForsterL PIF 11235) 281

splendida Duretto 274, 276, 278, 279, 281

squamipetala Duretto 273, 286, 295, 296, 297

ternata Endl. 295

viridiflora Duretto 291

Bothriochloa bladhii (Retz.) S.T. Blake 527,

Bridelia Willd. 405, 406, 411, 414

erapensis S.Dressier 409, 410

exalt at a F.Muell. 405, 407,406,407,408,413, 414,

418

faginea (Baill.) F.Muell. ex Benth. 406, 411

finalis P.I.Forst. 405, 407, 408, 409,410, 414, 419

glabrifolia Merr. 413, 415

insulana Hance 405, 406, 407, 410, 411, 414, 419

lancifolia Roxb. 413

leichhardtii Baill. ex Muell.Arg. 405, 406, 407, 408,

411, 412, 414, 419

var. glabrata Domin 411

melanthesoides var. australiensis Gehrm. 411, 412

minutiflora Hook.f. 410, 411

ovata Decne. 406

ovata auct. non Decne. 413

var. exaltata (F.Muell.) Muell.Arg. 407

penangiana Hook.f. 406, 410, 411

phyllanthoides W.Fitz. 406, 413

scandens (Roxb.) Willd. 406

sp. 408

tomentosa Blume 405, 406, 407, 413,474, 415, 416,

418

var. eriantha Airy Shaw 406, 413

var. glabrata Domin 406

var. glabrescens Benth. 413

var. glabrifolia (Merr.) Airy Shaw 406, 413

var. lancifolia Muell.Arg. 413

var. ovoidea Benth. 413

var. tomentosa 406

var. trichadenia Muell.Arg. 406, 413

Briedelia 406

Bryaceae351

Bryophyllum Salisb. 114, 115

Brynm billardieri Schwaegr. 351

Bursaria reevesii L.Cayzer & M.D.Crisp 714

Cactoblastis cactorum 672

Caesalpinia L. 97, 101

brachycarpa (Benth.) Hattink 101

erythrocarpa Pedley 98 , 99, 100

hymenocarpa 98

nitens (F.Muell. ex Benth.) Pedley 97, 98, 99

scortechinii (F.Muell.) Hattink 98, 99, 101

subtropica Pedley 98, 101

traceyi Pedley 97, 98, 99 , 100

Caleana minor R. Br. 75

Callicoma serratifolia Andrews 163

Callistemon sieberi DC. 167

sp. 308

Calycacanthus K.Schum. 651, 652, 653, 656, 658

magnusianus K.Schum. 652, 653

Calytrix mimiana Craven 615

Camarophyllopsis Herink 535, 537, 539,542,562, 563

subgen. Hodophilus (R. Heim) Bon 562

kearneyi A.M.Young 535, 538, 542, 545, 562, 563

phaeophylla (Romag.) Arnolds 563

schulzeri (Bres.) Herink. 542

Camarophyllus (Fr.) Kummer 539

apricosa sensu Fuhrer & Robinson 546

aurantiopallens Horak 545

lilacinus (Cleland & Cheel) Horak 535, 547

niveus (Scop.) Wunsche 549

pratensis (Pers.: Fr.) Kummer. 545

virgineus (Wulfen: Fr.) Kummer 549

Camphoromyrtus pluriflora F.Muell. 157, 165

Campylopus introflexus (Hedw.) Brid. 350

Canaca Guillaumin 9

Candollea alsinoides 634

anisata (Willd.) Hook.f. ex Benth. 715

capillaris (R.Br.) F.Muell. 620

diffusa (R.Br.) F.Muell. 627

eriorhiza (R.Br.) F.Muell. 323, 451

fissiloba (F.Muell.) F.Muell. 597, 622, 623, 624, 625

floodii (F.Muell.) F.Muell. 433

floribunda (R.Br.) F.Muell. 444

lobuliflora (F.Muell.) F.Muell. 608

muscicola (F.Muell.) F.Muell. 602

pachyrrhiza (F.Muell.) F.Muell. 610, 612

pedunculata (R.Br.) F.Muell. 618

schizantha (F.Muell.) F.Muell. 609

tenerrima 636

trichopoda (F.Muell.) F.Muell. 613, 615

uliginosa (Sw. ex Willd.) F.Muell. 599

Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000)

Canscora diffusa 629

Cansora drummondii 711, 712

Cantharellaceae 548

Cantharellus 548

lilacinus Cleland & Cheel 547

Canthium Lam. 353, 358, 360

microphyllum F.Muell. 357, 358

sp. (Massy Creek P.I. Forster+ PIF10568) 358

vacciniifolium F.Muell. 353, 354, 355, 357, 358

Capillipedium Stapf 503

leucotrichum (A. Camus) Schmid ex Veldk. 527,

parviflorum (R. Br.) Stapf. 527,

Capparis arborea (F.Muell.) Maiden 107, 110, 111

‘laurifolia ’ 108

nobilis var. pubescens Benth. 107, 108, 110

velutina P.I.Forst. 107, 109, 111

Casearia sp. 55

Cassytha L. 345, 346, 347

glabella R.Br. 345, 346

melantha R.Br. 345, 346

panicidata R.Br. 345

pubescens R.Br. 345, 347

Castanospermum australe A.Cunn. & Fraser ex Hook. 26

Casuarina L. 179, 351

cristata 671, 672

Centrophorum Trin. 506

Centrostemma Decne. 57

multiflorum Blume 57

Ceratopetalum apetalum D. Don 536, 563

Cereus Miller 671

hildmannianus 671, 672

jamacaru 674, 675

penmanus Mill. 671,672, 676

uruguayanus Ritt. ex Kiesl 671, 672, 674,675, 676

Chalcoelytrum Lunell 506

Chamaeraphis muricata (Retz.) Merr. 522,

squarrosa (Retz.) Merr. 522

Chamaesyce S.F.Gray. 711

drummondii (Boiss.)D.C.Hassall 711,712

ophiolitica PLForst. 711, 712, 713, 714

petala (Ewart & L.R.Kerr) P.I.Forst. & RJ.F.Henderson

711, 712

Choricarpia subargentea (C.T.White)L.A.S.Johnson 338, 422

Choriceras Baillon 9

tricorne Benth. 26

Chrysopogon Trin. 503,505, 506, 508, 516, 525, 526, 579

sect. Rhaphis (Lour.) Roberty 506

sect. Vetiveria (Bory) Roberty 506

acicularis Duthie 509

aciculatus (Retz.) Trin. 505, 508, 509, 526,

var. longifolius Buse 510

argutus (Steud.) Trin. ex B.D. Jackson 504, 523

benthamianus Henr. 524, 525, 579

bomeensis Henr. 505, 508, 510, 511

calcaratus (Hack.) Henr. 524

celebicus Veldk. 504, 508, 511

chinense Trin. 506

coll inns Ridl. 518, 519

echinulatus (Nees ex Steud.) Wats. 524,526

elongatus (R. Br.) Benth. 504, 525

elongatus auct. non Benth. 516

var . filipes Benth. 513

fa/lax S.T. Blake 504, 525, 524, 579

festucoides (Presl) Veldk. 505, 507, 508, 512, 513,

523,526

filipes (Benth.) Reeder 504, 506, 509, 513, 514, 515,

517

Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000)

var. arundinaceus Reeder 513

fulvibarbis (Trin.) Veldk. 504, 525

fidvus (Spreng.) Chiov. 505, 507, 514, 515, 519, 520

subvar. montanus (Trin.) Roberty 514

subvar. serrulatus (Trin.) Roberty 520

fulvns auct. non Chiov. 520

fuscus (Presl) Trin. ex Steud. 527

glabratus Trin. 524

gryllus (L.) Trin. 505, 506, 522, 524,525, 579, 580

grylliis auct. non Trin. 517, 521, 524

subsp. echinulatus (Nees ex Steud) Cope 504, 526

subsp. pallidas (R.Br.) Domin 580

subvar. pilosus Domin 580

var. pallidas (R.Br.) Benth. 524

intercedens Veldk. 504, 505, 509, 515

javaniciim 510

latifolius S.T. Blake 504

lawsonii (Hook.f.) Veldk. 504, 505, 507, 511, 512, 515

leucotrichus A. Camus 527

micrantherus Veldk 504, 509, 516, 517, 525

montanus Trin. 514

var. serrulatus (Trin.) Stapf 520

monticola (Schult. & J.H. Schult.) Haines 514

nemoralis (Balansa) Holttum 504,507, 508, 509, 511,

512, 517, 518, 525

nigritanus (Benth.) Veldk. 513, 526,

nodulibarbis (Steud.) Henr. 504

oliganthus Veldk. 504, 505, 513, 514, 515, 516, 526,

orientalis (Desv.) A. Camus 506, 507, 508, 514, 515,

518, 519, 520, 521,

pallidus (R.Br.) Trin. ex Steud. 524, 580

pauciflorus Vasey 526

perlaxus Bor 507, 519,

philippinensis (Merr.) Henr. 517, 518,

rigidus (B.K. Simon) Veldk. 504, 505, 527,

serridatus Trin. 507, 508, 514, 515,519, 520, 522,

settfolius Stapf 505

sinensis Rendle 518,

squarrosa (L.f.) Merr. 522

strictus (Nees) Jackson 527,

subtilis (Steud.) Miq. 505, 509, 520,521, 522,

subulatus (Presl) Trin. ex Steud. 510,

sylvaticus C.E. Hubb. 504, 505, 513, 514

tadulingamii Sreekumar 505

tenuiculmis Henr. 505, 509, 511, 521, 522, 525,

trinii (Steud.) Watson 520,

trivialis (Lour.) Walker-Amott & Nees 509

verticillatus var. orientalis (Desv.) 518

villosulus (Steud.) Watson 527

wightianus (Nees ex Steud.) Thw. 518

zeylanicus (Steud.) Thw. 504

zizanioides (L.) Roberty 504, 506, 507, 508, 512, 518,

522, 523, 526,

var. fulvibarbis (Trin.) Roberty 525

var. nigritanus (Benth.) Roberty 526

var. nigritanus auct. non Roberty 512

Clausena Burm.f. 715, 716

anisata (Willd.) Hook.f. ex Benth 715

anisum-olens 716

brevistyla Oliver 715, 716, 717

var. brevistyla 715

var. papuana (Lauterb.) J.F.Molino 715

excavata Burm.f 715

harmandiana (Pierre) Pierre ex Guillaumin 715

heptaphylla (Roxb.) Wight & Arn. 715, 719

kanpurensis J.F.Molino 715

lansium (Lour.) Skeels. 715, 716

poilanei J.F.Molino 715

sanki (Perrottet) J.F.Molino 716

smyrelliana PI.Forst. 715, 716,717 ,718, 719

Cleistanthus Hook.f. ex Planch. 405

cunninghamii 717

peninsularis Airy Shaw 410

Clifford, H. Trevor, The seedling of Cassytha glabella R.Br.

345

Coccoceras Miq. 457

Codariocalyx Hassk. 210, 235

motorius (Houtt.) Ohashi 226

Codiaeum variegatum 26

Commelina L. 629

Conospermum sphacelatum Hook. 663

Cooktownia D.L. Jones 74

robertsii D.L. Jones 71, 74, 75, 76, 77

Coprosma J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.731

acutifolia F.Muell. ex Benth. 731

canthoides F.Muell. 731

Cordemoya Baill. 457

Corymbia K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson735

‘section Politaria’ 736

citriodora (Hook.) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson 662,

735

subsp. citriodorai F. MuelI.)A. R. Bean &

M.W.McDonald 735, 736

confertiflora 527

subsp. variegata 735, 736

bunites (Brooker & A.R.Bean) K.D.Hill &

L.A.S. Johnson 309

hendersonii 696

henryi (S.T.Blake) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson 735, 736

maculata (Hook.) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson 735, 736

spp 332

trachyphloia (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill &L.A.S.Johnson 308

variegata (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson 735

watsoniana (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson 662

xanthope 712

Crantzia lineata (Michx.) Nutt. 145

Crassula L. 115

Crassulaceae 114

Croton mollissimus Geisel. 473, 475

paniculatus Lam. 478

philippense Lam. 480

repandus Willd. 484

ricinoides Pers. 457, 473, 475

Cryptanthus Otto & A. Dietr. 3

Cryptocarya foetida R.T. Baker 342

Cryptocentrum Benth. 4

Cryptolepis 729

lancifolia PI.Forst. 729

papillata PI.Forst. 729

perakensis (Gamble)P.I.Forst. 729

Cuphophyllus 540, 548, 553

Cyclophyllum Hook.f. 353, 354, 355

Cyperus dijformis L. 150

Dacrydium Sol. ex G.Forst. 181

Dalibarda repens L. 39

Daniel, Thomas F. Chromosome numbers of some Acanthaceae

from Papua New Guinea 651

Darwinia Rudge 687

Dendrocnide Miq. 121, 123

corallodesme 123

cordata (Warb. ex H.J.Winkl.) Chew 121, 122, 123

cordifolia (L.S.Sm.) B.R.Jackes & M.Hurley 121,122,

123

excelsa 123

moroides 121, 122, 123

photinophvlla (Kunth) Chew 121, 123

Dendrolobium Benth. 209, 210, 219,225, 256, 257

arbuscula (Domin) Ohashi 220,222, 224, 225

cheelii (C.A. Gardner) Pedley 209, 220, 221, 222, 223

hayatae Ohashi 221

multiflorum Pedley 209, 220, 221, 224, 225

polyneurum (S.T. Blake)Pedley 209, 219, 220, 221,222

polyneurum (S.T.Blake) Ohashi 587

quinquepetalum (Blanco) Merr. 224, 225

stipatum S.T. Blake 219, 220, 221, 222, 223

triangulare (Retz.) Schindl. 222, 224

umbellatum (L.) Benth. 219,220,221,222,223,224,225

f. hirsutum (DC.) Ohashi 209, 223, 224

var. hirsutum (DC.) Pedley 223

var. umbellatuni 223

Derris Lour. 79

trifoliata var. macrocarpa Domin 79

Desmodiopsis Desv. 209, 210, 217, 225, 226,234, 235, 246,

259

campylocaulon 234

muelleri 234

Desmodium 226

subsp. acutifoliolum Verde. 250

sect Desmodiopsis (Schindl.) Pedley 209, 226, 227

sect. Dollinera (Endl.) Schindl. 221

sect Heteroloma Benth. 227, 233

sect. Nicolsonia (DC.) Benth. 227, 246

sect Oxytes (Schindl.) Ohashi 227

sect Sagotia (Duchass. & Walpers.)Benth. 227, 246

sect Stenostachys Schindl. 209, 226

ser. Arillata Pedley 209, 226, 227

ser. Sagotia (Duchass. & Walpers) Pedley 226, 227

ser. Stenostachys (Schindl.) Pedley 209, 226, 227,

260

subg. Acanthocladum Pedley 225, 227

subg. Hanslia (Schindl.) Ohashi 226

subg. Oxytes 234

subg. Phyllodium (Desv.) Baker 256

subg. Sagotia (Duchass. & Walpers)Baker 227,246

acanthocladum F. Muell. 209, 226, 227, 228, 231, 233

ancistrocarpum (Ledebour) DC. 256

archboldianum E.G. Baker 247

biarticulatum (L.) F. Muell. 216, 233

biarticulatum var. australiense (Schindl.) Meeuwen

216

var. caudatum 218

brachypodum A. Gray 227, 228, 233, 234

brownii Schindl. 227, 229, 238, 239, 240

campylocaulon F. Muell. ex Benth. 226, 227, 228, 233,

234, 235

canum Schinz & Thellung 255

clavitricha 237

dependens Blume exMiq. 231

deplanchei Harms 234

dietrichiae Domin 252

filiforme Zollinger & Moritzi 209, 226, 227, 229, 236,

237, 238, 239, 240, 243, 244

flagellare Benth. 227, 229, 240, 241, 243

frutescens Schindl. 255

gangeticum (L.) DC. 227, 230, 249

glareosum Pedley 209, 227, 229, 238, 242, 243

gunnii Benth. ex J.D. Hook. 227, 231, 251, 252, 253

hannii Schindl. 227, 229, 238, 241, 242, 243

Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000)

heterocarpon (L.) DC. 227, 230, 246, 247, 248, 256

heterocarpon (L.) DC. var. heterocarpon 246

var. strigosum Meeuwen 246

heterophyllum (Willd.) DC. 227, 229, 235, 236

incanum DC., Prodr. 226, 227, 230, 255

indigotinum Harms. & K. Schum. 233

intortum (Mill.) Urban 226, 227, 228, 255

limense Hook. 255

macrocarpum Domin 227, 231, 250, 251

megaphyllum 257

microphyllum (Thunb. ex Murray) DC. 209, 226, 227,

228, 235

muelleri Benth. 227, 229, 238, 239, 241, 242, 243

var. minus 246

nemorosum F. Muell. ex Benth. 227, 230, 247, 248

subvar. eboracense Schindl. 247

subvar. whitfordii Schindl. 209, 248

var. nemorosum 248

var. novoguineense Kaneh. & Hatus. 247

var. simplex Schindl. 247

var. whitfordii (Schindl.) Ohashi 248

neurocarpum Benth. 238, 240

var. gracile Benth. 240

var. queenslandicum Domin 238

novae-hollandiae Domin 216

f. latifolium Domin 216

var. caudatum Domin 214

var. novae-hollandiae 218

ormocarpoides DC., 227, 231

ospriostreblum Chiov. 253

parvifolium 235

pilosiusculum DC. 255

polycarpon (Poir.) DC. 246

polyneurum S.T.Blake 209

procumbens (Mill.) Hitchc. 253

pryonii DC. 249

pulchellum (L.) Benth. 257

pullenii Pedley 209, 227, 229, 237, 238, 239, 243, 244

purpureum (Miller) Fawcett & Rendle 253

pycnostachyum Benth. 234

pycnotrichum Pedley 209, 227, 229, 236, 237, 238,

239, 242

quinquepetalum 225

rhytidophyllum F.Muell. ex Benth. 227, 231, 234, 249,

250, 251

sandwicense 255

scorpiurus (Sw.) Desv. 225, 227, 228, 233

spartioides DC., Prodr. 252

strigillosum Schindl. 227, 230, 247

tenax Schindl. 227,231,250

tiwiense Pedley 209, 227, 230, 248

tortuosum (Sw.) DC., 226, 227, 228, 253

trichocaulon DC. 246

trichostachyum Benth. 227, 229, 236, 237, 238, 239,

242

triflorum (L.) DC. 209, 226, 227, 229, 235

umbellatum var. hirsutum DC. 209, 223

uncinatum (Jacq.) DC. 226, 227, 228, 255

unifoliolatum (Merr.) Steen. 233

var. caudatum Domin 218

varians (Labill.) G Don 231, 234, 250, 253

var. angustifolium Benth. 252

var. gunnii (Benth. ex J.D. Hook.) Benth. 251

velutinum (Willd.) DC. 227, 230, 249

var. velutinum 249

whitfordii (Schindl.) Pedley 209, 247

Desmondiastrum A. Pramanik & Thoth. 234

Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000)

Deuteromallotus Pax & K.Hoffm. 457

Dicerma DC. 209,210, 211, 217,219

sect. Aphyllodium 211

sect. Phyllodium (Desv.) Benth. 256

acanthocladum F.Muell. 231

biarticulatum (L.) DC. 211,216,217

f. australiense Schindl. 219

f. longibracteatum Schindl. 213 ,219

f. plumosum Schindl, 214,219

subsp. australiense Schindl. 214, 216

subsp. biarticulatum 217

var. australiense Schindl. 214, 216

var. biarticulatum 217

var. collettii Schindl. 218

hispidum 217

novoguineense 217 ,219

pulchellum (L.) DC. 257

Dichanthium Willemet 242, 243

Dicliptera Juss. 656

Dicranaceae 350

Diectomis fastigiata 521

Dillwynia J.E.Smith 93

trifoliata Roth 93

Diospyros fasciculosa 717

Diplachne P.Beauv. 137, 299

parviflora (R. Br.) Benth. 300

reptatrix (L.) Druce 300

Dipteracanthus Nees 657

Dischidia R.Br. 53, 725, 726

bengalensis 726

imbricata 726

parvifolia 726

sub ul at a 726

superba Rintz 725

torricellensis (Schltr.) P.I.Forst. 725, 726, 727, 728

Dissiliaria F.Muell. 9, 10

baloghioides F.Muell. ex Baill. 9, 11, 12, 13, 14

indistincta P.I.Forst. 9, 10, 11, 12, 17, 18, 19,

laxinervis Airy Shaw 9, 10, 11, 14, 16, 17, 19, 21

muelleri Baill. 9, 10, 11, 21, 22, 21, 25, 26

surculosa P.I.Forst. 9, 10, 11, 22, 24, 25, 26

tricornis Benth. 26

tuckeri P.I.Forst. 9, 10, 11, 19, 20, 21

Ditrichaceae 350

Ditrichum difficile (Dub.) Fleisch. 350, 351

Dixon, D.J. A taxonomic revision of the genus Austrosteenisia

R.Geesink (Fabaceae: Millettieae) 79

Dodonaea filifolia Hook. 308

spp. 500

Dollinera Endl. 221

Droogmansia De Wild. 259

Drosera L. 601, 619

Duretto, Marco F. Boronia sect. Valvatae (Benth.) Engl.

(Rutaceae) in Queensland, Australia 263

Ecbolium Kurz 653

Echidnopsis malum (Lavranos) Bruyns 55

Echinocroton F.Muell. 458

claoxyloides F.Muell. 457, 458, 460

Echinolobium biarticulatum 216

Echinopsis Zucc. 671

multiplex (Pfeiff.) Zucc. 671

Echinus Lour. 458

claoxyloides (F.Muell.) Baill. 460

var. cordata Baill. 457, 460

var. cordatus 463

var. ficifolia Baill. 457, 468

mollissimus (Geisel.) Baill. 473

nesophilus (Muell.Arg.) Baill. 475, 476

philippensis (Lam.) Baill. 480

trisulcus Lour. 458

Elytraria imbricata (Vahl) Pers. 654

Empodisma L.A.S.Johnson & Cutler 349

Epilobium tonkinense H.Lev. 628

Eranthemum L. 657

Eremophila debilis (Andrews) Chinnock 706

Eriocaulon L. 601, 629

Eriorhizum 324

Eucalyptus L’Herit. 125, 175,200

ser. Buxeales Blakely 679

ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely 125, 126, 130

subser. Considenianae Brooker & Slee, M 126

subser. Strictinae L.D.Pryor & L.A.S.Johnson 125,

134

acmenoides Schauer 68

andrewsii Maiden 125, 126, 127, 128, 130, 134

subsp. andrewsii 125

subsp. campanulata (R.T.Baker & H.G.S.) 125, 128

apothalassica L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill 662

approximans Maiden 125, 134

subsp. codonocarpa Blakely & McKie 134

bicolor 680

var. xanthophylla Blakely 680

camaldulensis 625

campanulata R.T.Baker & H.G.Sm. 125, 126,128, 129,

130

chloroclada (Blakely) L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill 150

chlorophylla Brooker & Done 679

clarksoniana 443

cloeziana F.Muell. 65, 68

codonocarpa Blakely & McKie 125, 134

consideniana Maiden 126, 127

crebra F. Muell 251, 316

cullenii 625

dealbata Cunn. ex Schauer 65

decorticans 696

fibrosa F.Muell. 662, 712

grandis W.Hill ex Maiden 44

gummifera (Gaertn.) Hochr. 166

haemastoma 126, 133

var. capitata Maiden 132

var. inophloia C.T.White 130

var. micrantha (DC.) Benth. 132

var. sclerophylla Blakely 132

intermedia R.T.Baker 161

largeana Blakely 679

largiflorens F.Muell. 679

var. xanthophylla (Blakely) Cameron 680

melanophloia F.Muell. 65

mensalis L.A.S. Johnson & K.D. Hill 309

micrantha DC. 132

var. signata (F.Muell.) Blakely 132

microcodon L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill 125, 134

microcorys F.Muell. 48

microtheca F.Muell. 679

miniata A. Cunn. ex Schauer 193, 216

montivaga A. R. Bean 125, 126, 130, 131, 132

multicaulis Blakely, 126, 127

nesophila Blakely 328

normantonensis Maiden & Cambage 679, 680, 681,

682, 685

olida L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill 125, 126, 129, 130

persistens L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill 680, 682, 683,

685

subsp. tardecidens L.A.S.Johnson 683

phoenicea F. Muell. 193, 328

pilularis Sm. 68, 536

polycarpa F.Muell. 437

provecta A.R.Bean 679, 680,681, 682, 685

ptychocarpa F.Muell. 437

racemosa 125, 125, 126, 132, 133

racemosa var. signata (F.Muell.) R.D.Johnst. &

Marryatt 132

remota Blakely 126, 127

resinifera Sm. 161

rossii R.T.Baker & H.GSm., 126, 133, 134

rummeryi Maiden 679

saligna 48

sclerophylla (Blakely)L.A.S.Johnson & Blaxell 132,

133

sieberi L.A.S.Johnson 126, 127, 166

signata F.Muell. 132, 133

sphaerocarpa L.A.S. Johnson & Blaxell 309

spp. 66, 68, 332, 609

stockeri D.J.Carr & S.GM.Carr 328

suffulgens L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill 65

tardecidens (L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill) A.R.Bean.

679, 680, 682, 683, 685

tectifica F.Muell. 679

tenuipes (Maiden & Blakely)Blakely & C.T.White 500,

663

tetrodonta F. Muell. 193, 216, 328, 443

trachyphloia F.Muell. 65, 688

variegata F.Muell. 735

watsoniana F.Muell. subsp. watsoniana 500

lucasii Blakely 679

Euonymus globularis Ding Hou 691

Euphorbia L. 711

Euphorbiaceae 9, 29, 115

Eupomatia lanrina 586

Euroschinus falcata Hook.f. 715, 717

Everistia S.T.Reynolds & RJ.F.Hend. 353,354

vacciniifolia (F.Muell.) S.T.Reynolds & RJ.F.Hend.

353, 354, 355, 356, 358

f. crassa S.T.Reynolds & RJ.F.Hend. 353, 356,357,

358

f. vacciniifolia 356

var. nervosa S.T.Reynolds & RJ.F.Hend. 353, 356,

357, 358, 359

var. vacciniifolia 356, 358, 359

Excoecaria agallocha L. 146

Fasciculochloa B.K. Simon & C.M. Weiller 583

sparshottiorum B.K. Simon & C.M.Weiller 583

Fenzlia Benth. 173,174

bennigseniana (Volk.) Burret 181

microphylla (Benth.) Domin 194

obtnsa Endl. 174, 182, 196

obtusa var. microphylla Benth. 174, 194

phebalioides W. Fitzg., 198

retusa Endl., 174, 198

Ficus albipila (Miq.) King, 24

Finlaysonia Wallich. 729

Flindersia R.Br. 667, 668

oppositifolia (F.Muell.) Hartley & Jessup 667, 668

pimenteliana F.Muell. 667, 668, 669

forma oppositifolia (F.Muell.)K. D. Scott, W.K.Harris

& J.Playford 668

Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000)

unifoliata Hartley 668

Fontainea Heckel 29, 37

australis Jessup & Guymer 37

borealis P.I.Forst. 29, 30, 31

fugax P.I.Forst. 29, 34, 35, 36, 37

oraria Jessup & Guymer 37

pancheri (Baillon) Heckel 29

picrosperma C.T.White 29, 30, 32, 34, 37

rostrata Jessup & Guymer 34, 35, 37

subpapuana P.I.Forst. 29, 32, 33, 34

venosa Jessup & Guymer 37

Forster, PI. Cryptolepis papillata P.I.Forst. & Sarcolobus

porcatus P.I.Forst. (Asclepiadaceae), newly recorded from

West Papua 729

Forster, Paul I. & Schmeider, Miriam. Cereus uruguayanus

(Cactaceae) and its naturalised occurrence in Queensland,

Australia 671

Forster, Paul I. A taxonomic revision of Bridelia Willd.

(Euphorbiaceae) in Australia 405

Forster, Paul I. A taxonomic revision of Dissiliaria F.Muell.

ex. Baill. (Euphorbiaceae) 9

Forster, Paul I. A taxonomic revision of Mallotus Lour.

(Euphorbiaceae) in Australia 457

Forster, Paul I. Capparis ve/«r/'na(Capparaceae), a new species

from south-eastern Queensland 107

Forster, Paul I. Chamaesyce ophiolitica.( Euphorbiaceae), a

new and endangered species endemic to serpentine

vegetation in central Queensland 711

Forster, Paul I. Clausena smyrelliana (Rutaceae:

Aurantioideae), a new and critically endangered species

from south-east Queensland 715

Forster, Paul I. Marsdenia jensenii (Asclepiadaceae:

Marsdenieae ), a new species from north-eastern

Queensland 59

Forster, Paul I. Notes on the naturalised Flora of Queensland, 3

113

Forster, Paul I. Peperomia hunteriana (Piperaceae), a new

species from the ‘Wet Tropics’ of north-eastern Queensland

573

Forster, Paul I. Rediscovery of Dischidia torricellensis

(Schltr.) P.I.Forst., an unusual epiphytic asclepiad from

New Guinea. 725

Forster, Paul I. Three new species of Fontainea Heckel

(Euphorbiaceae) from Australia and Papua New Guinea 29

Forster, Paul I. Typification and application of the name

Macrozamia macleayi Miq. (Zamiaceae) 577

Forster, Paul I. Wahlengergia celata (Campanulaceae), a new

species from central Queensland 661

Forster, Paul I. Liddle David J. and Liddle, Iris M. Madangia

inflata (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), a new genus and

species from Papua New Guinea 53

Forstera bellidifolia Hook. 591

Fraxinus L. 668

Frullania rostrata (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) J.D.Hook. & Tayl. 351

Frullaniaceae 351

Genoplesium apostasioides 75

Gentiana L. 668

Gliophorus chromolimoneus (G Stevenson) Horak 554

graminicolor Horak 556

pallidus Horak 535, 556, 557, 558

viridis (G Stevenson) Horak 560

Glochidion ferdinandi (Mull. Arg.) F. M. Bailey 536

Glossostigma diandrum (L.) Kuntze 150

Gramen aciculatum Rumph 510,

Graptopetalum Rose 114, 115

Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000)

paraguayense (N.E.Br.) Walther 113, 114

Graptophyllum Nees 651, 653, 654, 655

pictum (L.) Griff. 55, 651, 652, 653, 654, 655

Grevillea longistyla 696

pteridifolia 637

Grewia breviflora Benth. 491

Guioa Cav. 103, 104

crenifoliola Merr. & Perry 103, 104

pteropoda Radik. 103, 104

sarcopterifructa Welzen 104

Gunnessia pepo P.I.Forst. 55

Gymnanthera R.Br. 729

Gymnoschoenus sphaerocephalus (R.Br.) Hook.f. 50

Gymnosporia (Wight & Am.) Hook.f. 691, 692

emarginata 692

inermis Merr. & Perry 692

senegalensis 692

Habenaria Willd. 73, 75, 331, 334, 335

divaricata R.S.Rogers & C.T.White 335

elongata R.Br. 335

harroldii D.L.Jones 335

hymenophylla Schltr. 335

macraithii Lavarack 335

ochroleuca R.Br. 331, 332, 334

praecox Lavarack & Dockrill 331, 332, 333, 334, 335

propinquior Rchb.f. 331, 334, 335

rumphii (Brongn.) Lindl. 335

triplonema Schltr. 335

xanthantha F.Muell 334, 335

Halford, D.A. Oldenlandia gibsonii (Rubiaceae:

Hedyotideae), a new species from south east Queensland

337

Halford, David A. & Henderson, R. J.F. A new combination in

Morinda L. (Rubiaceae) for Australia 731

Hanslia Schindl. 231

adhaerens (Poir.) Schindl. 231

Haplostichanthus sp. 26

Harmogia 157

virgata (J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.) Schauer 160

Harris, Wayne K. & McDonald, William J. Jasmimim

domatiigerum subsp. australis (Oleaceae), a new

subspecies from North Queensland 699

Harris, Wayne K. and Holmes Glenn, Jasmimim jenniae

(Oleaceae), new species from south eastern Queensland 341

Harrisia Britton 671

Hedraianthera porphyropetala F.Muell. 691

Hedysarum L. 210, 249

adhaerens Poir. 231

ancistrocarpum Ledebour 256

biarticulatum L. 211, 216, 217 , 219

canum Gmel. 255

diphyllum 247

gangeticum L. 249

heterocarpon L. 246

heterophyllum Willd. 236

incanum Sw. 255

intortum Mill, 255

lutescens Poir. 211

microphyllum Thunb. ex Murray 235

polycarpon Poir. 246

pulchellum L. 211, 247,258

purpureum Miller 253

scorpiurus Swartz 233

tortuosum Sw. 253

triflorum L. 236

tuberculosum Labill. 246

umbellatum 223, 247

uncinatum Jacq. 255

various Labill. 252

Hemigenia clotteniana F.M.Bailey 733

Henderson, Rod. In defence of Chrysopogon fallax S.T. Blake

(Poaceae) 579

Hibbertia exutiacies N.A.Wakef. 500

Hodophilus foetens (Phill.) R. Heim 562

Holcus elongatus R. Br. 525,

gryllus (L.) R. Br. 524, 579, 580

gryllus auct. non R.Br. 524,

pallidus 579

zizanioides (L.) Kuntze ex Stuckert 522,

Holland, A.E. A new species and a new combination in

Rutidosis (Gnaphalieae:Angianthinae: Asteraceae) 565

Holland, A.E. Rothia indica subsp. australis A.E.Holland

(Fabaceae: Crotalarieae), a new subspecies occuring in

Australia. 93

Holographis Nees 652

Holtzea Schindl. 219

umbellata Schindl. 219,222

Homoranthus A.Cunn. ex Schauer 687

coracinus A.R.Bean 687, 688, 689

darwinioides 687, 689

porteri 689

zeteticorum Craven & S.RJones 688

Hoya R.Br. 53,55, 57

heuschkeliana Kloppenburg 55

multiflora Blume 57

telosmoides Omlor 55

Humidicutis 540

Hydrocybe 554

Hygrocybe (Fr.) Rummer 535, 537, 539, 540, 557, 562

subgen. Cuphophyllus Donk 545

subgen. Humidicutis 542

subgen. Humidicutis Singer 560

subgen. Hygrocybe 541, 549

subgen. Pseudohygrocybe 541

subgen. Pseudohygrocybe M. Bon. 550

anomala A.M.Young 541, 543, 544, 545, 551, 552, 553

var. anomala 551

var. ianthinomarginata, A. M. Young 535, 551, 552

apricosa Horak 546

astatogala (Heim) Heinemann 541, 544, 550

aurantiopallens (Horak) A. M. Young 541, 544, 545,

546

aurantipes A. M. Young 538, 541, 544,553

austropratensis A. M. Young 535, 541, 544, 545, 546,

547

batesii A. M. Young 535, 538, 556, 557, 558

cantharellus (Schwein.) Murrill 541, 544,554

cheelii A. M. Young 535, 541, 543, 547

chromolimonea (G. Stevenson) May & Wood 542,

543, 554

coccinea{ Schaeff.: Fr.) Rummer 550

conica (Schaeff.: Fr.) Rummer 549

constrictospora Arnolds 562

erythrocala A. M. Young 542, 543, 544, 555

graminicolor (Horak) May & Wood 535, 538, 542,

543, 556, 557, 558,560

iropus Young 538

kula Grgurinovic 542, 544, 558

lanecovensis A. M. Young 535, 542, 543, 544, 558, 559

lewellinae (Ralchbrenner) A.M.Young 542, 543, 560

lilacina (C. Laest. ex P. Rarst.) M.Moser 547

mavis (G. Stevenson) Horak 561

miniata (Fr.: Fr.) Kummer 538, 558

nivea 549

pallida (A. H. Smith) Singer 556

pallida (Horak) A. M. Young 556

pratensis (Pers.: Fr.) Murrill 547

psittacina sensu Shepherd and Totterdell 560

reesiae 541, 543, 548

rodwayi (Massee) A. M. Young 549

rosella Horak 561

sp. LC1 541, 544, 561, 562

stevensoniae May & Wood 542, 543, 560

virginea (Wulfen: Fr.)Orton & Watling 538, 540, 545,

549

viridis Capelari & Maziero 560

Hygrocybeae{ Schaeff.:Fr.) Kuhner 535, 539

Hygrophoraceae 535, 537, 538, 539, 564

Hygrophoreae P. Henn. 539

Hygrophorus Fr. 539

aurantius Murrill sensu G Stevenson 545

cantharelhis (Schwein.) Fr. 554

chromolimonens G. Stevenson 554

conica Fr. 550

involutus G. Stevenson 549

marginatus Peck 560

niveus (Scop.) Fr. 549

psittacinus sensu Cleland and Cheel 560

virgineus (Wulfen: Fr.) Fr. 549

viridis G Stevenson 560

viridis sensu Young 556

Hylocereus 671

Hypoestes Sol. exR.Br. 651, 655, 658

aristata 656

floribunda R.Br. 652, 653, 655

var. neoguineensis R.M. Barker 655

Hypsela tridens E.Wimm. 707

Hypsophila oppositifolia F.Muell. 668

Iseilema spp. 234

Jackes, B.R. and Hurley, M. Anew combination in

Dendrocnide (Urticaceae) in north Queensland 121

Jadunia Lindau 651, 656

biroi (Lindau & K.Schum.) Lindau 652,653, 656

Jasminum L. 117, 341, 699

sect. Trifoliolata 700

aemulum R.Br. 342

var. brassii PS.Green 341, 342

calcareum F.Muell. 341, 344, 699

dallachii 344, 700

didymum 344, 699, 700, 701

subsp. didymum 701

subsp. lineare (R.Br.) P.S.Green 341, 699

subsp. racemosum 701

domatiigerum Lingelsh. subsp. australis W.K.Harris

& W.J.McDonald. 699,700

subsp. domatiigerum 700

gilgianum 700

jenniae W.K. Harris & G Holmes 341, 342, 343, 344

mesneyi Hance 113, 117

simplicifolium 344

sp. 342

Jatropha L. 115, 118

curcas L. 115

gossypifolia L. 115

Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000)

podagrica Hook. 113, 115

Jones, David L. Cooktownia robertsii, a remarkable new

genus and species of Orchidaceae from Australia 7

Justicia L. 653

Kalanchoe Adans.114, 115, 118

lateritia 113, 114

Kania Schlechter 174, 182

hirsutula (F.Muell.) A. J. Scott 181

Kudirra-pullu Rheede 510,

Kunstleria Prain 79

blackii (F.Muell.) Polhill 83

stipularis (C.T.White) Polhill 80, 81

Kunzea ambigua (Sm.) Druce 166

ericoides (A.Rich.) Joy Thomps. 166, 170

compacta (Steph.) Grolle 351

Lankesteria Lindl 657

Lantana camara L. 423

Laportea cor difolia L.S.Sm., 121, 122

Lavarack, Peter S. and Dockrill, Alick W.A. new species of

Habenaria Willd. (Orchidaceae) from North Queensland

331

Lejeunea flava (Sw.) Nees subsp. orientalis Schust. 351

Lejeuneaceae 351

Lepidagathis Willd. 651, 656, 657

royenii Bremek. 652, 653, 656

formosensis C.B.Clarke ex Hayata 656

Lepidoziaceae 351

Lepironia articulata 349, 350

Leptochloa PBeauv. 5, 137, 141, 299, 300, 301

ciliolata (Jedw.) S.T.Blake 4, 302

decipiens (R.Br.) Stapf ex Maiden 4

digitata 301

divaricatissima 138, 302

dubia (Nees) Kunth 3, 301

fusca (L.) Kunth 299

subsp. fusca 300, 302

subsp. muelleri (Benth.) N. Snow 300, 301

subsp. uninervia 299, 300, 301, 302, 305

gigantea (Launert) T. A. Cope & N. Snow 300

ligulata Lazarides 2, 137, 138, 301, 303

mucronata 302

neesii 301

panicea subsp. brachiata 302

subsp. panicea 301, 303

peacockii (Maiden & Betche) Domin 4, 138, 141

southwoodii N. Snow & B.K.Simon 138, 139, 140,

141, 142, 301, 302

Leptospermum 349

brachyandrum (F.Muell.) Druce 170

lamellatum Joy Thomps. 688

parvulum Labill. 160

petersonii F.M.Bailey 167

sericatum Lindl. 500, 663

virgatum J.R.Forst. & G. Forst. 157, 160

Leucobryum candidum (PBeauv.) Wils. 350

Leucopogon flexifolius R.Br. 688

Lilaeopsis Greene 145, 146

australica 145

brisbanica A.R.Bean 145, 146, 147

chinensis (L.) Kuntze 145

fistulosa A.W.Hill 145, 146

novae-zealandiae (Gand.) A.W.Hill 145, 146, 148

polyantha (Gand.) H.Eichler 145, 146

Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000)

Lindernia 629

Lithomyrtus F.Muell. 173, 174, 175, 178, 182, 183, 185

cordata (A.J. Scott) N.Snow & Guymer 180, 183, 184,

185, 193

densifolia N.Snow & Guymer 185, 186, 189, 188, 192,

193

dunlopii N.Snow & Guymer 184, 186, 188, 189, 194

grandifolia N.Snow & Guymer 183, 188, 189

hypoleuca N.Snow & Guymer 174, 182, 183, 184, 190,

191, 192, 198

kakaduensis N.Snow & Guymer 183, 193, 183, 193,

192, 190

linariifolia N.Snow & Guymer 174, 183, 189, 190,

192, 193

microphylla (Benth.) N.Snow & Guymer 184, 192,

194, 195, 196

obtusa (Endl.) N.Snow & Guymer 174, 183, 184, 185,

189, 194, 195, 196

repens N.Snow & Guymer 183, 195, 197, 198

retusa (Endl.) N.Snow & Guymer 183, 184, 185, 193,

197, 198, 199

Lobelia darlingensis (E.Wimm.) Albr. 709

leucotos Albr. 705, 706, 707, 709

quadrangularis R.Br. 707, 709

stenophylla Benth. 706, 707

Lobelioideae 705

Logania cordifolia Hook. 663

Lonchocarpus blackii (F.Muell.) Benth. 83

nesiotes 79, 83

stipularis C.T.White 79, 81

Longetia 9

Lophocereus schottii (Englem.) Britt. & Rose 676

Lophostemon confertus (R.Br.) Peter G.Wilson &

J.T. Waterhouse 342

suaveolens (Gaertn.) Peter GWilson & J.T. Waterhouse

161

Lysicarpus angustifolius (Hook.) Druce 663

Mackaya 653

Macromitrium aurescens Hainpe 351

Macrozamia 577

johnsonii D.L. Jones & K.D. Hill 363

johnsonii F.Muell 363

Incida L.A.S.Johnson 577

macleayi Miq. 577

miquelii 577

moorei D.L.Jones and K.D.Hill 363

Madangia P.I.Forst., D.J.Liddle & I.M.Liddle 53, 55

inflata P.I.Forst., D.J.Liddle & I.M.Liddle 53, 54, 55,

56, 57

Mallotus Lour. 457,458

angustifolius Benth. 457, 470

claoxyloides (F.Muell.) Muell.Arg. 457, 460, 461 , 462,

463, 470, 472, 493

f. grossedentata Domin 468

var. angustifolia F.M.Bailey 457

var. cordatus (Baill.) Airy 460, 463

var .ficifolius (Baill.) Benth. 468, 470

var. glabratus Domin 460

var. macrophylla Benth. 463, 468

cochinchinensis Lour. 458, 478

derbyensis W.Fitzg. 491

didymochryseus Airy Shaw 457, 467

didymochryseus auct. non Airy Shaw 465

discolor F.Muell. ex Benth. 457, 458, 460, 463, 464,

465, 493

dispersus P.I.Forst. 457, 458, 460, 465, 466, 467, 495

ficifolius (Baill.) Pax & K.Hoffm. 460, 463, 468, 469,

470, 494

floribundus (Blume) Muell.Arg. 489

megadontus P.I.Forst. 458, 460, 470, 471, 472, 495

mollissimus (Geisel.) Airy Shaw 459, 473, 474, 475,

494

muricatus var. walkerae (Hook.f) Pax & K.Hoffm. 486

nesophilus Muell.Arg. 458, 460, 465, 475, 476, 477,

478, 491,495

oblongifolius (Miq.) Muell.Arg. 491

paniculatus (Lam.) Muell.Arg. 460, 478, 479, 480,

491, 496

philippensis (Lam.) Muell.Arg. 458, 460,

480, 481,496

polyadenos F.Muell. 460, 481, 482, 483, 491, 493

pycnostachys F.Muell. 473, 475

repandus (Willd.) Muell.Arg. 459, 484, 485, 497

resinosus (Blanco) Merr. 458, 460, 486, 487, 488, 497

ricinoides (Pers.) Muell.Arg. 473, 475

sp. 470, 488

surculosus P.I.Forst. 459, 488, 489, 490, 495

tiliifolius (Blume) Muell.Arg. 476, 480, 489, 491

walkerae Hook.f. 486

zippelii (Hassk.) F.Muell. 457

Mammillaria 671

Manihot Mill. 115, 116

esculenta Crantz 113, 115, 116

flabellifolia 116

glaziovii Muell.Arg. 113, 116, 117

grahamii Hook. 113, 115, 116

Maniltoa psilogyne Harms 55

Marsdenia 59, 726

Marsdenia cymulosa 726

hemiptera H.Rch. 59, 61

jensenii P.I.Forst. 59, 60, 61

Maytenus Molina 691, 692

cunninghamii 692

disperma 692

emarginata 692

fasciculiflora Jessup 692

silvestris 692

McDonald, Bill reviewer. Australian Tropical Rainforest Trees

and Shrubs by B.P.M.Hyland, T. Whiffin, B.Gray,

R.W. Elick, &A.J. Ford 585

McDonald, M.W. & Bean, A.R. A new combination in

Corymbia section “ Politaria C. citriodora subsp.

variegata (Myrtaceae) 735

Mecopus Benn. 210

Meibomia acanthoclada (F. Muell.) Kuntze 231

campylocaulon (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Kuntze 234

filiformis (Zoll. & Moritzi) Kuntze 238

flagellaris (Benth.) Kuntze 240

gangetica (L.) Kuntze 249

heterocarpa (L.) Kuntze 246

heterophylla (Willd.) Kuntze 236

intorta (Mill.) Blake 255

microphylla (Thunb.) Kuntze 235

muelleri (Benth.) Kuntze 242

nemorosa (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Kuntze 247

neurocarpa (Benth.) Kuntze 238

pulchella (L) . Kuntze 258

tortuosa (Sw.) Kuntze 253

trichostachya (Benth.) Kuntze 237

triflora (L.) Kuntze 236

uncinata (Jacq.) Kuntze 255

varians (Labill.) Kuntze 252

velutina Willd. 249

Melaleuca L. 157, 163, 175,214,216,238,351, 601, 610

citrolens Barlow 328

leucadendra 450, 633, 635

nervosa 443

quinquinervia 349, 635

spp. 437, 592,617, 637

thymifolia Sm. 500

virgata (J.R.Forst. & GForst.) L.f. 160

viridiflora 431,434,443

viridiflora Sol. ex Gaertn. 328, 332, 603, 609, 619,

620, 622, 625, 627, 629

Mezoneuron 97

brachycarpum 101

Micholitzia 726

Micraira subulifolia 625

Microcarpaea R.Br. 149

agonis A.R.Bean 149, 150, 151

minima 15, 149

muscosa 149

Microloma 726

Micromelum minutum 715, 716, 717

Micromyrtus leptocalyx 696

Millettia 83

blackii F.Muell. 83

Mitrasacme oasena Dunlop 663

Morinda L. 731

acutifolia F.Muell. 731

canthoides (F.Muell.) Halford & R.J.F.Hend. 731

Myristica bicuhyba 345

Myrtaceae 125, 157, 173, 207, 499

Myrtastrum Burret 175

Myrtella F.Muell. 173, 174, 175, 177, 178,183,202, 206, 207

sect. Eufenzlia Burret. 174

beccarii F.Muell. 178,179, 180

bennigseniana (Volk.) Diels 179, 180, 181

cordata A.J. Scott 174, 184, 185

hirsutula F.Muell. 174, 182

microphylla (Benth.) A. J. Scott 194

obtusa (Endl.) A. J. Scott, 196

phebalioides (W. Fitzg.) A.J. Scott, 198

retusa ( Endl.) A. J. Scott 198

rostrata Lauterb., 181

Neomyrtus Burret 175

Neotrewia Pax & K.Hoffm. 457

Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook, f.) Oerst. 538

Nyctocereus 671

Ochrosperma Trudgen 499, 500

adpressum 499, 500

citriodorum 499, 500

lineare 499, 500

obovatum A.R.Bean 499, 500, 501

oligomerum 499, 500

sulcatum 499, 500

Octospermum Airy Shaw 457

Odontonema 653

Oldenlandia L.337

gibsonii Halford 337, 338, 339

polyclada (F.Muell.) F.Muell. 337, 338

sp. (Wietalaba N.Gibson 1344) 337

Ole a paniculata R.Br. 342

Oleaceae 117, 341

Oplonia 653

Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000)

Opuntia Miller 671

stricta 672

tomentosa 671

Orthotrichaceae 351

Ougeinia Benth. 210

Paederota minima J.Konig ex Retz. 149

Pandanus spiralis R.Br. 437

spp. 609, 637

Panicnm hians 583

Parasorghum (Snowden) Garber 505

Pedley, Les Desmodium Desv. (Fabaceae) and related genera

in Australia: a taxonomic revision 209

Pedley, Les Notes on Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae)

chiefly from northern Australia 307

Pedley, Les Notes on Caesalpinia subg. Mezoneuron

(Leguminosae: Caesalpinioideae) in Australia 97

Peperomia Ruiz. & Pav. 573, 574

bellendenkerensis Domin 573, 574

blanda (Jacq.) Knuth 573, 574

enervis C.DC. et F.Muell. 573, 574

hunteriana PI.Forst. 573, 574, 575

leptostachya Hook. & Arn. 573

pellucida 574

tetraphylla 574

Peplidium 149

Pereskia 671

Peristrophe 656

Peristylus 73, 75, 335

banfieldii (F.M. Bailey) Lavarack 335

candidus J.J.Sm. 335

tradescantifolius (Rchb.f.) Kores 335

Persicaria 118

capitata (Buch.-Ham. ex D.Don) H.Gross 113, 118

Petalostigma banksii Britten & S.Moore 328

Phalaris zizanioides L. 522,

Phebalium glandulosum Hook. 308

Phyllodium 209, 210, 211, 220, 225, 256

hackeri Pedley 209,256, 257

insigne 257

lutescens 211

pulchellum (L.) Desv. 211, 256, 257, 259

var. pulchellum 257

var. glabrius Pedley 209, 257, 258, 587

var. pulchellum 258

sp. (Montalbion H.S.McKee 9430) 256

sp. A 258

Pilidiostigma recurvum (C.T.White) A.J.Scott 26

Pittosporum sp. 55

undulatum Vent. 536

Platanthera 73

papuana Schltr. 74, 75

Poaceae 503, 579

Polemoniaceae 174

Pollinia Spreng. 506

fulva Spreng. 514

gryllus (L.) Spreng. 525,

pallida 579

Polyalthia sp. 55

Polygonaceae 118

Pomaderris clivicola E.M.Ross 36

Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre 26

Popowia sp. 55

Prainea hackeri 256

insigne (Prain) Schindl. 256

Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000)

Pratia pedunculata (R.Br.) Benth.705, 706

puberula Benth 705, 706, 707, 709

purpurascens (R.Br.) E.Wimm. 706, 707,709

Premna lignum-vitae (A. Cunn. ex Schauer) W. Piep. 342

Prostanthera Labill. 733

atroviolacea F.M.Bailey 733

clotteniana (F.M.Bailey) A.R.Bean 733

lithospermoides 733

Psammomoya Diels & Loes. 691

Pseudarthria Wight & Am. 210

Pseuderanthemum 653, 654

Psendohygrocybe 540, 553

Pseudoraphis spinescens (R. Br.) Vickery 523

Psidium L. 174

Psydrax Gaertn. 353, 354, 355

lamprophylla (F.Muell.) Bridson 353

Pterolobium 101

nitens F.Muell. ex Benth. 97, 99, 101

Pultenaea 349

Pycnospora 211,235

Pyrostria Comm, ex Juss. 353

Racosperma 312

Razisea 653

Reynolds, S.T. and Henderson, R.J.F. Vanguerieae A. Rich, ex

Dum. (Rubiaceae) in Australia, 1. Everistia S.T.Reynolds &

R.J.F.Hend. 353

Rhaphis Lour. 503, 506

acicularis (Retz.) Desv. 509

aciculatus (Retz.) Honda 509

argnta Nees 523

echimdata Nees 526,

elongatus (R. Br.) Chase 525,

elongatus auct. non Chase 516,

var. filipes (Benth.) Keng 503, 513,

javanica Nees 510,

orientalis Desv. 518,

stricta Nees 527,

trivialis Lour. 506, 509,

zizanioides (L.) Roberty 522,

subvar. fulvibarbis (Trin.) Roberty 525,

var. aciculata (Retz.) Roberty 509,

var. nigritana (Benth.) Roberty 526,

Rhinacanthus Nees 653

Rhodamnia Jack 421, 423

angustifolia N.Snow & Guymer 421, 422, 423, 424,

425, 426

costata A.J. Scott 423

dumicola Guymer & Jessup 342, 423

glandulosa 568, 572

maideniana C.T.White 423

whiteana Guymer & Jessup 423

Rhynchosia 241

Rhynchospora pterochaeta F.Muell. 706

Riccia cartilaginosa Steph. 351

Ricciaceae 351

Rinorea horneri (Korth.) O.Kuntze 55

Rockinghamia Airy Shaw 457

Rotala ilecebroides 629

mexicana Cham. & Schltdl. 150, 151

occultiflora Koehne 150, 151

Rothia Pers. 93

hirsuta (Guill. & Perr.) Baker 96

indica (L.) Druce 93, 96

indica subsp. australis A.E. Holland 93, 94, 95

subsp. indica 94

lotoides 93

trifoliata (Roth) Pers. 93

Rottlera oblongifolia Miq. 491

Rottlera Roxb. 458

tiliifolia Blume 489, 491

tinctoria Roxb. 458

Rubiaceae 353

Rubus L. 39, 50

subg. Cylactis (Focke) Focke 39

subg. Dalibarda (L.) Focke 39, 50

subg. Diemenicus A.R.Bean 39, 48

subg. Idaeobatus 48

subg. Malachobatus (Focke)Focke 39,41, 48

subg. Rubus 39

alceifolius Poir. 39, 40, 41, 42

bellobatus 41

capricorni Focke 44, 45

chamaemorus L 50

dalibarda L. 39

dendrocharis (Focke) Focke 42

ellipticus 40

fockeanus Kurz 39

fruticosus 39, 41

gunnianus 39, 40, 49, 50

haskarlii 42

hillii F.Muell. 39, 44, 47

laciniatus 41

lasiococcus Gray 39

moluccanus L. 39, 42, 44, 45

var. alceifolius (Poir.) Kuntze 41

var. austropacificus P.Royen 44

var. moluccanus 39, 40, 44

var. trilobus A.R.Bean 39, 40, 45, 46,47, 48

moorei 40

nebulosus 40

parvifolius L. 41, 48

pedatus Sm. 39

probus 41

queenslandicus 41

rosifolius var. commersonii 41

var. rosifolius 41

rugosus Sm. 39

ursinus 41

x illegitimus Focke 47, 48

x novae-cambriae Gand. 47

x novus Kuntze 39, 41, 47, 48, 50

Ruellia L. 651, 657, 658

macrantha 657

prostrata 657

repens L. 652, 653, 656, 657

tuberosa L. 652, 653, 657

Rutaceae 263

Rutidosis 565, 571

Rutidosis acutiglumis Philipson 567, 571

auricoma F.Muell. 567

crispata 572

glandulosa A.E.Holland 565, 566, 567

helichrysoides DC. 568,567, 570, 571

helichrysoides subsp. acutiglumis (W.R.Philipson)

A.E.Holland 565, 568, 569, 570, 571

subsp. helichrysoides 565, 568, 569, 570

heterogama 572

lanata 572

leiolepis 572

leptorhynchoides 572

leucantha 572

murchisonii 565, 567, 568, 572

sp.(Blackdown Tableland K.A.Williams79082)

565

Saffordiella bennigseniana (Volk.) Merrill 178, 181

Sagotia 226, 234

triflora (L.) Duchass. & Walpers 226, 236

Sankowskya stipularis P.I.Forst. 9, 26

Sarcolobus 729

porcatus P.I.Forst. 729

retusns K.Schum.729

secamonoides (Schltr.) P.I.Forst. 729

vittatus P.I.Forst 729

Sarcopteryx 103, 104

Schoenus 619

Scott, Kirsten D., Harris, Wayne K., Playford, Julia. The

identity of Flindersia pimenteliana and F. oppositifolia

(Rutaceae): Evidence from DNA Sequences 667

Scrophulariaceae 149

Sedum 114, 115

praealtum 113, 114

subsp. praealtum 114

Selenicereus 671

Sharma, I.K., Jones, D.L. & Forster, PI. Contribution of

isozymic analysis in differentiating Macrozamia moorei

D.L.Jones and K.D.Hill from M.johnsonii F.Muell.

(Zamiaceae) 363

Simon, Bryan. Steinchisma hians (Elliott) Nash, the correct

name for Fasciculochloa sparshottiorum B.K.Simon &

C.M.Weiller 583

Siphonoglossa Oerst. 653

ramosa Oerst. 654

sessilis (Jacq.) Oerst. 654

Snow, Neil and Guymer Gordon P. Rhodamnia angustifolia

(Myrtaceae), a new and endangered species from south¬

eastern Queensland 421

Snow, Neil and Guymer, Gordon P. Systematic and cladistic

studies of Myrtella F.Muell. and Lithomyrtus F.Muell.

(Myrtaceae) 173

Snow, Neil and Simon, Bryan K. Leptochloa southwoodii

(Poaceae: Chloridoideae), a new species from south-east

Queensland 137

Snow, Neil and Simon, Bryan K. Taxonomic status and

Australian distribution of the weedy neotropical grass

Leptochloa fusca subsp. uninervia, with an updated key to

Australian Leptochloa (Poaceae, Chloridoideae) 299

Snow, Neil. Application of the phylogenetic species concept:

A botanical monographic perspective. 1

Sorghum Pers. 505

elongatum (R. Br.) Beauv. 525,

fuscum (Presl) Miq. 527,

nitidum (Vahl) Pers. 527,

zizanioides (L.) Kuntze 522,

Spathidolepis 725, 726

torricellensis Schltr. 725, 726

Sphagnaceae 350

Sphagnum australe Mitt. 349, 350, 351

Spokes, T. reviewer. Wildflowers of Southern Western

Australia by Margaret G Corrick & Bruce A. Fuhrer 153

Stackhousia tryonii 714

Stapeliopsis neronis Pillans 55

Steinchisma 583

hians (Elliott) Nash 583

Stenandrium Nees 652

Sterculia quadrifida R.Br. 422, 717

Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000)

Streblacanthus 653

Strychnos psilosperma F.Muell. 342

Stylidiaceae 323, 589

Stylidium Willd. 323, 427, 428, 589

sect. Alsinoida (Mildbr.) A.R.Bean 598, 634

sect. Andersonia R.Br ex G.Don 589, 592, 597, 598

sect. Biloba A.R.Bean 598, 631

sect. Debiles Mildbr. 323

sect. Debilia Mildbr. 427, 428, 440

sect. Floodia Mildbr. 427, 428, 430, 433

sect. Lanata A.R.Bean (Stylidiaceae) 427, 428, 451

sect. Nitrangium (Endl.) Sonder 589

sect. Sparsifolia Benth. 427

sect. Stylidium 427

sect. Tenella (Benth.) A.R.Bean 591, 598, 619

sect. Tolypangium 427

sect. Uniflora A.R.Bean 598, 613

subg. Alsinoida Mildbr. 589, 591, 634

subg. Alsinoides 428

subg. Andersonia (R.Br. ex G.Don) Mildbr. 428,

589, 595, 597

subg. Centridium 428, 595

subg. Tolypangium (Endl.) Mildbr. 427, 428, 595

accedens A.R.Bean 589, 597, 604, 605, 607

adenophorum Lowrie & Kenneally 428, 429, 439,

440, 454

alsinoides R.Br. 589, 634

var. cordifolium Ewart 638

androsaceum 617

aquaticum A.R.Bean 589, 597, 622, 623, 626

austrocapense A.R.Bean 427, 430, 442, 443, 449, 453

barrettorum 428,441, 442

brunonis 598, 599

bryoides F.Muell. 618, 619

candelabrum Lowrie & Kenneally 596, 606, 608, 614

capillare R.Br. 596, 608, 620

clarksonii Lowrie & Kenneally 429, 431,432, 453

claytonioides W.Fitzg. 595, 619

confertum A.R.Bean 589, 597, 625, 630

cordifolium W.Fitzg. 589, 597, 638, 639

costulatum Kenneally & Lowrie 428, 429, 437, 438,

453

curtum Carlquist 618, 619

debile F.Muell. 427,430, 446,447, 448, 450, 451, 455

var. paniculatum Maiden & Betche 446

delicatum A.R.Bean 427, 429, 434, 435, 436, 454

desertorum Carlquist 427, 429, 430, 438, 439, 453

diffusum R.Br. 595, 597, 627 , 629, 630

divergens A.R.Bean 589, 596, 597, 604, 605, 607

dunlopianum Carlquist 589, 595, 632, 633

eglandulosum F.Muell. 323, 427

ensatum A.R.Bean 589, 596,603, 607

ericksoniae J.H.Willis 615, 595, 618, 619

eriorhizum R.Br. 323,324,225, 326, 328, 330, 427,

430, 451

evolutum Carlquist 636

fimbriatum Lowrie & Kenneally 595, 634

fissilobum 622, 623, 624

floodii F.Muell. 427, 429, 433,434, 435, 437, 439,

440, 453

floribundum R.Br. 430, 444, 445, 446, 455

Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000)

fluminense F.L.Erickson & J.H.Willis 589, 597, 635,

636

foveolatum A.R.Bean 427, 429, 430,431, 432, 436, 453

graminifolium Sw. 427

humphreysii Carlquist 323

inaequipetalum J.M.Black 430, 445, 446, 454

inconspicuum Slooten 597, 629, 631

irriguum W.Fitzg. 631, 632

javanicum Slooten 597, 637, 638

kunthii Wall, ex DC. 591, 595, 596, 598, 599

laricifolium A. Rich. 427

leiophyllum A.R.Bean 323, 325, 326, 327, 328, 330,

430, 451

leptorrhizum auct. non F.Muell. 440

leptorrhizum F.Muell. 428, 430, 441, 442, 443, 444,

453

var. pilosum Benth. 440

lobuliflorum F.Muell. 608, 596, 609, 612

longissimum A.R Bean 589, 597, 629, 639

mitrasacmoides Carlquist 619, 637

mitrasacmoides F.Muell. 636

mucronatum 429, 433, 454

multiscapum O.Schwarz 430,442,443, 444, 454

muscicola F.Muell. 596, 602, 603

nomination Carlquist 596, 619, 620, 621

omatnm S.T.Blake 430, 450, 451, 455

oviflorum A.R.Bean 589, 597, 624

pachyrrhizum F.Muell. 596, 610, 611, 612, 613, 615

paniculatum (Maiden & Betche) A.R.Bean 427, 430,

446, 447, 449, 450, 455

pedunculatum R.Br. 595, 615, 617, 618, 619

var. ericksoniae (J.H.Willis.) Carlquist 617

perizostera Lowrie & Kenneally 591, 595, 618

prophyllum Lowrie & Kenneally 589, 591, 597, 619,

621, 622

pseudotenellum O.Schwarz 623

qnadrifurcatum F.L.Erickson & J.H.Willis 620

ramosissimum A.R Bean 323, 325, 328, 329, 330,429,

451

reductum Carlquist 631

rivulosnm Lowrie & Kenneally 429, 433, 435, 453

roseum Kurz 628, 629

rotundifolium 595,631, 632

rubriscapum W.Fitzg. 429, 432, 433, 455

schizanthum F.Muell. 590, 596, 609, 610

semipartitum F.Muell. 430,440, 441,452, 454

simulans 596, 603, 604

sinicum Hance 599, 600

sp. 434

stenophyllum A.RBean 589, 596, 612, 613, 614, 615

symonii Carlquist 429, 434, 453

tenellum R.Br. 600

tenellnm Sw. ex Willd. 591, 595, 597, 600, 619, 627,

629

var. minimum C.B.Clarke in Hook 628

tenerrimum F.Muell. 597, 598, 636, 637

tenerum Spreng. 589, 595, 596, 597, 600, 601

trichopodum F.Muell. 595, 613, 616, 617

turbinatum Lowrie & Kenneally 429, 435, 437, 438,

453

uliginosum Sw. ex Willd. 589, 599, 600, 606

velleioides A.R.Bean 427, 430, 448, 449, 450, 454

Stylosanthes 216

Syncarpia 284, 285

glomidifera (Sm.) Nied. 161, 536

Tabernaemontana aurantiaca Gaud. 55

pandacaqui Lam. 55

Tadehagi Ohashi 210, 225, 258

robustum Pedley 258

triquetrum (L.) Ohashi. 259, 260

triquetrum subsp. triquetrum 259

Tapioca 116

Teliostachya 656

Thunbergia Retz. 657

arnhemica F.Muell. 657

grandiflora Roxb. 652, 653, 657

papuana Bremek. 657

Trewia L. 457

Trifidocanthus unifoliolatus Merr. 233

Triglochin striata Ruiz & Pav. 146

Trigonella indica 93

Triodia mitchellii 696

scariosa N.T.Burb. 500

sp. 609

Umbelliferae 145

Uromyrtus Burret. 173, 181

rostrata (Lauterb.) N.Snow & Guymer 181

Urticaceae 121

Utricularia 601, 619

van Welzen, Peter C. Guioa sarcopterifructa (Sapindaceae): a

new Australian species 103

VanguerieaeA. Rich. exDum. 353, 354

Veldkamp, J.F. A revision of Chrysopogon Trin. including

Vetiveria Bory (Poaceae) in Thailand and Malesia with

notes on some other species from Africa and Australia

503

Velleia spathidata 450

Verbesina encelioides (Cav.) Benth. & Hook.f. ex A. Gray 35

Vernicia Lour. 117

fordii (Hemsl.) Airy Shaw, 113, 117

Verticordia oculata 153

ovalifolia 153

Vetiveria Bory 503, 504, 505, 506, 516, 525

arguta (Steud.) C.E. Hubb. 523,

elongata (R. Br.) Stapf ex C.E. Hubb. 503, 505, 525,

elongata auct. non C.E. Hubb. 516,

festucoides (Presl) Ohwi 505, 512,

filipes (Benth.) C.E. Hubb. 503, 505, 513,

filipes auct. non C.E. Hubb. 516,

var. arundinacea (Reeder) Jansen 513,

fulvibarbis (Trin.) Stapf 525,

intermedia S.T. Blake 503

lawsonii (Hook.f.) Blatter & McCann 513, 515

lawsonii auct. non Blatter & McCann 512, 517

muricata (Retz.) Griseb. 522

nemoralis (Balansa) A. Camus 517, 523

nemoralis auct. non A. Camus 522

nigritana (Benth.) Stapf 505, 526

nigritana auct. non Stapf. 512

odorata auct. non Virey. 522

odoratissima auct. non Bory. 522

odoratissima Bory 506

Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000)

pauciflora S.T. Blake 503, 504, 526

rigida B.K. Simon 527

zizanioides (L.) Nash 504, 505, 522

var. chrysopogonoides (Hack.) A. Camus 523

var. genuine/ A. Camus 513, 522

var. nigritana (Benth.) A. Camus 526

var. tonkinensis A. Camus 522

Wahlenbergia 661, 662

celata 661, 662, 663

glabra P.J.Sm. 661, 662, 663, 665

islensis P.J.Sm. 661, 662, 663

scopulicola Carolin ex P.J.Sm. 661, 662, 663, 665

Weinmannia 179

Wetria australiensis P.I.Forst. 488

Whyanbeelia Airy Shaw & B.Hyland 9

Windolf, J. A checklist of bryophytes of the wallum habitat of

south-eastern Queensland and north-eastern New South

Wales 349

Windolf, John F.P The first botanical record for Australia 721

Wodyetia bifurcata Irvine 26

Xanthorrhoea 349

johnsonii 443

Ximenia americana L. 721, 722, 723

Xyris 629

Young, A.M. The Hygrocybeae (Fungi,Basidiomycota,

Agaricales, Hygrophoraceae) of the Lane Cove Bushland

Park, New South Wales 535

Zamiaceae 363

Zieria 265

aspalathoides A. Cunn. ex Benth. 308

sp. (Binjour Plateau P.I.Forster 14134) 36

Zoopsis argentea (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) J.D.Hook. & Tayl. 351

Queensland Herbarium

Publications for sale

A Key to Australian Grasses by B.K.Simon (1993), 2nd edition 206pp., card cover.

Ferns of Queensland by S.B.Andrews (1990), 427pp., illustrated, hard cover.

Flora of South-eastern Queensland by T.D. Stanley and E.M.Ross.

Volume 1 (1983), 545pp., illustrated, card cover

Volume 3 (1989), 532 pp., illustrated, hard cover.

Vegetation Survey of Queensland: South West Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin No. 4

by D.E.Boyland (1984), 151pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.

Vegetation Survey of Queensland: South Central Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin No.3

by V.J.Neldner (1984),291pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.

Vegetation Survey of Queensland: Central Western Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin

No.9 by V.J.Neldner (1991), 230pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.

Vascular Plants of Western Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin No. 11 by V.J.Neldner (1992),

176pp., illustrated, card cover.

Vegetation of the Sunshine Coast: Description and Management. Queensland Botany Bulletin

No.7 by GN.Batianoff and J.A.Elsol (1989), 107pp., illustrated, including maps, card cover.

Vegetation Map and Description, Warwick, South-eastern Queensland. Queensland Botany

Bulletin No.8 by P A R/Young and T.J.McDonald (1989), 47pp., illustrated, including a map,card

cover.

Vegetation Survey and Mapping in Queensland: Its Relevance and Future, and theContribution of the

Queensland Herbarium. Queensland Botany Bulletin No. 12 by VJ.Neldner (1993), 76pp., card cover.

Suburban Weeds, Third edition by H.Kleinschmidt, A.Holland and P.Simpson (1996), 98pp.,

illustrated, card cover.

Poisonous Plants - a field guide by R.M.Dowling and R.A.McKenzie (1993), 175pp., colour

illustrations and maps, card cover.

The Flora of Girraween and Bald Rock National Parks by Bill McDonald, Colleen Gravatt, Paul

Grimshaw and John Williams (1995), 100pp., colour and line drawing illustrations and maps, card

cover.

Wildflowers of South-eastern Queensland by B.A.Lebler.

Volume 1 (1977) 108pp., illustrated, soft cover.

Volume 2 (1981) 83pp., illustrated, soft cover.

Enquiries regarding the cost and ordering of these publications should be directed to Queensland Herbarium,

Environmental Protection Agency, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong

Queensland 4066, Australia.

Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000)

Contents

Application of the phylogenetic species concept: A botanical monographic

perspective

Snow, Neil. 1

.A taxonomic revision ofDissiliaria F.Muel 1. exBaill. (Euphorbiaceae)

Forster,Pauli. 9

Three new species of Fontainea Heckel (Euphorbiaceae) from Australia and

Papua New Guinea

Forster,Pauli. 29

A revision of Rubus subg. Malachobatus (Focke) Focke and Rubus subg.

Diemenicus A.R.Bean (Rosaceae) in Australia

Bean,A.R. 39

Madangia inflata (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), a new genus and species

from Papua New Guinea

Forster, Paul I., Liddle David J. and Liddle, Iris M. 53

Marsdenia jensenii (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), a new species from

north-eastern Queensland

Forster,Pauli. 59

A conspectus of Astrotricha DC. (Araliaceae) in Queensland, including two

new species

Bean,A.R. 63

Cooktownia robertsii , a remarkable new genus and species of Orchidaceae

from Australia

Jones, David L. 71

A taxonomic revision of the genus Austrosteenisia R.Geesink (Fabaceae:

Millettieae)

Dixon, D J. 79

Rothia indica subsp. australis A.E.Holland (Fabaceae: Crotalarieae), a new

subspecies occuring in Australia

Holland,A.E. 93

Notes on Caesalpinia subg. Mezoneuron (Leguminosae: Caesalpinioideae)

in Australia

Pedley, Les. 97

Guioa sarcopterifucta (Sapindaceae): a new Australian species

Van Welzen, Peter C. 103

Capparis velutina (Capparaceae), a new species from south-eastern

Queensland

Forster, Pauli. 107

Notes on the naturalised Flora of Queensland, 3

Forster, Pauli. 113

A new combination in Dendrocnide (Urticaceae) in north Queensland

Jackes, B.R. and Hurley, M. 121

Notes on Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely (Myrtaceae) and other ‘Ash

group’ eucalypts

Bean,A.R. 125

Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000)

Leptochloa southwoodii (Poaceae: Chloridoideae), a new species from south¬

east Queensland

Snow, Neil and Simon, Bryan K. 137

Lilaeopsis brisbanica (Apiaceae), a new species from Queensland, Australia

Bean,A.R. 145

Microcarpaea agonis (Scrophulariaceae), a new species from south-eastern

Queensland

Bean,A.R. 149

Book review. 153

Arevision of theBabingtonia virgata (J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.) F.Muell. complex

(Myrtaceae) in Australia

Bean,A.R. 157

Systematic and cladistic studies of MyrtellaY. Muell. and Lithomyrtus F.Muel 1.

(Myrtaceae)

Snow, Neil and Guymer, Gordon P. 173

Desmodium Desv. ( Fabaceae) and related genera in Australia: a taxonomic

revision

Pedley, Les . 209

Boronict sect. Valvatae (Benth.) Engl. (Rutaceae) in Queensland, Australia

Duretto, Marco F. 263

Taxonomic status and Australian distribution of the weedy neotropical grass

Leptochloa fusca subsp. uninervia, with an updated key to Australian

Leptochloa (Poaceae, Chloridoideae)

Snow, Neil and Simon, Bryan K. 299

Notes onAcacza(Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) chiefly from northernAustralia

Pedley, Les . 307

Two new species of Stylidium Willd. (Stylidiaceae) from north Queensland

Bean,A.R. 323

A new species of Habenaria Willd. (Orchidaceae) from North Queensland

Lavarack, Peter S. and Dockrill,Alick W. . 331

Oldenlandia gibsonii (Rubiaceae: Hedyotideae), a new species from south

east Queensland

Halford, D.A. 337

Jasminum jenniae (Oleaceae), a new species from southeastern Queensland

Harris, Wayne K. and Holmes Glenn. 341

The seedling of Cassytha glabella R.Br.

Clifford, H. Trevor. 345

A checklist of bryophytes of the wallum habitat of south-eastern Queensland

and north-eastern New South Wales

Windolf, J. 349

VanguerieaeA. Rich. exDum. (Rubiaceae) inAustralia, 1 .Everistia S.T.Reynolds

&R.J.F.Hend.

Reynolds, S.T. and Henderson, R. J.F. 353

Contribution of isozymic analysis in differentiating Macrozamia moorei

D.L. Jones and K.D.Hill from M.johnsoniiF .Muell (Zamiaceae)

Sharma, I.K., Jones, D.L. & Forster, PI. 363

Pages 369-404 do not exist in volume 5

Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000)

A taxonomic revision of Bridelia Willd. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia

Forster,Pauli. 405

Rhodamnia angustifolia (Myrtaceae), a new and endangered species from

south-eastern Queensland

Snow, Neil and Guymer Gordon P. 421

A revision of Stylidium sect. Debilia Mildbr., S. sect. Floodia Mildbr. and

S. sect. Lanata A.R.Bean (Stylidiaceae)

Bean,A.R. 427

A taxonomic revision of Mallotus Lour. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia

Forster,Pauli. 457

Ochrosperma obovatum (Myrtaceae), a new species from south-eastern

Queensland

Bean,A.R. 499

A revision obChrysopogonTxm. including Vetiveria Bory (Poaceae) in Thailand

and Malesia with notes on some other species from Africa and Australia

Veldkamp, J.F.. 503

The Hygrocybeae (Fungi, Basidiomycota, Agaricales, Hygrophoraceae) of the

Lane Cove Bushland Park, New South Wales

Young,A.M. 535

Anew species and a new combination inRwrz'<i 0 sA(Gnaphalieae: Angianthinae:

Asteraceae)

Holland,A.E. 565

Peperomia huntericma (Piperaceae), a new species from the ‘Wet Tropics’ of

north-eastern Queensland

Forster,Pauli. 573

Typification and application of the name Macrozamia macleayi Miq.

(Zamiaceae)

Forster,Pauli. 577

In defence of Chrysopogon fal 1 ax S.T.Blake (Poaceae)

Henderson, Rod. 579

Steinchisma hians (Elliott) Nash, the correct name for Fasciculochloa

sparshottiorumB.K .Simon &C.M.Weiller

Simon, Bryan. 583

Review

Bill McDonald. 585

A revision of Stylidium subg. Andersonia (R.Br. ex G.Don) Mildbr. (Stylidiaceae)

Bean,A.R. 589

Chromosome numbers of some Acanthaceae from Papua New Guinea

Daniel, Thomas F. 651

Wahlengergia celata (Campanulaceae), a new species from central Queensland

Forster,Pauli. 661

The identity of Flindersia pimenteliana and F .oppositifolia (Rutaceae):

Evidence from DNA Sequences

Scott, Kirsten D., Harris,Wayne K., Playford, Julia. 667

Cereus uruguayanus (Cactaceae) and its naturalised occurrence in Queensland,

Australia

Forster, Paul I. & Watson, Miriam. 671

Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000)

A revision of Eucalyptus normantonensis Maiden & Cambage (Myrtaceae)

and its allies

Bean,A.R. 679

Homoranthus coracinus (Myrtaceae), a new species from Queensland

Bean,A.R. 687

Two new species of Apatophyllum McGillivaray (Celastraceae) from

Queensland

Bean,A.R. & Jessup L.W. 691

Jasminum domatiigerum subsp. australis (Oleaceae), a new subspecies from

North Queensland

Harris, Wayne K. & McDonald, William J. 699

A new species and lectotypification in Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae

Albrecht, David. 705

Chamaesyce ophiolitica. (Euphorbiaceae), a new and endangered species

endemic to serpentine vegetation in central Queensland

Forster, Paul 1. 711

Clausena smyrelliana (Rutaceae: Aurantioideae), a new and critically

endangered species from south-east Queensland

Forster,Pauli. 715

The first botanical record for Australia

Windolf, John F.P.. 721

Rediscovery of Dischidia torricellensis( Schltr.) PI.Forst., an unusual epiphytic

asclepiad from New Guinea

Forster, Paul 1. 725

Cryptolepis papillata P.I.Forst. & Sarcolobus porcatus P.I.Forst.

(Asclepiadaceae), newly recorded from West Papua

Forster, PI. 729

A new combination in Morinda L. (Rubiaceae) for Australia

Halford, DavidA. & Henderson, Rodney J.F. 731

A new combination mProstantheraL&biM. (Lamiaceae)

Bean,A.R. 733

A new combination in Corymbia section “Politaria”: C. citriodora subsp.

variegata (Myrtaceae)

McDonald, M.W. & Bean,A.R. 735